# Chinese, Simplified translation of Drupal core (all releases)
# Copyright (c) 2026 by the Chinese, Simplified translation team
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Drupal core (all releases)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-28 13:52+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YYYY-mm-DD HH:MM+ZZZZ\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese, Simplified\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "首页"
msgid "Title"
msgstr "标题"
msgid "Body"
msgstr "正文"
msgid "Pages"
msgstr "页面"
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "保存配置"
msgid "Status"
msgstr "状态"
msgid "Prefix"
msgstr "前缀"
msgid "Suffix"
msgstr "后缀"
msgid "Approve"
msgstr "批准"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "删除"
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "操作"
msgid "Content"
msgstr "内容"
msgid "Moderated content"
msgstr "等待审核的内容"
msgid "Value"
msgstr "值"
msgid "Username"
msgstr "用户名"
msgid "Email address"
msgstr "电子邮件地址"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "类型"
msgid "Author"
msgstr "作者"
msgid "Closed"
msgstr "关闭"
msgid "yes"
msgstr "是"
msgid "List"
msgstr "列表"
msgid "Subject"
msgstr "主题"
msgid "Send email"
msgstr "发送电子邮件"
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "禁用"
msgid "Confirm"
msgstr "确认"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "取消"
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "移除"
msgid "Last comment"
msgstr "最新评论"
msgid "Description"
msgstr "描述"
msgid "Language"
msgstr "语言"
msgid "Enable"
msgstr "启用"
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "禁用"
msgid "Email settings"
msgstr "电子邮件设置"
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "禁用"
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "启用"
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "管理"
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "评论"
msgid "More"
msgstr "更多"
msgid "Action"
msgstr "动作"
msgid "On"
msgstr "开启"
msgid "new"
msgstr "新"
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "是"
msgid "No"
msgstr "否"
msgid "Content types"
msgstr "内容类型"
msgid "Homepage"
msgstr "首页"
msgid "Home page"
msgstr "主页"
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "概述"
msgid "File information"
msgstr "文件信息"
msgid "File"
msgstr "文件"
msgid "File path"
msgstr "文件路径"
msgid "Advanced options"
msgstr "高级选项"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "编辑"
msgid "Date"
msgstr "日期"
msgid "Size"
msgstr "大小"
msgid "Links"
msgstr "链接"
msgid "Search"
msgstr "搜索"
msgid "Reset"
msgstr "重置"
msgid "None"
msgstr "无"
msgid "Use count"
msgstr "使用次数"
msgid "This action cannot be undone."
msgstr "此动作无法恢复。"
msgid "Error Message"
msgstr "错误消息"
msgid "Number"
msgstr "数字"
msgid "Message"
msgstr "消息"
msgid "No log messages available."
msgstr "无可用日志消息。"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "密码"
msgid "Block settings"
msgstr "区块设置"
msgid "- None -"
msgstr "- 无 -"
msgid "Weight"
msgstr "权重"
msgid "The configuration options have been saved."
msgstr "配置选项已保存。"
msgid "Link"
msgstr "链接"
msgid "Image"
msgstr "图像"
msgid "Help text"
msgstr "帮助文本"
msgid "Types"
msgstr "类型"
msgid "Multiple"
msgstr "多个"
msgid "Required"
msgstr "请求"
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "父级"
msgid "Depth"
msgstr "深度"
msgid "none"
msgstr "无"
msgid "Category"
msgstr "分类"
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "设置"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名称"
msgid "Import"
msgstr "导入"
msgid "Export"
msgstr "导出"
msgid "Field"
msgstr "字段"
msgid "Label"
msgstr "标签"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "预览"
msgid "Save"
msgstr "保存"
msgid "Help"
msgstr "帮助"
msgid "Image settings"
msgstr "图像设置"
msgid "True"
msgstr "真"
msgid "False"
msgstr "假"
msgid "Default"
msgstr "默认"
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "摘要"
msgid "Update"
msgstr "更新"
msgid "Open"
msgstr "开放"
msgid "Blank"
msgstr "空白"
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr "星期日"
msgid "Monday"
msgstr "星期一"
msgid "Tuesday"
msgstr "星期二"
msgid "Wednesday"
msgstr "星期三"
msgid "Thursday"
msgstr "星期四"
msgid "Friday"
msgstr "星期五"
msgid "Saturday"
msgstr "星期六"
msgid "Core"
msgstr "内核"
msgid "Album"
msgstr "相册"
msgid "Artist"
msgstr "艺术家"
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "图标"
msgid "Time"
msgstr "时间"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "添加"
msgid "View"
msgstr "查看"
msgid "Length"
msgstr "长度"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"
msgid "Audio"
msgstr "录音"
msgid "History"
msgstr "历史"
msgid "tag"
msgstr "标签"
msgid "hidden"
msgstr "隐藏"
msgid "URL"
msgstr "网址"
msgid "Path"
msgstr "路径"
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "文件名"
msgid "File extensions"
msgstr "文件扩展名"
msgid "Form ID"
msgstr "表单ID"
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "刷新"
msgid "Region"
msgstr "区域"
msgid "Anchor"
msgstr "锚点"
msgid "Display"
msgstr "显示"
msgid "Node type"
msgstr "节点类型"
msgid "Advanced settings"
msgstr "高级设置"
msgid "never"
msgstr "从未"
msgid "Updated"
msgstr "已更新"
msgid "Text"
msgstr "文本"
msgid "Theme"
msgstr "主题"
msgid "Select a layout"
msgstr "选择一个布局"
msgid "Timestamp"
msgstr "时间戳"
msgid "Preview comment"
msgstr "预览评论"
msgid "Component"
msgstr "组件"
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "未知"
msgid "Attachment"
msgstr "附件"
msgid "States"
msgstr "状态"
msgid "n/a"
msgstr "n/a"
msgid "Upload"
msgstr "上传"
msgid "Mail"
msgstr "邮件"
msgid "Database type"
msgstr "数据库类型"
msgid "User"
msgstr "用户"
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "继续"
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "配置"
msgid "Email"
msgstr "电子邮件"
msgid "Files"
msgstr "文件"
msgid "file"
msgstr "文件"
msgid "Error"
msgstr "错误"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "选项"
msgid "Contact"
msgstr "联络表"
msgid "no"
msgstr "否"
msgid "Created"
msgstr "已建立"
msgid "Node"
msgstr "节点"
msgid "Sent email to %recipient"
msgstr "给 %recipient 发送电子邮件"
msgid "The subject of the message."
msgstr "电子邮件的标题"
msgid "Separator"
msgstr "分隔符"
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "已展开"
msgid "Update options"
msgstr "更新选项"
msgid "All"
msgstr "全部"
msgid "Active"
msgstr "有效"
msgid "Access denied"
msgstr "拒绝访问"
msgid "Year"
msgstr "年"
msgid "Date format"
msgstr "日期格式"
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "页面标题"
msgid "Block"
msgstr "区块"
msgid "Pager ID"
msgstr "分页器ID"
msgid "1 minute"
msgid_plural "@count minutes"
msgstr[0] "1 分钟"
msgstr[1] "@count 分钟"
msgid "1 hour"
msgid_plural "@count hours"
msgstr[0] "1 小时"
msgstr[1] "@count 小时"
msgid "1 day"
msgid_plural "@count days"
msgstr[0] "1 天"
msgstr[1] "@count 天"
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "站点图标"
msgid "Site name"
msgstr "站点名称"
msgid "Site slogan"
msgstr "站点口号"
msgid "Site"
msgstr "站点"
msgid "Module"
msgstr "模块"
msgid "Off"
msgstr "关闭"
msgid "Host"
msgstr "主机"
msgid "Never"
msgstr "永不"
msgid "Inline"
msgstr "行内"
msgid "Recipients"
msgstr "收件人"
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "已选择"
msgid "Your name"
msgstr "您的名字"
msgid "To"
msgstr "到"
msgid "Refresh interval"
msgstr "刷新间隔"
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "自定义"
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "可见性"
msgid "Roles"
msgstr "角色"
msgid "Revision ID"
msgstr "修订版本ID"
msgid "Comment"
msgstr "评论"
msgid "Comment ID"
msgstr "评论 ID"
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "主机名"
msgid "Published"
msgstr "已发布"
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "过滤"
msgid "Source string ID"
msgstr "源字符串ID"
msgid "Location"
msgstr "位置"
msgid "Log message"
msgstr "日志信息"
msgid "File ID"
msgstr "文件ID"
msgid "File name"
msgstr "文件名"
msgid "File MIME type"
msgstr "文件 MIME 类型"
msgid "File size"
msgstr "文件大小"
msgid "Time zone"
msgstr "时区"
msgid "Severity"
msgstr "严重性"
msgid "Field name"
msgstr "字段名称"
msgid "Field type"
msgstr "字段类型"
msgid "Fields"
msgstr "字段"
msgid "Contains"
msgstr "包含"
msgid "Count"
msgstr "计数"
msgid "Heading"
msgstr "标题"
msgid "Watchdog"
msgstr "监控"
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "模式"
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "警告"
msgid "active"
msgstr "活跃"
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "N/A"
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
msgid "Items"
msgstr "项目"
msgid "Authored by"
msgstr "作者"
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "高级"
msgid "Width"
msgstr "宽度"
msgid "Height"
msgstr "高度"
msgid "Textfield"
msgstr "文本字段"
msgid "Maximum"
msgstr "最大值"
msgid "Scale"
msgstr "缩放"
msgid "Media"
msgstr "媒体"
msgid "Plain text"
msgstr "纯文本"
msgid "Month"
msgstr "月"
msgid "Details"
msgstr "细节"
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "控件"
msgid "Unlimited"
msgstr "不限"
msgid "Owner"
msgstr "所有者"
msgid "Recipient"
msgstr "收件人"
msgid "General"
msgstr "常规设置"
msgid "Directory"
msgstr "目录"
msgid "Egypt"
msgstr "埃及"
msgid "Namibia"
msgstr "纳米比亚"
msgid "Israel"
msgstr "以色列"
msgid "Iran"
msgstr "伊朗"
msgid "New Zealand"
msgstr "新西兰"
msgid "Tonga"
msgstr "汤加"
msgid "Cuba"
msgstr "古巴"
msgid "Brazil"
msgstr "巴西"
msgid "Chile"
msgstr "智利"
msgid "Paraguay"
msgstr "巴拉圭"
msgid "Jamaica"
msgstr "牙买加"
msgid "Japan"
msgstr "日本"
msgid "Libya"
msgstr "利比亚"
msgid "Poland"
msgstr "波兰"
msgid "Portugal"
msgstr "葡萄牙"
msgid "Singapore"
msgstr "新加坡"
msgid "Day"
msgstr "日"
msgid "Table"
msgstr "表格"
msgid "Start date"
msgstr "起始日期"
msgid "End date"
msgstr "结束日期"
msgid "Other"
msgstr "其它"
msgid "Loop"
msgstr "循环"
msgid "Display title"
msgstr "显示标题"
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "背景色"
msgid "Color"
msgstr "颜色"
msgid "Role"
msgstr "角色"
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "忽略"
msgid "Goal"
msgstr "目标"
msgid "Add new comment"
msgstr "添加新评论"
msgid "String"
msgstr "字符串"
msgid "Referrer"
msgstr "来源"
msgid "Button"
msgstr "按钮"
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "最大长度"
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "行"
msgid "Cache"
msgstr "缓存"
msgid "Provider"
msgstr "提供者"
msgid "Ascending"
msgstr "升序"
msgid "Descending"
msgstr "降序"
msgid "Option"
msgstr "选项"
msgid "Optional"
msgstr "可选"
msgid "Plain"
msgstr "纯文本"
msgid "Integer"
msgstr "整数"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP地址"
msgid "The comment and all its replies have been deleted."
msgstr "评论及其回复已经全部删除。"
msgid "Preformatted"
msgstr "预格式化"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "关闭"
msgid "fields"
msgstr "字段"
msgid "Save settings"
msgstr "保存设置"
msgid "UID"
msgstr "UID"
msgid "Duration"
msgstr "期限"
msgid "Germany"
msgstr "德国"
msgid "Sort by"
msgstr "排序依据"
msgid "Created date"
msgstr "创建日期"
msgid "Updated date"
msgstr "更新日期"
msgid "comments"
msgstr "评论"
msgid "Condition"
msgstr "条件"
msgid "Afghanistan"
msgstr "阿富汗"
msgid "Albania"
msgstr "阿尔巴尼亚"
msgid "Algeria"
msgstr "阿尔及利亚"
msgid "American Samoa"
msgstr "美属萨摩亚群岛"
msgid "Andorra"
msgstr "安道尔"
msgid "Angola"
msgstr "安哥拉"
msgid "Anguilla"
msgstr "安圭拉"
msgid "Antarctica"
msgstr "南极洲"
msgid "Argentina"
msgstr "阿根廷"
msgid "Armenia"
msgstr "亚美尼亚"
msgid "Aruba"
msgstr "阿鲁巴"
msgid "Australia"
msgstr "澳大利亚"
msgid "Austria"
msgstr "奥地利"
msgid "Azerbaijan"
msgstr "阿塞拜疆"
msgid "Bahamas"
msgstr "巴哈马"
msgid "Bahrain"
msgstr "巴林"
msgid "Bangladesh"
msgstr "孟加拉国"
msgid "Barbados"
msgstr "巴巴多斯"
msgid "Belarus"
msgstr "白俄罗斯"
msgid "Belgium"
msgstr "比利时"
msgid "Belize"
msgstr "伯利兹"
msgid "Benin"
msgstr "贝宁"
msgid "Bermuda"
msgstr "百慕达群岛"
msgid "Bhutan"
msgstr "不丹"
msgid "Bolivia"
msgstr "玻利维亚"
msgid "Botswana"
msgstr "博茨瓦那"
msgid "Bouvet Island"
msgstr "布维岛"
msgid "Brunei"
msgstr "文莱"
msgid "Bulgaria"
msgstr "保加利亚"
msgid "Burkina Faso"
msgstr "布基纳法索"
msgid "Burundi"
msgstr "布隆迪"
msgid "Cambodia"
msgstr "柬埔寨"
msgid "Cameroon"
msgstr "喀麦隆"
msgid "Canada"
msgstr "加拿大"
msgid "Cape Verde"
msgstr "佛得角"
msgid "Cayman Islands"
msgstr "开曼群岛"
msgid "Central African Republic"
msgstr "中非共和国"
msgid "Chad"
msgstr "乍得"
msgid "China"
msgstr "中国"
msgid "Christmas Island"
msgstr "圣诞岛"
msgid "Cocos (Keeling) Islands"
msgstr "科科斯（基林）群岛"
msgid "Colombia"
msgstr "哥伦比亚"
msgid "Comoros"
msgstr "科摩罗"
msgid "Cook Islands"
msgstr "库克群岛"
msgid "Costa Rica"
msgstr "哥斯达黎加"
msgid "Cyprus"
msgstr "塞浦路斯"
msgid "Denmark"
msgstr "丹麦"
msgid "Djibouti"
msgstr "吉布提"
msgid "Dominica"
msgstr "多米尼加"
msgid "Dominican Republic"
msgstr "多米尼加共和国"
msgid "Ecuador"
msgstr "厄瓜多尔"
msgid "El Salvador"
msgstr "萨尔瓦多"
msgid "Equatorial Guinea"
msgstr "赤道几内亚"
msgid "Eritrea"
msgstr "厄立特里亚"
msgid "Estonia"
msgstr "爱沙尼亚"
msgid "Ethiopia"
msgstr "埃塞俄比亚"
msgid "Faroe Islands"
msgstr "法罗群岛"
msgid "Finland"
msgstr "芬兰"
msgid "France"
msgstr "法国"
msgid "French Guiana"
msgstr "法属圭亚那"
msgid "French Polynesia"
msgstr "法属波利尼西亚"
msgid "Gabon"
msgstr "加蓬"
msgid "Gambia"
msgstr "冈比亚"
msgid "Georgia"
msgstr "格鲁吉亚"
msgid "Ghana"
msgstr "加纳"
msgid "Gibraltar"
msgstr "直布罗陀"
msgid "Greece"
msgstr "希腊"
msgid "Greenland"
msgstr "格陵兰岛"
msgid "Grenada"
msgstr "格林纳达"
msgid "Guadeloupe"
msgstr "瓜德罗普岛"
msgid "Guam"
msgstr "关岛"
msgid "Guatemala"
msgstr "危地马拉"
msgid "Guinea"
msgstr "几内亚"
msgid "Guinea-Bissau"
msgstr "几内亚比绍"
msgid "Guyana"
msgstr "圭亚那"
msgid "Haiti"
msgstr "海地"
msgid "Honduras"
msgstr "洪都拉斯"
msgid "Hungary"
msgstr "匈牙利"
msgid "Iceland"
msgstr "冰岛"
msgid "India"
msgstr "印度"
msgid "Indonesia"
msgstr "印度尼西亚"
msgid "Iraq"
msgstr "伊拉克"
msgid "Ireland"
msgstr "爱尔兰"
msgid "Italy"
msgstr "意大利"
msgid "Jordan"
msgstr "约旦"
msgid "Kazakhstan"
msgstr "哈萨克斯坦"
msgid "Kenya"
msgstr "肯尼亚"
msgid "Kiribati"
msgstr "基里巴斯"
msgid "Kuwait"
msgstr "科威特"
msgid "Kyrgyzstan"
msgstr "吉尔吉斯斯坦"
msgid "Laos"
msgstr "老挝"
msgid "Latvia"
msgstr "拉脱维亚"
msgid "Lebanon"
msgstr "黎巴嫩"
msgid "Lesotho"
msgstr "莱索托"
msgid "Liberia"
msgstr "利比里亚"
msgid "Liechtenstein"
msgstr "列支敦士登"
msgid "Lithuania"
msgstr "立陶宛"
msgid "Luxembourg"
msgstr "卢森堡"
msgid "Madagascar"
msgstr "马达加斯加"
msgid "Malawi"
msgstr "马拉维"
msgid "Malaysia"
msgstr "马来西亚"
msgid "Maldives"
msgstr "马尔代夫"
msgid "Mali"
msgstr "马里"
msgid "Malta"
msgstr "马耳他"
msgid "Marshall Islands"
msgstr "马绍尔群岛"
msgid "Martinique"
msgstr "马提尼克岛"
msgid "Mauritania"
msgstr "毛里塔尼亚"
msgid "Mauritius"
msgstr "毛里求斯"
msgid "Mayotte"
msgstr "马约特岛"
msgid "Mexico"
msgstr "墨西哥"
msgid "Micronesia"
msgstr "密克罗尼西亚"
msgid "Moldova"
msgstr "摩尔多瓦"
msgid "Monaco"
msgstr "摩纳哥"
msgid "Mongolia"
msgstr "蒙古"
msgid "Montserrat"
msgstr "蒙特塞拉特岛"
msgid "Morocco"
msgstr "摩洛哥"
msgid "Mozambique"
msgstr "莫桑比克"
msgid "Nauru"
msgstr "瑙鲁"
msgid "Nepal"
msgstr "尼泊尔"
msgid "Netherlands"
msgstr "荷兰"
msgid "Netherlands Antilles"
msgstr "荷属安的列斯岛"
msgid "New Caledonia"
msgstr "新喀里多尼亚"
msgid "Nicaragua"
msgstr "尼加拉瓜"
msgid "Niger"
msgstr "尼日尔"
msgid "Nigeria"
msgstr "尼日利亚"
msgid "Niue"
msgstr "纽埃"
msgid "Norfolk Island"
msgstr "诺福克岛"
msgid "North Korea"
msgstr "朝鲜"
msgid "Northern Mariana Islands"
msgstr "北马里亚纳群岛"
msgid "Norway"
msgstr "挪威"
msgid "Oman"
msgstr "阿曼"
msgid "Pakistan"
msgstr "巴基斯坦"
msgid "Palau"
msgstr "帕劳群岛"
msgid "Panama"
msgstr "巴拿马"
msgid "Papua New Guinea"
msgstr "巴布亚新几内亚"
msgid "Peru"
msgstr "秘鲁"
msgid "Philippines"
msgstr "菲律宾"
msgid "Pitcairn Islands"
msgstr "皮特克恩岛"
msgid "Puerto Rico"
msgstr "波多黎各"
msgid "Qatar"
msgstr "卡塔尔"
msgid "Romania"
msgstr "罗马尼亚"
msgid "Russia"
msgstr "俄罗斯"
msgid "Rwanda"
msgstr "卢旺达"
msgid "Samoa"
msgstr "萨摩亚"
msgid "San Marino"
msgstr "圣马力诺"
msgid "Saudi Arabia"
msgstr "沙特阿拉伯"
msgid "Senegal"
msgstr "塞内加尔"
msgid "Seychelles"
msgstr "塞舌尔群岛"
msgid "Sierra Leone"
msgstr "塞拉利昂"
msgid "Slovakia"
msgstr "斯洛伐克"
msgid "Slovenia"
msgstr "斯罗文尼亚"
msgid "Solomon Islands"
msgstr "所罗门群岛"
msgid "Somalia"
msgstr "索马里"
msgid "South Africa"
msgstr "南非"
msgid "Spain"
msgstr "西班牙"
msgid "Sri Lanka"
msgstr "斯里兰卡"
msgid "St. Helena"
msgstr "圣海伦娜"
msgid "St. Lucia"
msgstr "圣露西亚"
msgid "Sudan"
msgstr "苏丹"
msgid "Suriname"
msgstr "苏里南河"
msgid "Sweden"
msgstr "瑞典"
msgid "Switzerland"
msgstr "瑞士"
msgid "Syria"
msgstr "叙利亚"
msgid "Taiwan"
msgstr "台湾"
msgid "Tajikistan"
msgstr "塔吉克斯坦"
msgid "Tanzania"
msgstr "坦桑尼亚"
msgid "Thailand"
msgstr "泰国"
msgid "Togo"
msgstr "多哥"
msgid "Tokelau"
msgstr "托克劳群岛"
msgid "Tunisia"
msgstr "突尼斯"
msgid "Turkmenistan"
msgstr "土库曼尼斯坦"
msgid "Tuvalu"
msgstr "图瓦鲁"
msgid "Uganda"
msgstr "乌干达"
msgid "Ukraine"
msgstr "乌克兰"
msgid "United Arab Emirates"
msgstr "阿拉伯联合酋长国"
msgid "United Kingdom"
msgstr "英国"
msgid "United States"
msgstr "美国"
msgid "Uruguay"
msgstr "乌拉圭"
msgid "Uzbekistan"
msgstr "乌兹别克斯坦"
msgid "Vanuatu"
msgstr "瓦努阿图"
msgid "Vatican City"
msgstr "梵蒂冈城"
msgid "Venezuela"
msgstr "委内瑞拉"
msgid "Yemen"
msgstr "也门"
msgid "Zambia"
msgstr "赞比亚"
msgid "Zimbabwe"
msgstr "津巴布韦"
msgid "Database username"
msgstr "数据库用户名"
msgid "Database password"
msgstr "数据库密码"
msgid "Database name"
msgstr "数据库名称"
msgid "Port"
msgstr "端口"
msgid "Size of textfield"
msgstr "文本框的大小"
msgid "Authored on"
msgstr "发布于"
msgid "Leave blank for %anonymous."
msgstr "%anonymous 请留空。"
msgid "Hidden"
msgstr "隐藏"
msgid "Undefined"
msgstr "未定义"
msgid "contact form"
msgstr "联系表单"
msgid "Default configuration"
msgstr "默认配置"
msgid "File Upload"
msgstr "文件上传"
msgid "block"
msgstr "区块"
msgid "Change"
msgstr "更改"
msgid "Allowed HTML tags"
msgstr "允许的HTML标签"
msgid "No items selected."
msgstr "无选中项。"
msgid "The update has been performed."
msgstr "更新已执行。"
msgid "Select all rows in this table"
msgstr "选择此表中的所有行"
msgid "Deselect all rows in this table"
msgstr "取消全选此表中的所有行"
msgid "Front page"
msgstr "首页"
msgid "unlimited"
msgstr "不限"
msgid "Deleted"
msgstr "已删除"
msgid "Languages"
msgstr "语言"
msgid "Topics"
msgstr "主题"
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "定义"
msgid "Related topics"
msgstr "相关话题"
msgid "Textfield size"
msgstr "文本字段长度"
msgid "Create new revision"
msgstr "创建新的修订版本"
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "限制"
msgid "Configure block"
msgstr "配置区块"
msgid "Hour"
msgstr "小时"
msgid "Minute"
msgstr "分"
msgid "Second"
msgstr "秒"
msgid "Select list"
msgstr "选择列表"
msgid "Granularity"
msgstr "粒度"
msgid "Map"
msgstr "地图"
msgid "Workflow"
msgstr "工作流"
msgid "Randomize"
msgstr "随机化"
msgid "Link label"
msgstr "链接标签"
msgid "author"
msgstr "作者"
msgid "Entity"
msgstr "实体"
msgid "Revert"
msgstr "恢复"
msgid "Negate"
msgstr "否定"
msgid "Greater than"
msgstr "大于"
msgid "Less than"
msgstr "小于"
msgid "Notice"
msgstr "注意"
msgid "Choice"
msgstr "选项"
msgid "Extend"
msgstr "扩展"
msgid "characters"
msgstr "字符"
msgid "Info"
msgstr "信息"
msgid "Site information"
msgstr "站点信息"
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "引用"
msgid "Enabled filters"
msgstr "启用过滤器"
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "开始"
msgid "Convert"
msgstr "转换"
msgid "Binary"
msgstr "二进制"
msgid "Video"
msgstr "视频"
msgid "Style"
msgstr "样式"
msgid "Revision"
msgstr "修订"
msgid "The specified passwords do not match."
msgstr "两次输入的密码不同。"
msgid "Session"
msgstr "会话"
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr "权限"
msgid "Your settings have been saved."
msgstr "您的设置已被保存。"
msgid "Cron"
msgstr "Cron"
msgid "Plugin"
msgstr "插件"
msgid "Display label"
msgstr "显示标签"
msgid "Changed"
msgstr "已更改"
msgid "Date created"
msgstr "创建日期"
msgid "Ascension Island"
msgstr "阿松森岛"
msgid "Fiji"
msgstr "斐济"
msgid "Falkland Islands"
msgstr "福克兰群岛"
msgid "South Korea"
msgstr "韩国"
msgid "Myanmar (Burma)"
msgstr "缅甸"
msgid "French Southern Territories"
msgstr "法属南部领土"
msgid "British Virgin Islands"
msgstr "英属维京群岛"
msgid "U.S. Virgin Islands"
msgstr "美属维京群岛"
msgid "Vietnam"
msgstr "越南"
msgid "Guernsey"
msgstr "根西岛"
msgid "Jersey"
msgstr "泽西岛"
msgid "Not published"
msgstr "未发表"
msgid "File settings"
msgstr "文件设置"
msgid "width"
msgstr "宽"
msgid "height"
msgstr "高"
msgid "Unformatted"
msgstr "未格式化的"
msgid "Allowed file extensions"
msgstr "允许的文件扩展名"
msgid "New comments"
msgstr "新评论数"
msgid "Redirect to URL"
msgstr "重定向到URL"
msgid "Revision of %title from %date"
msgstr "%title 在 %date 的修订版本"
msgid "Multilingual"
msgstr "多语言"
msgid "comment"
msgstr "评论"
msgid "Last changed"
msgstr "最近更新"
msgid "Published comments"
msgstr "已发布的评论"
msgid "Comment settings"
msgstr "评论设置"
msgid "Contact settings"
msgstr "联系设置"
msgid "Ban"
msgstr "屏蔽"
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "标签"
msgid "Processing"
msgstr "处理中"
msgid "Output format"
msgstr "输出格式"
msgid "File upload error. Could not move uploaded file."
msgstr "文件上传错误。无法移动已上传的文件。"
msgid "Default value"
msgstr "默认值"
msgid "Image crop"
msgstr "图像裁剪"
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
msgid "Apply"
msgstr "应用"
msgid "Enabled modules"
msgstr "已启用的模块"
msgid "Not translated"
msgstr "未翻译"
msgid "Select"
msgstr "选择"
msgid "Translatable"
msgstr "可被翻译"
msgid "Location of comment submission form"
msgstr "评论提交表单的位置"
msgid "Underlined"
msgstr "下划线"
msgid "Copy"
msgstr "复制"
msgid "Variables"
msgstr "变量"
msgid "Plugins"
msgstr "插件"
msgid "British Indian Ocean Territory"
msgstr "英属印度洋领地"
msgid "Croatia"
msgstr "克罗地亚"
msgid "Western Sahara"
msgstr "西撒哈拉"
msgid "Block description"
msgstr "区块描述"
msgid "Translation"
msgstr "翻译"
msgid "Translation status"
msgstr "翻译状态"
msgid "Blocks"
msgstr "区块"
msgid ""
"Configure what block content appears in your site's sidebars and other "
"regions."
msgstr "设置区块内容出现在网站的边栏或其他位置。"
msgid "Save blocks"
msgstr "保存区块"
msgid "The block settings have been updated."
msgstr "已更新区块设置。"
msgid "Save block"
msgstr "保存区块"
msgid "The block configuration has been saved."
msgstr "已储存区块设置。"
msgid "Above"
msgstr "位于上方"
msgid "Default time zone"
msgstr "默认时区"
msgid "Add another item"
msgstr "继续添加"
msgid "Manage fields"
msgstr "管理字段"
msgid "Used in"
msgstr "用于"
msgid "Decimal"
msgstr "小数"
msgid "Float"
msgstr "浮点数"
msgid "Minimum"
msgstr "最小值"
msgid "Precision"
msgstr "精度"
msgid ""
"The total number of digits to store in the database, including those "
"to the right of the decimal."
msgstr "在数据库中存储的数字的总位数，包括小数点右边的位数。"
msgid "The number of digits to the right of the decimal."
msgstr "小数点后面的位数。"
msgid "Decimal marker"
msgstr "小数点标记"
msgid "Check boxes/radio buttons"
msgstr "复选框/单选按钮"
msgid "Single on/off checkbox"
msgstr "单一 开/关 复选框"
msgid "Text area (multiple rows)"
msgstr "文本域（多行）"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "索引"
msgid "Permalink"
msgstr "永久连接"
msgid "Form"
msgstr "表单"
msgid "Debug"
msgstr "调试"
msgid "Publish"
msgstr "发表"
msgid "Unpublish"
msgstr "取消发布"
msgid "The parent comment"
msgstr "父评论"
msgid "1 second"
msgstr "1 秒"
msgid "@count seconds"
msgstr "@count 秒"
msgid "1 minute"
msgstr "1分钟"
msgid "@count minutes"
msgstr "@count 分钟"
msgid "Text Editor"
msgstr "文本编辑器"
msgid "Date range"
msgstr "日期范围"
msgid "Anonymous commenting"
msgstr "匿名评论"
msgid "Anonymous posters may not enter their contact information"
msgstr "匿名评论者不能输入其联系信息"
msgid "Anonymous posters may leave their contact information"
msgstr "匿名评论者可以输入其联系信息"
msgid "Anonymous posters must leave their contact information"
msgstr "匿名评论者必须输入其联系信息"
msgid "Default comment setting"
msgstr "默认评论设置"
msgid ""
"The content of this field is kept private and will not be shown "
"publicly."
msgstr "此字段内容将保密，不会被其他人看见。"
msgid "parent"
msgstr "上层"
msgid "1 comment"
msgid_plural "@count comments"
msgstr[0] "1 则评论"
msgstr[1] "@count 则评论"
msgid "Show descriptions"
msgstr "显示描述"
msgid "Subtitle"
msgstr "副标题"
msgid "Language code"
msgstr "语言代码"
msgid "Contact link"
msgstr "联系链接"
msgid "Menu name"
msgstr "菜单名称"
msgid "Autoplay"
msgstr "自动播放"
msgid "1 second"
msgid_plural "@count seconds"
msgstr[0] "1 秒"
msgstr[1] "@count 秒"
msgid "Plugin settings"
msgstr "插件设置"
msgid "Thread"
msgstr "串列"
msgid "Reply"
msgstr "回复"
msgid "Mapping"
msgstr "映射"
msgid "Are you sure you want to revert to the revision from %revision-date?"
msgstr "确定要恢复 %revision-date 的修订吗？"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the revision from %revision-date?"
msgstr "确定要删除 %revision-date 的修订吗？"
msgid "Maximum upload size"
msgstr "最大上传大小"
msgid "Extension"
msgstr "扩展名"
msgid "Space"
msgstr "空格"
msgid "@type: deleted %title revision %revision."
msgstr "@type：删除了 %title 的修订版本 %revision。"
msgid "Change layout"
msgstr "修改布局"
msgid "No comments available."
msgstr "没有评论。"
msgid "Backtrace"
msgstr "回溯"
msgid "- None selected -"
msgstr "- 未选择 -"
msgid "Account settings"
msgstr "帐户设置"
msgid "Field Type"
msgstr "字段类型"
msgid "Pager"
msgstr "分页器"
msgid "1 year"
msgid_plural "@count years"
msgstr[0] "1 年"
msgstr[1] "@count 年"
msgid "1 week"
msgid_plural "@count weeks"
msgstr[0] "1 周"
msgstr[1] "@count 周"
msgid "1 min"
msgid_plural "@count min"
msgstr[0] "1 分钟"
msgstr[1] "@count 分钟"
msgid "1 sec"
msgid_plural "@count sec"
msgstr[0] "1 秒"
msgstr[1] "@count 秒"
msgid "Layout settings"
msgstr "布局设置"
msgid "Link to file"
msgstr "链接到文件"
msgid "Send message"
msgstr "发送消息"
msgid "Machine name"
msgstr "机读名称"
msgid "Rotation angle"
msgstr "旋转角度"
msgid "Flush"
msgstr "冲洗"
msgid "Locked"
msgstr "锁定"
msgid "types"
msgstr "类型"
msgid "File MIME"
msgstr "文件 MIME"
msgid "Field settings"
msgstr "字段设置"
msgid "Number of comments"
msgstr "评论数量"
msgid "Expand layout to include descriptions."
msgstr "显示描述以扩展布局"
msgid "Hide descriptions"
msgstr "隐藏描述"
msgid "Compress layout by hiding descriptions."
msgstr "隐藏说明以压缩版面。"
msgid "About"
msgstr "关于"
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr "区分大小写"
msgid "Maximum link text length"
msgstr "链接文字的最大长度"
msgid ""
"URLs longer than this number of characters will be truncated to "
"prevent long strings that break formatting. The link itself will be "
"retained; just the text portion of the link will be truncated."
msgstr "为避免破坏布局，超过此数字长度的URL字符串将被自动截断。只是显示文字被截断，链接本身并不会被破坏。"
msgid "Setting"
msgstr "设置"
msgid "Install profile"
msgstr "按设置文件安装"
msgid "File directory"
msgstr "文件目录"
msgid "not set"
msgstr "尚未设置"
msgid "Indexes"
msgstr "索引"
msgid "Cardinality"
msgstr "基数"
msgid "sort by @s"
msgstr "按 @s 排序"
msgid "Display a message to the user"
msgstr "给用户显示一条信息"
msgid "- Select -"
msgstr "- 选择 -"
msgid "Auto-reply"
msgstr "自动回复"
msgid ""
"Optional auto-reply. Leave empty if you do not want to send the user "
"an auto-reply message."
msgstr "可选用的自动回复信息。如果你不想发送给用户一封自动回复信息，请留空白。"
msgid "Synchronize"
msgstr "同步"
msgid "Number of results"
msgstr "结果的数量"
msgid "Parent comment"
msgstr "父评论"
msgid "Author's website"
msgstr "作者的网站"
msgid "Display the depth of the comment if it is threaded."
msgstr "如果评论是串列式的话，显示它的深度。"
msgid ""
"Sort by the threaded order. This will keep child comments together "
"with their parents."
msgstr "根据串列顺序排序。这样会将子评论放在它们父亲的下面。"
msgid "Provide a simple link to reply to the comment."
msgstr "提供一个简单的链接回应评论。"
msgid "Text to display"
msgstr "要显示的文本"
msgid "field"
msgstr "字段"
msgid "Update settings"
msgstr "更新设置"
msgid "Accessibility features"
msgstr "辅助功能"
msgid "Translate"
msgstr "翻译"
msgid "Time ago"
msgstr "以前"
msgid "Not enabled"
msgstr "未启用"
msgid ""
"Instructions to present to the user below this field on the editing "
"form.
Allowed HTML tags: @tags"
msgstr ""
"显示在此字段编辑表单下面的操作指南。
允许的HTML标签：@tags"
msgid "Sort direction"
msgstr "排序方向"
msgid "Steps"
msgstr "步骤"
msgid "Element"
msgstr "元素"
msgid "Block type"
msgstr "区块类型"
msgid "Web services"
msgstr "Web服务"
msgid "Effect"
msgstr "效果"
msgid "Route"
msgstr "路径"
msgid "Sequence"
msgstr "次序"
msgid "Error message"
msgstr "错误信息"
msgid "For security reasons, your upload has been renamed to %filename."
msgstr ""
"基于安全考虑，您所上传的文件被系统改名为 %filename "
"。"
msgid "Entity type"
msgstr "实体类型"
msgid "Acronym"
msgstr "首字母缩略词"
msgid "Title only"
msgstr "只有标题"
msgid "Save as"
msgstr "保存为"
msgid "Preview image"
msgstr "图片预览"
msgid "pixels"
msgstr "像素"
msgid "Use default"
msgstr "使用默认值"
msgid "1 month"
msgid_plural "@count months"
msgstr[0] "1个月"
msgstr[1] "@count 个月"
msgid "done"
msgstr "完成"
msgid "Current state"
msgstr "当前状态"
msgid "Password field is required."
msgstr "必须填入密码。"
msgid "Display type"
msgstr "显示类型"
msgid "Confirm password"
msgstr "确认密码"
msgid "Not applicable"
msgstr "不适用"
msgid "Isle of Man"
msgstr "马恩岛"
msgid "Montenegro"
msgstr "黑山"
msgid "Serbia"
msgstr "塞尔维亚"
msgid "Uri"
msgstr "Uri"
msgid "Kosovo"
msgstr "科索沃"
msgid "Diego Garcia"
msgstr "地亚哥加西亚"
msgid "Tristan da Cunha"
msgstr "特里斯坦-达库尼亚"
msgid "Warning message"
msgstr "警告信息"
msgid "The file %file could not be saved. An unknown error has occurred."
msgstr "出现未知错误，%file文件无法保存。"
msgid "The specified file %name could not be uploaded."
msgstr "指定的文件%name无法上传。"
msgid "Only files with the following extensions are allowed: %files-allowed."
msgstr "只允许以下扩展名文件：%files-allowed。"
msgid "The file is %filesize exceeding the maximum file size of %maxsize."
msgstr "当前文件大小 %filesize 超过了限定的最大值 %maxsize."
msgid "The file is %filesize which would exceed your disk quota of %quota."
msgstr "文件大小是 %filesize，超过了你的磁盘配额 %quota。"
msgid ""
"Upload error. Could not move uploaded file %file to destination "
"%destination."
msgstr "上传错误。不能将上传文件 %file 移动到 %destination。"
msgid "No link"
msgstr "没有链接"
msgid "outdated"
msgstr "过时的"
msgid "Save and continue"
msgstr "保存并继续"
msgid "Table name prefix"
msgstr "表前缀"
msgid "IP address"
msgstr "IP地址"
msgid "Maximum height"
msgstr "最大高度"
msgid "Maximum width"
msgstr "最大宽度"
msgid "Autocomplete matching"
msgstr "自动匹配"
msgid "Starts with"
msgstr "始于"
msgid "Timor-Leste"
msgstr "东帝汶"
msgid "Åland Islands"
msgstr "奥兰群岛"
msgid "Cached"
msgstr "缓存的"
msgid "Autocomplete"
msgstr "自动完成"
msgid "Boolean"
msgstr "布尔值"
msgid "Bundles"
msgstr "包"
msgid "Bundle"
msgstr "包"
msgid "Decimal point"
msgstr "小数点"
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr "永久"
msgid "Temporary"
msgstr "临时"
msgid "Configuration name"
msgstr "配置名称"
msgid "Custom date format"
msgstr "自定义日期格式"
msgid "Revision information"
msgstr "修订版本信息"
msgid "Form mode"
msgstr "表单模式"
msgid "View comment"
msgstr "查看评论"
msgid "Decimal value"
msgstr "十进制值"
msgid "Comma"
msgstr "逗号(,)"
msgid "Uses"
msgstr "使用"
msgid "Your email address"
msgstr "您的电子邮件地址"
msgid "Default display mode"
msgstr "默认显示模式"
msgid "Default comments per page"
msgstr "每页默认评论数量"
msgid "Comment subject field"
msgstr "评论标题字段"
msgid ""
"Any replies to this comment will be lost. This action cannot be "
"undone."
msgstr "此评论的所有回复将被删除。此操作不可逆。"
msgid "Publish the selected comments"
msgstr "发布已选评论"
msgid "Unpublish the selected comments"
msgstr "撤下选中的评论"
msgid "(No subject)"
msgstr "(无主题)"
msgid "MIME type"
msgstr "MIME类型"
msgid "Posted in"
msgstr "发布于"
msgid ""
"Comment: unauthorized comment submitted or comment submitted to a "
"closed post %subject."
msgstr ""
"评论：提交的未经认证的评论或提交到已关闭的主题 "
"%subject 的评论"
msgid "Parent ID"
msgstr "父级ID"
msgid "Block title."
msgstr "区块标题。"
msgid "The file's MIME type."
msgstr "文件的MIME类型。"
msgid "File upload"
msgstr "文件上传"
msgid "The size of the file."
msgstr "文件的大小。"
msgid "The MIME type of the file."
msgstr "文件的MIME类型"
msgid "Filter settings"
msgstr "过滤条件设置"
msgid "No help is available for module %module."
msgstr "模块 %module 无帮助信息。"
msgid "@module administration pages"
msgstr "@module 管理页面"
msgid "Save translation"
msgstr "保存翻译"
msgid "Comments per page"
msgstr "每页的评论"
msgid "The file could not be uploaded."
msgstr "该文件无法上传。"
msgid "Export configuration"
msgstr "导出配置"
msgid "Administration pages"
msgstr "管理页面"
msgid "Announcements"
msgstr "公告"
msgid "View all announcements"
msgstr "查看所有公告"
msgid "The comment body."
msgstr "评论正文"
msgid "The comment ID."
msgstr "评论ID。"
msgid "View comments"
msgstr "查看评论"
msgid "Workflow Settings"
msgstr "工作流设置"
msgid "%name: this field cannot hold more than @count values."
msgstr "%name：此字段添加的值不能超过 @count 个。"
msgid "Vertical Tabs"
msgstr "垂直标签"
msgid "Source language"
msgstr "源语言"
msgid "Initializing."
msgstr "正在初始化。"
msgid "An error has occurred."
msgstr "发生错误。"
msgid "@label"
msgstr "@label"
msgid "0 sec"
msgstr "0 秒"
msgid "Is published"
msgstr "已发布"
msgid "Filter log messages"
msgstr "过滤日志信息"
msgid "You must select something to filter by."
msgstr "您必须选择一个过滤条件。"
msgid "New revision"
msgstr "新的修订版本"
msgid "Callback"
msgstr "回调"
msgid "Add comment link"
msgstr "添加评论链接"
msgid "Abbreviation"
msgstr "缩写"
msgid "Inserted"
msgstr "已插入"
msgid "Current date"
msgstr "当前日期"
msgid "exposed"
msgstr "暴露的"
msgid "Invalid date format."
msgstr "无效的日期格式。"
msgid "The title of the comment."
msgstr "评论的标题。"
msgid ""
"The name of the comment's author. Can be rendered as a link to the "
"author's homepage."
msgstr "评论的作者的名字。可以显示为一个指向作者首页的链接。"
msgid ""
"The website address of the comment's author. Can be rendered as a "
"link. Will be empty if the author is a registered user."
msgstr "评论的作者的网站地址。可被显示为一个链接。如果作者为注册用户的话，它将为空。"
msgid "Post date"
msgstr "发布日期"
msgid "The User ID of the comment's author."
msgstr "评论作者的用户ID。"
msgid "Parent CID"
msgstr "父CID"
msgid "Last comment time"
msgstr "最后评论时间"
msgid "Date and time of when the last comment was posted."
msgstr "最新评论发布时的日期和时间。"
msgid "Last comment author"
msgstr "最新评论作者"
msgid "The name of the author of the last posted comment."
msgstr "最新发布评论的作者的名字。"
msgid "Comment count"
msgstr "评论总数"
msgid "Updated/commented date"
msgstr "更新/评论日期"
msgid "The number of new comments on the node."
msgstr "节点上新评论的总数。"
msgid "Comment status"
msgstr "评论状态"
msgid "User posted or commented"
msgstr "用户发布或评论"
msgid "Display the comment as RSS."
msgstr "把评论显示为RSS。"
msgid "Provide a simple link to the user contact page."
msgstr "提供一个到用户联系页面的简单链接。"
msgid "Created year + month"
msgstr "创建的 年+月"
msgid "Created year"
msgstr "创建的年"
msgid "Created month"
msgstr "创建的月"
msgid "Created day"
msgstr "创建的日"
msgid "Created week"
msgstr "创建的周"
msgid "Has new content"
msgstr "有新内容"
msgid "Files maintained by Drupal and various modules."
msgstr "由Drupal和各种模块维护的文件。"
msgid "No user"
msgstr "无用户"
msgid "Show teaser-style link"
msgstr "显示摘要样式的链接"
msgid "Link this field to new comments"
msgstr "将这个字段链接到新评论。"
msgid "contact"
msgstr "联系"
msgid "Contact %user"
msgstr "联系%user"
msgid "Check for new comments as well"
msgstr "同时检查是否有新评论"
msgid ""
"Search for either of the two terms with uppercase OR. "
"For example, cats OR dogs."
msgstr ""
"搜索两个关键词或其中之一，使用大写的 "
"OR。例如，猫猫 OR 狗狗。"
msgid "Link this field to download the file"
msgstr "把这个字段链接到文件下载"
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr "占位符"
msgid "Language settings"
msgstr "语言设置"
msgid "Attempting to re-run cron while it is already running."
msgstr "尝试重新运行cron但已在运行。"
msgid "Cron run completed."
msgstr "Cron运行完毕。"
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "工具提示"
msgid "The maximum length of the field in characters."
msgstr "此字段字符的最大数量。"
msgid "Machine-readable name"
msgstr "机读名称"
msgid "Module dependencies"
msgstr "模块依赖关系"
msgid "A boolean indicating whether this translation needs to be updated."
msgstr "一个代表此翻译是否需要更新的布尔值。"
msgid "Contact form"
msgstr "联络表单"
msgid "Block Content"
msgstr "区块内容"
msgid "Requirements problem"
msgstr "系统需求问题"
msgid "Database configuration"
msgstr "数据库配置"
msgid "Select an installation profile"
msgstr "选择一种安装方式"
msgid "Choose language"
msgstr "选择语言"
msgid "No profiles available"
msgstr "没有可用的配置文件"
msgid "Drupal already installed"
msgstr "Drupal已安装完毕"
msgid "Installing @drupal"
msgstr "安装 @drupal"
msgid "The installation has encountered an error."
msgstr "安装发生错误。"
msgid "Configure site"
msgstr "设置网站"
msgid "Installed %module module."
msgstr "成功安装 %module 模块。"
msgid "Choose profile"
msgstr "选择安装方式"
msgid "Verify requirements"
msgstr "检查安装需求"
msgid "Set up database"
msgstr "设置数据库"
msgid "Set up translations"
msgstr "安装翻译"
msgid "Install site"
msgstr "安装网站"
msgid "Finish translations"
msgstr "完成翻译"
msgid "Update notifications"
msgstr "更新通知"
msgid "Check for updates automatically"
msgstr "自动检查更新"
msgid "1 byte"
msgid_plural "@count bytes"
msgstr[0] "1 字节"
msgstr[1] "@count 字节"
msgid "No blocks in this region"
msgstr "此区域中没有任何区块"
msgid ""
"The block %info was assigned to the invalid region %region and has "
"been disabled."
msgstr ""
"区块 %info 被分配到无效的区域 %region "
"里面，已经被停用了。"
msgid "Delete the selected comments"
msgstr "删除选中的评论"
msgid "Example: 'website feedback' or 'product information'."
msgstr "范例: \"网站使用评论\" 或 \"产品信息\"。"
msgid "Personal contact form"
msgstr "个人联络表单"
msgid "View events that have recently been logged."
msgstr "查看最近的事件日志。"
msgid "Top 'page not found' errors"
msgstr "最常见的“没有找到页面”错误"
msgid "View 'page not found' errors (404s)."
msgstr "查看“没有找到页面”错误(404s)。"
msgid "Top 'access denied' errors"
msgstr "最常见“拒绝访问”错误"
msgid "View 'access denied' errors (403s)."
msgstr "查看“拒绝访问”错误(403s)。"
msgid "No roles may use this format"
msgstr "没有角色可以使用此格式"
msgid "Allowed HTML tags: @tags"
msgstr "允许的HTML标签：@tags"
msgid "Anchors are used to make links to other pages."
msgstr "锚点(anchor)用来生成链接到其他页面的链接。"
msgid ""
"By default line break tags are automatically added, so use this tag to "
"add additional ones. Use of this tag is different because it is not "
"used with an open/close pair like all the others. Use the extra \" /\" "
"inside the tag to maintain XHTML 1.0 compatibility"
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，换行标签会自动添加，因此使用此标签会额外添加一行。此标签的用法有些不同，因为其不像其他一些标签，没有使用配对的 "
"开始/结束 标记。直接在标签内使用 \" /\" 来保持XHTML "
"1.0的兼容性。"
msgid "Text with
line break"
msgstr "带有
换行符的文本"
msgid ""
"By default paragraph tags are automatically added, so use this tag to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr "默认情况下，段落标记自动被添加。如果要再加一个，使用此标签。"
msgid "Paragraph one."
msgstr "段落一。"
msgid "Paragraph two."
msgstr "段落二。"
msgid "Emphasized"
msgstr "强调"
msgid "Cited"
msgstr "引用"
msgid "Coded text used to show programming source code"
msgstr "编码化文本，用于显示程序源代码"
msgid "Coded"
msgstr "编码化"
msgid "Bolded"
msgstr "粗体"
msgid "Italicized"
msgstr "斜体"
msgid "Superscripted"
msgstr "上标"
msgid "Superscripted"
msgstr "上标文本"
msgid "Subscripted"
msgstr "下标"
msgid "Subscripted"
msgstr "下标文本"
msgid "Abbrev."
msgstr "缩写"
msgid "TLA"
msgstr "TLA"
msgid "Block quoted"
msgstr "区块引言"
msgid "Quoted inline"
msgstr "行内引用"
msgid "Table header"
msgstr "表格的表头"
msgid "Table cell"
msgstr "表格单元格"
msgid "Ordered list - use the <li> to begin each list item"
msgstr "顺序列表- 使用 <li> 来开始每个项目"
msgid "First item"
msgstr "第一项"
msgid "Second item"
msgstr "第二项"
msgid "Unordered list - use the <li> to begin each list item"
msgstr "无序列表 - 使用 <li> 开始每个项目"
msgid ""
"Definition lists are similar to other HTML lists. <dl> begins "
"the definition list, <dt> begins the definition term and "
"<dd> begins the definition description."
msgstr ""
"定义列表类似于其他 HTML列表。<dl> "
"开始定义列表，<dt> 开始定义列表项，<dd> "
"则开始列表描述。"
msgid "First term"
msgstr "第一个术语"
msgid "First definition"
msgstr "第一个定义"
msgid "Second term"
msgstr "第二个术语"
msgid "Second definition"
msgstr "第二个定义"
msgid "Subtitle three"
msgstr "副标题三"
msgid "Subtitle four"
msgstr "副标题四"
msgid "Subtitle five"
msgstr "副标题五"
msgid "Subtitle six"
msgstr "副标题六"
msgid "Tag Description"
msgstr "标签说明"
msgid "You Type"
msgstr "您输入"
msgid "You Get"
msgstr "您得到"
msgid "No help provided for tag %tag."
msgstr "目前没有标签 %tag 的说明。"
msgid "Ampersand"
msgstr "与标记(&)"
msgid "Quotation mark"
msgstr "引号"
msgid "Character Description"
msgstr "字符说明"
msgid "Lines and paragraphs break automatically."
msgstr "自动断行和分段。"
msgid "Compose tips"
msgstr "编写提示"
msgid ""
"The machine-readable name must contain only lowercase letters, "
"numbers, and underscores."
msgstr "机读名称只能使用小写字母、数字和下划线。"
msgid "Copy of the revision from %date."
msgstr "复制 %date 的修订版本。"
msgid "Revision from %revision-date of @type %title has been deleted."
msgstr "@type %title 的修订版本 %revision-date 已被删除。"
msgid "@type: reverted %title revision %revision."
msgstr "@type：%title 恢复为修订版本 %revision。"
msgid "The alias %alias is already in use in this language."
msgstr "别名 %alias 在此语言中已被使用了。"
msgid "Top search phrases"
msgstr "热门搜索"
msgid "View most popular search phrases."
msgstr "查看最热门的搜索关键字。"
msgid "User pictures in posts"
msgstr "文章中的用户头像"
msgid "User pictures in comments"
msgstr "评论中的用户头像"
msgid "Shortcut icon"
msgstr "快捷图标"
msgid "Shortcut icon settings"
msgstr "快捷图标设置"
msgid "Image toolkit"
msgstr "图像工具包"
msgid "Date and time"
msgstr "日期和时间"
msgid "The directory %directory is not writable."
msgstr "目录 %directory 不可写。"
msgid "Translation settings"
msgstr "翻译设置"
msgid "This translation needs to be updated"
msgstr "此翻译需要更新"
msgid "Language list"
msgstr "语系列表"
msgid "Transliterate"
msgstr "音译"
msgid "File extension"
msgstr "文件扩展名"
msgid "Progress indicator"
msgstr "进度指示器"
msgid "Bar with progress meter"
msgstr "进度条"
msgid "Throbber"
msgstr "Throbber"
msgid "The file upload failed. %upload"
msgstr "文件上传失败。%upload"
msgid "URL to file"
msgstr "文件链接"
msgid ""
"An unrecoverable error occurred. The uploaded file likely exceeded the "
"maximum file size (@size) that this server supports."
msgstr "出现不可恢复的错误。上传文件可能超过此服务器支持的最大文件尺寸（@size）。"
msgid "Starting upload..."
msgstr "开始上传…"
msgid "Uploading... (@current of @total)"
msgstr "上传中…（@total 中的 @current）"
msgid "Upload progress"
msgstr "上传进度"
msgid "Number field"
msgstr "数字字段"
msgid "Styles"
msgstr "样式"
msgid "The size of the file in bytes."
msgstr "文件大小 (bytes)。"
msgid "@size KB"
msgstr "@size KB"
msgid "@size MB"
msgstr "@size MB"
msgid "@size GB"
msgstr "@size GB"
msgid "@size TB"
msgstr "@size TB"
msgid "@size PB"
msgstr "@size PB"
msgid "@size EB"
msgstr "@size EB"
msgid "@size ZB"
msgstr "@size ZB"
msgid "@size YB"
msgstr "@size YB"
msgid "Text format"
msgstr "文本格式"
msgid "Emergency"
msgstr "紧急情况"
msgid "Optional features"
msgstr "可选功能"
msgid "Alert"
msgstr "警告"
msgid "Critical"
msgstr "严重"
msgid "Content Translation"
msgstr "内容翻译"
msgid "Translation needs update"
msgstr "翻译需要更新"
msgid "Taxonomy Term"
msgstr "分类术语"
msgid "Author name"
msgstr "作者名"
msgid "@field_name (Locked)"
msgstr "@field_name （被锁定）"
msgid "The field %field is locked and cannot be edited."
msgstr "字段 %field 被锁定不能编辑。"
msgid "%name must be a number."
msgstr "%name必须是一个数字"
msgid "Field formatter"
msgstr "字段格式"
msgid "Regional settings"
msgstr "区域设置"
msgid "Content moderation"
msgstr "内容审核"
msgid "Unsigned"
msgstr "无符号的"
msgid "Relative date"
msgstr "相对日期"
msgid "Remove selected"
msgstr "移除所选项"
msgid "Show links"
msgstr "显示链接"
msgid "Processing..."
msgstr "处理中..."
msgid "Limited"
msgstr "限制"
msgid "Definitions"
msgstr "定义"
msgid "URL of the origin of the event."
msgstr "这个事件的来源网址"
msgid "Referer"
msgstr "引荐"
msgid "Hostname of the user who triggered the event."
msgstr "触发这个事件的使用者主机。"
msgid "Workflows"
msgstr "工作流"
msgid "Default values"
msgstr "缺省值"
msgid "Edit style"
msgstr "编辑样式"
msgid "Moderation state"
msgstr "审批状态"
msgid "Allow resize"
msgstr "允许调整大小"
msgid "Maximum file size"
msgstr "最大文件大小"
msgid "Alternative text"
msgstr "替换文本"
msgid "Filter format"
msgstr "过滤器格式"
msgid ""
"Email of user that posted the comment. Will be empty if the author is "
"a registered user."
msgstr "发表此评论用户的电子邮件。如果作者是注册用户则为空。"
msgid "Language select"
msgstr "选择语言"
msgid "Site email address"
msgstr "站点的email地址"
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "依赖关系"
msgid ""
"An error occurred while processing %error_operation with arguments: "
"@arguments"
msgstr "使用参数处理 %error_operation 时发生错误：@arguments"
msgid "Image scale"
msgstr "图像缩放"
msgid "No revision"
msgstr "没有修订版本"
msgid "Entities"
msgstr "实体"
msgid "Private files"
msgstr "私有文件"
msgid "Not restricted"
msgstr "未受限制"
msgid "entity type"
msgstr "实体类型"
msgid "attribute"
msgstr "属性"
msgid "The unique ID of the comment."
msgstr "评论的唯一ID。"
msgid "The IP address of the computer the comment was posted from."
msgstr "发表评论的计算机的IP地址。"
msgid "The email address left by the comment author."
msgstr "评论作者留下的E-MAIL。"
msgid "The home page URL left by the comment author."
msgstr "评论作者留下的网址。"
msgid "The formatted content of the comment itself."
msgstr "评论的本身的格式化内容。"
msgid "The URL of the comment."
msgstr "评论网址。"
msgid "Edit URL"
msgstr "编辑网址"
msgid "The URL of the comment's edit page."
msgstr "评论网址编辑页面。"
msgid "The date the comment was posted."
msgstr "评论发表日期。"
msgid "The comment's parent, if comment threading is active."
msgstr "该评论的原始评论，如果评论线程处于活动状态。"
msgid "New comment count"
msgstr "新评论数量"
msgid "Date changed"
msgstr "变更日期"
msgid "The unique ID of the uploaded file."
msgstr "上传文件的唯一ID。"
msgid "The name of the file on disk."
msgstr "磁盘上的文件名"
msgid "The web-accessible URL for the file."
msgstr "文件的网络访问网址。"
msgid "The date the file was most recently changed."
msgstr "文件最近改变日期。"
msgid "The user who originally uploaded the file."
msgstr "原始上载文件用户。"
msgid "Sender name"
msgstr "发件人名字"
msgid "Sender email"
msgstr "发送者邮箱"
msgid "Field types"
msgstr "字段类型"
msgid "Content Moderation"
msgstr "内容审核"
msgid "You are not allowed to access this page."
msgstr "您无权访问此页。"
msgid "Authorize file system changes"
msgstr "授权文件系统变化"
msgid "It appears you have reached this page in error."
msgstr "您访问页面时出错了"
msgid "authorize.php"
msgstr "authorize.php"
msgid ""
"In your %settings_file file you have configured @drupal to use a "
"%driver server, however your PHP installation currently does not "
"support this database type."
msgstr ""
"您在您的 %settings_file 里设置 @drupal 使用了一个 %driver "
"服务器，但您当前的PHP不支持这一类型的数据库"
msgid "Congratulations, you installed @drupal!"
msgstr "恭喜，您安装了 @drupal!"
msgid "Settings file"
msgstr "配置文件"
msgid "Site maintenance account"
msgstr "站点维护帐号"
msgid "Unable to continue, no available methods of file transfer"
msgstr "没有可用的文件传输方法，所以无法继续。"
msgid "To continue, provide your server connection details"
msgstr "要继续，请提供您的服务器连接的详细信息"
msgid "Connection method"
msgstr "连接方法"
msgid "Enter connection settings"
msgstr "输入连接设置"
msgid "@backend connection settings"
msgstr "@backend 连接设置"
msgid "Change connection type"
msgstr "更改连接类型"
msgid "Site under maintenance"
msgstr "网站正在维护"
msgid "Completed @current of @total."
msgstr "完成 @current / @total。"
msgid ""
"Failed to run all tasks against the database server. The task %task "
"wasn't found."
msgstr ""
"无法对数据库服务器执行全部任务，任务 %task "
"未找到。"
msgid "Required modules"
msgstr "必需的模块"
msgid "Required modules not found."
msgstr "找不到所需的模块。"
msgid "%module module uninstalled."
msgstr "%module 模块已卸载。"
msgid "Operating in maintenance mode."
msgstr "正在维护模式下操作。"
msgid "Status message"
msgstr "状态消息"
msgid "Unable to create %directory due to the following: %reason"
msgstr "无法创建%directory，原因是:%reason"
msgid "An AJAX HTTP error occurred."
msgstr "发生一个AJAX HTTP错误。"
msgid "HTTP Result Code: !status"
msgstr "HTTP返回代码：!status"
msgid "StatusText: !statusText"
msgstr "状态文本: !statusText"
msgid "ResponseText: !responseText"
msgstr "响应文本： !responseText"
msgid "ReadyState: !readyState"
msgstr "准备状态： !readyState"
msgid "Controlling visibility"
msgstr "控制可见性"
msgid "Demonstrate block regions (@theme)"
msgstr "演示块区域(@theme)"
msgid "Administer blocks"
msgstr "管理区块"
msgid "Restricted to certain pages"
msgstr "限制到特定的区块"
msgid "The block cannot be placed in this region."
msgstr "此区块不能放置在此区域中"
msgid "Select one or more comments to perform the update on."
msgstr "选择一个或多个评论以执行更新。"
msgid "Deleted comment @cid and its replies."
msgstr "已删除评论@cid及其回复。"
msgid "Comment approved."
msgstr "评论已批准。"
msgid "Tokens for comments posted on the site."
msgstr "有关站点评论发表的标识。"
msgid "Unapproved comments (@count)"
msgstr "未批准评论(@count)"
msgid "Administer comments and comment settings"
msgstr "管理评论和评论设置"
msgid "Edit own comments"
msgstr "编辑自己的评论"
msgid "Threading"
msgstr "主题式"
msgid "Show comment replies in a threaded list."
msgstr "在主题化列表中显示评论回复。"
msgid "Allow comment title"
msgstr "允许评论标题"
msgid "Show reply form on the same page as comments"
msgstr "和评论在同一页上显示其回复"
msgid "Users with the \"Post comments\" permission can post comments."
msgstr "具有\"发表评论\"权限的用户可以发表评论。"
msgid "Users cannot post comments, but existing comments will be displayed."
msgstr "用户不能发布评论，但是已有的评论仍旧会显示。"
msgid ""
"Your comment has been queued for review by site administrators and "
"will be published after approval."
msgstr "您的评论已添加到站点管理员的检查队列，批准后即会发表。"
msgid "Your comment has been posted."
msgstr "您的评论已经发表。"
msgid "List and edit site comments and the comment approval queue."
msgstr "列出及编辑评论批准队列中的站点评论"
msgid "Unapproved comments"
msgstr "未批准的评论"
msgid ""
"You cannot send more than %limit messages in @interval. Try again "
"later."
msgstr ""
"系统设定 @interval 内最多发送 %limit "
"条消息。请稍后再试。"
msgid "Contact @username"
msgstr "联系@username"
msgid "Administer contact forms and contact form settings"
msgstr "管理联系人表单和联系人表单设置"
msgid "Use the site-wide contact form"
msgstr "使用站点联络表"
msgid "Use users' personal contact forms"
msgstr "使用用户个人联络表"
msgid "Changing this setting will not affect existing users."
msgstr "此选项更改不会影响到已有用户"
msgid "Displaying contextual links"
msgstr "显示上下文链接"
msgid "Use contextual links"
msgstr "使用上下文链接"
msgid "Database log cleared."
msgstr "数据库日志已清除。"
msgid "Monitoring your site"
msgstr "监控您的站点"
msgid "Debugging site problems"
msgstr "调试站点问题"
msgid ""
"The minimum value that should be allowed in this field. Leave blank "
"for no minimum."
msgstr "此字段允许的最小值。无最小值留空。"
msgid ""
"The maximum value that should be allowed in this field. Leave blank "
"for no maximum."
msgstr "此字段中允许的最大值。无最大值留空。"
msgid ""
"Define a string that should be prefixed to the value, like '$ ' or "
"'€ '. Leave blank for none. Separate singular and plural values "
"with a pipe ('pound|pounds')."
msgstr ""
"定义一个字符串作为值的前缀，例如 '$' 或 "
"'€'。没有前缀则留空。单数形式和复数形式请用竖直线符号分隔（'pounds|pounds'）。"
msgid "Edit field settings."
msgstr "编辑字段设置。"
msgid "Attempt to update field %label failed: %message."
msgstr "尝试更新字段 %label 失败：%message 。"
msgid "Required field"
msgstr "必填字段"
msgid "The default value for this field, used when creating new content."
msgstr "用于创建新的内容时，此字段的默认值。"
msgid "Saved %label configuration."
msgstr "已保存 %label 配置。"
msgid "This list shows all fields currently in use for easy reference."
msgstr "此列表显示当前使用的所有字段以供参考。"
msgid "Field list"
msgstr "字段列表"
msgid "Manage display"
msgstr "管理显示"
msgid "Field UI"
msgstr "字段界面"
msgid "Enable Display field"
msgstr "启用显示字段"
msgid ""
"The display option allows users to choose if a file should be shown "
"when viewing the content."
msgstr "当查看内容时，显示选项允许用户选择一个文件是否被显示。"
msgid "Files displayed by default"
msgstr "默认情况下文件显示"
msgid "This setting only has an effect if the display option is enabled."
msgstr "此设置只在显示选项开启时有效。"
msgid "Upload destination"
msgstr "上传目标"
msgid ""
"Select where the final files should be stored. Private file storage "
"has significantly more overhead than public files, but allows "
"restricted access to files within this field."
msgstr "选择最后文件保存的位置。私有文件存储比公共文件操作复杂得多，但是可以使用文件的访问权限控制。"
msgid ""
"Optional subdirectory within the upload destination where files will "
"be stored. Do not include preceding or trailing slashes."
msgstr "可选项，文件上传后被存储于“上传目的地”中的子目录。开始和结尾都不要包含斜线。"
msgid "Enable Description field"
msgstr "启用描述字段"
msgid ""
"The description field allows users to enter a description about the "
"uploaded file."
msgstr "描述字段允许用户输入一段关于这个上传文件的描述。"
msgid "Generic file"
msgstr "通用文件"
msgid "Table of files"
msgstr "文件表格"
msgid "Add a new file"
msgstr "添加一个新的文件"
msgid "Include file in display"
msgstr "显示中包含文件"
msgid "The description may be used as the label of the link to the file."
msgstr "描述可用作链接到这个文件的标签。"
msgid "All roles may use this format"
msgstr "所有角色都可使用此格式"
msgid "The text format ordering has been saved."
msgstr "输入格式顺序已保存..."
msgid "Add text format"
msgstr "添加文本格式"
msgid "All roles for this text format must be enabled and cannot be changed."
msgstr "所有此输入格式的角色都必须启用并且不能更改。"
msgid "Filter processing order"
msgstr "过滤器处理顺序"
msgid "Text format names must be unique. A format named %name already exists."
msgstr "输入格式名必须唯一。名为 %name 的格式已存在。"
msgid "Added text format %format."
msgstr "添加了输入格式 %format。"
msgid "The text format %format has been updated."
msgstr "输入格式 %format 已被更新..."
msgid "Text formats"
msgstr "文本格式"
msgid "Choosing a text format"
msgstr "选择文本格式"
msgid ""
"Warning: This permission may have security implications depending on "
"how the text format is configured."
msgstr "警告：根据输入格式的配置此权限可能会引起安全问题。"
msgid ""
"Convert line breaks into HTML (i.e. <br> and "
"<p>)"
msgstr ""
"将换行符号转换为 "
"HTML（也就是<br>及<p>）"
msgid "Convert URLs into links"
msgstr "将URL转换成链接"
msgid "Correct faulty and chopped off HTML"
msgstr "修正错误及未关闭的HTML"
msgid "Display any HTML as plain text"
msgstr "将任何HTML显示为纯文本"
msgid "Display basic HTML help in long filter tips"
msgstr "在长过滤器提示中显示基本的HTML帮助"
msgid "Add rel=\"nofollow\" to all links"
msgstr "向所有链接添加rel=\"nofollow\""
msgid ""
"This site allows HTML content. While learning all of HTML may feel "
"intimidating, learning how to use a very small number of the most "
"basic HTML \"tags\" is very easy. This table provides examples for "
"each tag that is enabled on this site."
msgstr "此站点允许HTML内容。现在学习HTML可能比较累，但是学习使用一些最基本的HTML\"标签\"还是很轻松的。此表提供了站点上所允许的HTML标签的一些示例。"
msgid "Most unusual characters can be directly entered without any problems."
msgstr "大多数的特殊字符都可以毫无问题地直接输入。"
msgid "No HTML tags allowed."
msgstr "不允许使用HTML标签。"
msgid "Follow these steps to set up and start using your website:"
msgstr "按照以下步骤设置及开始使用您的站点："
msgid "Providing a help reference"
msgstr "提供帮助参考"
msgid "Image style name"
msgstr "图像样式名称"
msgid "Select a new effect"
msgstr "选择一个新的效果"
msgid "Select an effect to add."
msgstr "选择一个效果以添加。"
msgid "The image effect was successfully applied."
msgstr "此图像效果已成功应用。"
msgid "Style name"
msgstr "样式名称"
msgid "Create new style"
msgstr "创建新样式"
msgid "Style %name was created."
msgstr "样式%name已创建..."
msgid "Replacement style"
msgstr "替换样式"
msgid "Optionally select a style before deleting %style"
msgstr "可以在删除 %style 之前选择一个替换样式"
msgid "Update effect"
msgstr "更新效果"
msgid "Add effect"
msgstr "添加效果"
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to delete the @effect effect from the %style "
"style?"
msgstr "您确定要从 %style 样式中删除 @effect 效果吗？"
msgid "The image effect %name has been deleted."
msgstr "图像效果 %name 已被删除。"
msgid ""
"There are currently no effects in this style. Add one by selecting an "
"option below."
msgstr "此样式中当前没有效果。通过选择下面的一个选项添加一个效果。"
msgid "Preview image style"
msgstr "预览图像样式"
msgid ""
"Image styles commonly provide thumbnail sizes by scaling and cropping "
"images, but can also add various effects before an image is displayed. "
"When an image is displayed with a style, a new file is created and the "
"original image is left unchanged."
msgstr "图像样式一般使用比例缩放和裁切图片提供缩略图尺寸，但也可以在图片被显示前添加各种效果。当使用一个样式的图片被显示时，将会创建一个新的文件同时原始图片不会更改。"
msgid "Administer image styles"
msgstr "管理图像样式"
msgid "No defined styles"
msgstr "未定义样式"
msgid "Error generating image."
msgstr "生成图像出错。"
msgid "Unable to generate the derived image located at %path."
msgstr "无法生成位于 %path 的衍生图片。"
msgid "Failed to create style directory: %directory"
msgstr "创建样式目录：%directory 失败"
msgid ""
"Cached image file %destination already exists. There may be an issue "
"with your rewrite configuration."
msgstr ""
"缓存图片文件 %destination "
"已存在。可能是你的重写配置造成的问题。"
msgid "Image styles"
msgstr "图像样式"
msgid ""
"Configure styles that can be used for resizing or adjusting images on "
"display."
msgstr "配置可用于显示时改变尺寸或调整图片的样式。"
msgid "Edit image effect"
msgstr "编辑图像效果"
msgid "Delete image effect"
msgstr "删除图像效果"
msgid "Add image effect"
msgstr "添加图像效果"
msgid "Date type"
msgstr "日期类型"
msgid ""
"Order of language detection methods for content. If a version of "
"content is available in the detected language, it will be displayed."
msgstr "对于内容的语言侦测方法顺序。如果一个版本的内容包含在被侦测的语言里面，它将被显示。"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "January"
msgstr "一月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "February"
msgstr "二月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "March"
msgstr "三月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "April"
msgstr "四月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "May"
msgstr "五月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "June"
msgstr "六月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "July"
msgstr "七月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "August"
msgstr "八月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "September"
msgstr "九月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "October"
msgstr "十月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "November"
msgstr "十一月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "December"
msgstr "十二月"
msgid "Menu links that are not enabled will not be listed in any menu."
msgstr "未启用的菜单链接将不会显示在任何菜单中。"
msgid "Show as expanded"
msgstr "以展开方式显示"
msgid "Parent link"
msgstr "父链接"
msgid "Managing menus"
msgstr "管理菜单"
msgid "Edit @type @title"
msgstr "编辑 @type @title"
msgid "Revision log message"
msgstr "修订日志消息"
msgid "User verification status in comments"
msgstr "评论中的用户验证状态信息"
msgid "Enter a valid IP address."
msgstr "输入有效的IP地址。"
msgid "The IP address %ip was deleted."
msgstr "IP地址 %ip 已被删除。"
msgid "Deleted %ip"
msgstr "已删除 %ip"
msgid "Tokens related to uploaded files."
msgstr "有关上传文件的标识。"
msgid "Public files"
msgstr "公开文件"
msgid "Public local files served by the webserver."
msgstr "公共本地文件送达网络服务器。"
msgid "Private local files served by Drupal."
msgstr "由Drupal提供的本地私有文件。"
msgid "Temporary files"
msgstr "临时文件"
msgid "Temporary local files for upload and previews."
msgstr "用于上传及预览的临时本地文件。"
msgid ""
"Your password is not saved in the database and is only used to "
"establish a connection."
msgstr "您的密码不会保存在数据库中，仅用于建立一个连接。"
msgid ""
"The connection will be created between your web server and the machine "
"hosting the web server files. In the vast majority of cases, this will "
"be the same machine, and \"localhost\" is correct."
msgstr ""
"该连接将建立在您的网络服务器和承载网络服务器文件的主机机器之间。在绝大多数情况下，这将是同一台机器，而 "
"\"localhost\" 是正确的。"
msgid "Delete IP address"
msgstr "删除IP地址"
msgid "Translating content"
msgstr "翻译内容"
msgid "Contact forms"
msgstr "联系表单"
msgid "Flood control"
msgstr "攻击控制"
msgid "Entity ID"
msgstr "实体ID"
msgid "Image style"
msgstr "图像样式"
msgid "Are you sure you want to revert the revision?"
msgstr "确定要还原修订版本吗？"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the revision?"
msgstr "确定要删除修订版本吗？"
msgid "Bundle ID"
msgstr "捆绑ID"
msgid "Internet"
msgstr "Internet"
msgid "Administrative label"
msgstr "管理标题"
msgid "Author textfield"
msgstr "作者字段"
msgid "Overview of fields on all entity types."
msgstr "所有实体类型的字段总览。"
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "术语"
msgid "Severity level"
msgstr "严重性级别"
msgid "Remove block"
msgstr "移除区块"
msgid "all languages"
msgstr "所有语言"
msgid "%module module installed."
msgstr "%module 模块已安装。"
msgid "Administer text formats and filters"
msgstr "管理输入格式及过滤器"
msgid "visible"
msgstr "可见"
msgid "Password settings"
msgstr "密码设置"
msgid "Content moderation states"
msgstr "内容审核状态"
msgid "Transitions"
msgstr "转换"
msgid "The date the comment was most recently updated."
msgstr "评论最近更新的日期。"
msgid "Comment posted: %subject."
msgstr "评论已发表：%subject。"
msgid ""
"This field has been disabled because you do not have sufficient "
"permissions to edit it."
msgstr "此字段已禁用因为你没有编辑此字段的权限。"
msgid "The location of the file relative to Drupal root."
msgstr "相对于Drupal根目录的文件路径。"
msgid ""
"The selected file %filename cannot be uploaded. Only files with the "
"following extensions are allowed: %extensions."
msgstr "选择的文件%filename无法上传。只有以下类型的文件被允许：%extensions。"
msgid ""
"The database table prefix you have entered, %prefix, is invalid. The "
"table prefix can only contain alphanumeric characters, periods, or "
"underscores."
msgstr ""
"您输入的数据库表前缀 %prefix 无效。 "
"表前缀只能包含字母、数字或下划线。"
msgid "Default settings file"
msgstr "默认设置文件"
msgid "The default settings file does not exist."
msgstr "默认设置文件不存在。"
msgid "Show row weights"
msgstr "显示行的权重"
msgid "Hide row weights"
msgstr "隐藏行的权重"
msgid "%name: the value may be no less than %min."
msgstr "%name: 数值不可小于 %min。"
msgid "%name: the value may be no greater than %max."
msgstr "%name: 数值不可大于 %max。"
msgid "Custom display settings"
msgstr "自定义显示设置"
msgid "Comment type"
msgstr "评论类型"
msgid "Reusable"
msgstr "可重用的"
msgid "Latest version"
msgstr "最新版"
msgid "Edit translations"
msgstr "编辑翻译"
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "UUID"
msgid "Redirect path"
msgstr "重定向路径"
msgid "Exit block region demonstration"
msgstr "退出区块示范"
msgid "Database log messages to keep"
msgstr "要保留的数据库日志消息"
msgid "Recent log messages"
msgstr "最新日志信息"
msgid ""
"Define a string that should be suffixed to the value, like ' m', ' "
"kb/s'. Leave blank for none. Separate singular and plural values with "
"a pipe ('pound|pounds')."
msgstr "定义一个作为该值的后缀的字符串，如“m”，“kb/s”。留空则无后缀。单数形式和复数形式用竖线分隔（如：'pounds|pounds'）。"
msgid "Thousand marker"
msgstr "千位标记"
msgid "Display prefix and suffix."
msgstr "显示前缀和后缀。"
msgid "Display with prefix and suffix."
msgstr "以前缀和后缀显示。"
msgid "- Select a value -"
msgstr "- 选择一个值 -"
msgid "No field is displayed."
msgstr "没有字段被显示。"
msgid "No field is hidden."
msgstr "无隐藏的字段"
msgid "Format settings:"
msgstr "格式设置"
msgid ""
"Text formats are presented on content editing pages in the order "
"defined on this page. The first format available to a user will be "
"selected by default."
msgstr "文本格式将按照此页定义的顺序出现在内容编辑页面。用户可用的第一个格式将被视为已选择默认值。"
msgid "Link image to"
msgstr "图像链接到"
msgid "Run cron every"
msgstr "运行计划任务每"
msgid "View mode"
msgstr "查看模式"
msgid "Weight for @block block"
msgstr "@block区块权重"
msgid "Region for @block block"
msgstr "@block区块所在区域"
msgid "Post comments"
msgstr "发表评论"
msgid "Skip comment approval"
msgstr "评论无需审核"
msgid "Are you sure you want to disable the text format %format?"
msgstr "您确定要停用的文本格式%format?"
msgid "Disabled text format %format."
msgstr "禁用文本格式%format。"
msgid "Text Formats"
msgstr "文本格式"
msgid "Disable text format"
msgstr "禁用文本格式"
msgid "Reference for usage, configuration, and modules."
msgstr "使用参考、配置和模块。"
msgid "Changed date"
msgstr "更改的日期"
msgid "Update @title"
msgstr "升级 @title"
msgid ""
"A unique machine-readable name. Can only contain lowercase letters, "
"numbers, and underscores."
msgstr "一个唯一的机器可读名字。仅能包含小写字母、数字和下划线。"
msgid "The machine-readable name must contain unique characters."
msgstr "机器可读名字必须是独一无二的字符。"
msgid ""
"The machine-readable name must contain only lowercase letters, "
"numbers, and hyphens."
msgstr "机器可读名字必须只包含小写字母、数字和连字符。"
msgid "The machine-readable name is already in use. It must be unique."
msgstr "机器可读名字已经被使用。它必须是唯一的。"
msgid "Weight for @title"
msgstr "@title权重"
msgid "Weight for row @number"
msgstr "第@number的权重"
msgid "Label display for @title"
msgstr "@title的标签显示"
msgid "Formatter for @title"
msgstr "@title的格式"
msgid "Parents for @title"
msgstr "@title的上一级"
msgid "Weight for new file"
msgstr "新文件的权重"
msgid "Choose a file"
msgstr "选择一个文件"
msgid "Weight for new effect"
msgstr "新效果的权重"
msgid "The author's host name."
msgstr "作者的主机名"
msgid "The published status of a comment. (0 = Published, 1 = Not Published)"
msgstr "评论发布状态(0 = 已发布, 1 = 未发布)"
msgid "The comment author's name."
msgstr "评论作者的名字"
msgid "Next steps"
msgstr "下一步"
msgid "@driver_name settings"
msgstr "@driver_name 设置"
msgid "No fields are present yet."
msgstr "暂时没有区块被展示。"
msgctxt "Font weight"
msgid "Strong"
msgstr ""
"Strong\r\n"
"在上下文中：字体笔画粗细"
msgid "No refresh"
msgstr "不要刷新"
msgid "String settings"
msgstr "字符串设置"
msgid "Use field label instead of the \"On value\" as label"
msgstr "使用字段标签，不要使用\"On value\"作标签"
msgid "Object ID"
msgstr "对象ID"
msgid "The entity type."
msgstr "实体类型。"
msgid "Singular form"
msgstr "单数表单"
msgid "Date and time of when the comment was created."
msgstr "评论的日期和时间为何时创建"
msgid "Date and time of when the comment was last updated."
msgstr "评论最后更新的日期和时间"
msgid "Whether the comment is approved (or still in the moderation queue)."
msgstr "评论是否已批准（或仍在缓冲队列）"
msgid "Last comment CID"
msgstr "最后一个评论的序号"
msgid "Last Comment"
msgstr "最新评论"
msgid "The extension of the file."
msgstr "文件的扩展名"
msgid "File Usage"
msgstr "文件的使用情况"
msgid ""
"A file that is associated with this node, usually because it is in a "
"field on the node."
msgstr "文件通常是以node字段的形式和node关联"
msgid ""
"A user that is associated with this file, usually because this file is "
"in a field on the user."
msgstr "文件通常以作为用户字段的形式与用户关联"
msgid ""
"A file that is associated with this user, usually because it is in a "
"field on the user."
msgstr "文件通常以作为用户字段的形式与用户关联"
msgid ""
"A comment that is associated with this file, usually because this file "
"is in a field on the comment."
msgstr "文件通常以作为评论字段的形式与评论关联"
msgid ""
"A file that is associated with this comment, usually because it is in "
"a field on the comment."
msgstr "文件通常以作为评论字段的形式与评论关联"
msgid ""
"A taxonomy term that is associated with this file, usually because "
"this file is in a field on the taxonomy term."
msgstr "文件通常以作为分类字段的形式与分类关联"
msgid ""
"A file that is associated with this taxonomy term, usually because it "
"is in a field on the taxonomy term."
msgstr "文件通常以作为分类字段的形式与分类关联"
msgid "The module managing this file relationship."
msgstr "模块在管理此文件的关联项"
msgid "The type of entity that is related to the file."
msgstr "关联到文件的实体类型"
msgid "The number of times the file is used by this entity."
msgstr "文件被这个实体使用的次数"
msgid "files"
msgstr "文件"
msgid "Not specified"
msgstr "未指定"
msgctxt "ampm"
msgid "am"
msgstr "上午"
msgctxt "ampm"
msgid "pm"
msgstr "下午"
msgid "Convert line breaks into HTML"
msgstr "将换行符转为 HTML"
msgid "RSS enclosure"
msgstr "RSS 外壳"
msgid "Paste your configuration here"
msgstr "将配置粘贴到此处"
msgid "Import configuration"
msgstr "导入配置"
msgid "Recipient ID"
msgstr "接收人的ID"
msgid "Delete all translations"
msgstr "删除所有翻译"
msgid "text formats"
msgstr "文本格式"
msgid "Default moderation state"
msgstr "默认的审核状态"
msgid "All Day"
msgstr "全天"
msgid "Upscale"
msgstr "拉伸"
msgid "Entity bundle"
msgstr "实体包"
msgid "Logo settings"
msgstr "站点图标设置"
msgid "Delete field."
msgstr "删除字段"
msgctxt "Sort order"
msgid "Numerical"
msgstr ""
"数字\r\n"
"在上下文中：排序顺序"
msgid "Show a marker if the content is new or updated."
msgstr "当内容为新内容或已更新的内容时显示标记。"
msgid "Show only content that is new or updated."
msgstr "仅显示新的或更新过的内容。"
msgid ""
"Content that is associated with this file, usually because this file "
"is in a field on the content."
msgstr "与此文件相关联的内容，通常因为此文件包含在该内容上的字段中。"
msgid "Enable to override this field's links."
msgstr "允许覆盖这个域的链接"
msgid "View any unpublished content"
msgstr "查看未发布内容"
msgid "Relative default value"
msgstr "相对默认值"
msgid "Headings"
msgstr "标题"
msgid "The comment UUID."
msgstr "评论的UUID。"
msgid "The file UUID."
msgstr "文件UUID。"
msgid "Field item"
msgstr "字段项目"
msgid "Administer block types"
msgstr "管理区块类型"
msgid "Add block type"
msgstr "添加区块类型"
msgid "Delete translation"
msgstr "删除翻译"
msgid "Changes to the style have been saved."
msgstr "样式改变已经保存"
msgid "Media query"
msgstr "媒体查询"
msgid "User who uploaded"
msgstr "上传的用户"
msgid "@entity using @field"
msgstr "@entity 使用 @field"
msgid "The block could not be saved."
msgstr "区块无法保存。"
msgid "Datetime"
msgstr "日期时间"
msgid "Layout ID"
msgstr "布局标识"
msgid "Unique watchdog event ID."
msgstr "唯一看守程序事件标识。"
msgid ""
"The severity level of the event; ranges from 0 (Emergency) to 7 "
"(Debug)."
msgstr "事件的严重性级别；范围为 0（紧急）到 7（调试）。"
msgid "Curaçao"
msgstr "库拉索"
msgid "Réunion"
msgstr "留尼汪岛"
msgid "Sint Maarten"
msgstr "圣马丁"
msgid "Manage view modes"
msgstr "管理查看模式"
msgid "An autocomplete text field."
msgstr "自动完成文本字段。"
msgid "Display the label of the referenced entities."
msgstr "显示所引用的实体标签。"
msgid "Rendered entity"
msgstr "输出的实体"
msgid "Link label to the referenced entity"
msgstr "把标签链接至被引用的实体"
msgid "Link to the referenced entity"
msgstr "链接到被引用的实体"
msgid "Rendered as @mode"
msgstr "渲染为@mode"
msgid "Add view mode"
msgstr "添加查看模式"
msgid "Edit view mode"
msgstr "编辑查看模式"
msgid "Filter HTML"
msgstr "过滤 HTML"
msgid "Configuration Manager"
msgstr "配置管理器"
msgid "Default date"
msgstr "缺省日期"
msgid "Default end date"
msgstr "缺省的结束日期"
msgid "Time increments"
msgstr "时间的增量"
msgid "Date value"
msgstr "日期值"
msgid "Text of the auto-reply message."
msgstr "自动回复消息的文本。"
msgid "Entity reference"
msgstr "实体引用"
msgid "@name field is required."
msgstr "@name 字段为必选项。"
msgid "Fields pending deletion"
msgstr "等待删除的字段"
msgid "No translatable fields"
msgstr "没有可译的字段"
msgid "Translations of %label"
msgstr "%label 的翻译"
msgid "This translation is published"
msgstr "此翻译已发布。"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the @language translation of %label?"
msgstr "您确认要删除 %label 的 @language 翻译吗？"
msgid "Translate any entity"
msgstr "翻译任意实体"
msgid "Database settings"
msgstr "数据库配置"
msgid "Entity types"
msgstr "实体类型"
msgid "Change handler"
msgstr "变更处理"
msgid "Autocomplete (Tags style)"
msgstr "自动完成（标签风格）"
msgid "Restrict images to this site"
msgstr "将图像限制为此站点"
msgid ""
"Disallows usage of <img> tag sources that are not hosted on this "
"site by replacing them with a placeholder image."
msgstr ""
"通过将不在此站点上托管的 <img> "
"标记源替换为占位符图像以禁止使用这些源。"
msgid "Maximum dimensions"
msgstr "最大维度"
msgid "@label (@column)"
msgstr "@label (@column)"
msgid "banned IP addresses"
msgstr "已屏蔽的IP地址"
msgid "The IP address %ip has been banned."
msgstr "IP地址 %ip 已被屏蔽。"
msgid "Checked"
msgstr "已核准"
msgid "The field name."
msgstr "字段名。"
msgid ""
"The throbber display does not show the status of uploads but takes up "
"less space. The progress bar is helpful for monitoring progress on "
"large uploads."
msgstr "“简单显示”是不显示上传的进度，但占用较少的资源。“进度条”是在较大文件的上载时可以知道进度情况。"
msgid "Manage form display"
msgstr "管理表单显示"
msgid "View modes"
msgstr "查看模式"
msgid "Provide a simple link to approve the comment."
msgstr "提供一个审核评论的简单链接。"
msgid "Author uid"
msgstr "作者的UID"
msgid "Relate each @entity with a @field set to the file."
msgstr "将设置了 @field 的每个 @entity 与该文件相关联。"
msgid "Logo path"
msgstr "Logo的路径"
msgid "Apostrophe"
msgstr "撇号"
msgid "Date in the form of CCYYMMDD."
msgstr "日期形式为 CCYYMMDD。"
msgid "Date in the form of YYYYMM."
msgstr "日期形式为 YYYYMM。"
msgid "Date in the form of YYYY."
msgstr "日期形式为 YYYY。"
msgid "Date in the form of MM (01 - 12)."
msgstr "日期形式为 MM (01 - 12)。"
msgid "Date in the form of DD (01 - 31)."
msgstr "日期形式为 DD (01 - 31)。"
msgid "Date in the form of WW (01 - 53)."
msgstr "日期形式为 WW (01 - 53)。"
msgid ""
"If you need more fields than the uid add the comment: author "
"relationship"
msgstr "如果需要 uid 以外的字段，请添加评论：作者关系"
msgid "Last comment uid"
msgstr "最后一条评论的UID"
msgid "Machine-readable name field is required."
msgstr "机读名字字段为必选项。"
msgid ""
"Your search used too many AND/OR expressions. Only the first @count "
"terms were included in this search."
msgstr ""
"您的搜索使用了太多的AND / OR表达式。 "
"此搜索中只包含第一个Y \r\n"
" @count 字词。"
msgid "Other…"
msgstr "其它..."
msgid "The selected selection handler is broken."
msgstr "所选的选择控制器已损坏。"
msgid "Fields to be included as contextual links."
msgstr "要作为上下文链接包含的字段。"
msgid "Include destination"
msgstr "包含目标"
msgid ""
"Include a \"destination\" parameter in the link to return the user to "
"the original view upon completing the contextual action."
msgstr "在链接中包含“目标”参数以使用户在完成上下文操作后返回到原始视图。"
msgid "Contextual Links"
msgstr "上下文链接"
msgid "Display fields in a contextual links menu."
msgstr "在上下文链接菜单中显示字段。"
msgid "Upload directory"
msgstr "上传目录"
msgid "The file %file could not be saved because the upload did not complete."
msgstr "无法保存文件 %file，因为上传未完成。"
msgid "Third party settings"
msgstr "第三方设置"
msgid "Date/time format"
msgstr "日期/时间 格式"
msgid "Enable translation"
msgstr "启用翻译"
msgid "Default translation"
msgstr "默认翻译"
msgid "Learn More"
msgstr "了解更多"
msgid "This field supports tokens."
msgstr "此字段支持置换符（token）。"
msgid ""
"A unique machine-readable name containing letters, numbers, and "
"underscores."
msgstr "一个可包含字母, 数字和下划线的唯一机读名字。"
msgid "No blocked IP addresses available."
msgstr "无已阻止的IP地址可用。"
msgid "blocks"
msgstr "区块"
msgid "Comment Statistics"
msgstr "评论统计"
msgid "File status"
msgstr "文件状态"
msgid "Breakpoint"
msgstr "断点"
msgid "Needs to be updated"
msgstr "需要被更新"
msgid "Does not need to be updated"
msgstr "不需要被更新"
msgid "Edit comment @subject"
msgstr "编辑评论 @subject"
msgid ""
"Only this translation is published. You must publish at least one more "
"translation to unpublish this one."
msgstr "仅发布此翻译。您必须至少再发布另一种翻译才能取消发布此翻译。"
msgid "The ID of the entity that is related to the file."
msgstr "与此文件有关的实体的标识。"
msgid "File storage"
msgstr "文件存储"
msgid "Entity label"
msgstr "实体标签"
msgid "The URL %url is not valid."
msgstr "URL %url 无效。"
msgid "Maximum image dimensions"
msgstr "最大图像尺寸"
msgid "Revision user"
msgstr "修订用户"
msgid "Unknown (@langcode)"
msgstr "未知 (@langcode)"
msgid ""
"The file %file could not be saved because it exceeds %maxsize, the "
"maximum allowed size for uploads."
msgstr ""
"文件 %file "
"不能被保存，因为它超过了允许的最大上传尺寸 "
"%maxsize。"
msgid "%name field is not in the right format."
msgstr "%name 字段格式不正确。"
msgid "%name is not a valid number."
msgstr "%name 不是一个有效的数字。"
msgid "%name must be a valid color."
msgstr "%name 必须是一个有效的颜色。"
msgid "Theme hook %hook not found."
msgstr "未找到主题钩子 %hook。"
msgid "Boolean value"
msgstr "布尔值"
msgid "The referenced entity"
msgstr "被引用的实体"
msgid "Integer value"
msgstr "整数值"
msgid "Language object"
msgstr "语言对象"
msgid "Text value"
msgstr "文本值"
msgid "Show all columns"
msgstr "显示所有列"
msgid "List additional actions"
msgstr "列出额外的动作"
msgid "This IP address is already banned."
msgstr "此IP地址已被屏蔽。"
msgid "You may not ban your own IP address."
msgstr "您不可屏蔽自己的IP地址。"
msgid "Banning IP addresses"
msgstr "正在屏蔽IP地址"
msgid ""
"IP addresses listed here are banned from your site. Banned addresses "
"are completely forbidden from accessing the site and instead see a "
"brief message explaining the situation."
msgstr "这里列出的IP地址已被您的网站所屏蔽。被屏蔽的IP地址完全禁止访问网站，只能看到一条解释性的简短消息。"
msgid "Ban IP addresses"
msgstr "屏蔽IP地址"
msgid "IP address bans"
msgstr "IP地址屏蔽"
msgid "Database Logging"
msgstr "数据库日志"
msgid "Thin space"
msgstr "窄间距"
msgid ""
"Did not delete temporary file \"%path\" during garbage collection "
"because it is in use by the following modules: %modules."
msgstr "垃圾回收期间未删除临时文件“%path”，因为以下模块正在使用此文件：%modules。"
msgid "Edit style %name"
msgstr "编辑样式%name"
msgid "Error generating image, missing source file."
msgstr "生成图像时出错，缺少源文件。"
msgid "First plural form"
msgid_plural "@count. plural form"
msgstr[0] "第一个表单"
msgstr[1] "@count 个表单"
msgid "User interface translation"
msgstr "用户界面翻译"
msgid "Briefly describe the changes you have made."
msgstr "简要描述您所做的更改。"
msgid "Use the default shortcut icon supplied by the theme"
msgstr "使用主题提供的默认快捷图标"
msgid "A language object."
msgstr "一个语言对象。"
msgid "All kind of entities, e.g. nodes, comments or users."
msgstr "所有种类的实体，如节点、评论或用户。"
msgid "An entity field referencing a language."
msgstr "引用一个语言的实体字段。"
msgid "An entity field containing an entity reference."
msgstr "包含一个实体引用的实体字段。"
msgid ""
"Translation is not supported if language is always one of: "
"@locked_languages"
msgstr "如果语言始终为以下语言之一，那么不支持翻译：@locked_languages"
msgid "Site's default language (@lang_name)"
msgstr "站点默认语言 (@lang_name)"
msgid ""
"Breakpoints can be organized into groups. Modules and themes should "
"use groups to separate out breakpoints that are meant to be used for "
"different purposes, such as breakpoints for layouts or breakpoints for "
"image sizing."
msgstr "断点可以组织成组。模块和主题应该使用组来分离出旨在用于不同目的的断点，例如布局的断点或图像大小的断点。"
msgid "Parent permalink"
msgstr "父permalink"
msgid "Label field is required."
msgstr "标签字段为必选项。"
msgid "Save and manage fields"
msgstr "保存和管理字段"
msgid "Image removed."
msgstr "已移除图像。"
msgid ""
"This image has been removed. For security reasons, only images from "
"the local domain are allowed."
msgstr "已移除此图像。由于安全原因，仅允许来自本地域的图像。"
msgid "Only images hosted on this site may be used in <img> tags."
msgstr "只能在 <img> 标记中使用此站点上托管的图像。"
msgid "Delete own files"
msgstr "删除自有文件"
msgid "Additional resources"
msgstr "额外资源"
msgid "The translation authoring username %name does not exist."
msgstr "翻译编写用户名 %name 不存在。"
msgid "You have to specify a valid translation authoring date."
msgstr "您必须指定有效的翻译编写日期。"
msgid "Are you sure you want to unblock %ip?"
msgstr "您确定要解除 %ip IP地址的屏蔽吗？"
msgid "Import all"
msgstr "导入全部"
msgid "Another request may be synchronizing configuration already."
msgstr "另一个请求可能已经同步完配置。"
msgid "The configuration was imported successfully."
msgstr "配置已成功导入。"
msgid "@count new"
msgid_plural "@count new"
msgstr[0] "@count 新的"
msgstr[1] "@count 新的"
msgid "@count changed"
msgid_plural "@count changed"
msgstr[0] "@count 更改的"
msgstr[1] "@count 更改的"
msgid "@count removed"
msgid_plural "@count removed"
msgstr[0] "@count 移除的"
msgstr[1] "@count 移除的"
msgid "Synchronize configuration"
msgstr "同步配置"
msgid "Flag other translations as outdated"
msgstr "把其他翻译标示为已过期"
msgid "Do not flag other translations as outdated"
msgstr "不把其他翻译标示为已过期"
msgid "Breakpoint group"
msgstr "效果转换点群组"
msgid "Displayed as %date_format"
msgstr "显示为 %date_format"
msgid "Enabling translation"
msgstr "启用翻译"
msgid "Create %language translation of %title"
msgstr "为 %title 创建 %language 翻译"
msgid "Source language: @language"
msgstr "源语言：@language"
msgid ""
"If you made a significant change, which means the other translations "
"should be updated, you can flag all translations of this content as "
"outdated. This will not change any other property of them, like "
"whether they are published or not."
msgstr "如果您进行了一项重大更改（这意味着应更新其他翻译），那么您可以将此内容的所有翻译标记为已过时。这不会更改这些翻译的任何其他属性，例如，是否发布翻译。"
msgid ""
"When this option is checked, this translation needs to be updated. "
"Uncheck when the translation is up to date again."
msgstr "选中此选项时，需要更新此翻译。在翻译再次处于最新状态后，请取消选中此选项。"
msgid "Source language set to: %language"
msgstr "源语言设为：%language"
msgid "This will delete all the translations of %label."
msgstr "这将删除所有的 %label 的翻译。"
msgid "View differences"
msgstr "查看差别"
msgid "Block types"
msgstr "区块类型"
msgid "@field_name"
msgstr "@field_name"
msgid "No item selected."
msgstr "未选择条目。"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the @entity-type %label?"
msgstr "是否确认删除 @entity-type %label?"
msgid "The @entity-type %label has been deleted."
msgstr "@entity-type %label 被删除了。"
msgid "Edit %label"
msgstr "编辑 %label"
msgid "Add @bundle"
msgstr "添加 @bundle"
msgid "Reference type"
msgstr "引用类型"
msgid "South Sudan"
msgstr "南苏丹"
msgid "Custom output for TRUE"
msgstr "TRUE的自定义输出"
msgid "Custom output for FALSE"
msgstr "FALSE的自定义输出"
msgid "Place block"
msgstr "放置区块"
msgid "Port number"
msgstr "端口号"
msgid "Update form"
msgstr "更新表单"
msgid "HTTP Basic Authentication"
msgstr "HTTP 基本认证"
msgid "File added"
msgstr "文件已添加"
msgid "File removed"
msgstr "文件已删除"
msgid "Translate configuration"
msgstr "翻译设置"
msgid "Translations directory"
msgstr "翻译目录"
msgid "The translations directory does not exist."
msgstr "该翻译目录不存在。"
msgid "The translations directory is not readable."
msgstr "翻译目录不可读。"
msgid "The translations directory is not writable."
msgstr "翻译目录不可写。"
msgid "The translations directory is writable."
msgstr "翻译目录可写。"
msgid "The translation server is offline."
msgstr "翻译服务器现在离线。"
msgid "The translation server is online."
msgstr "翻译服务器当前在线。"
msgid "The %language translation is not available."
msgstr "%language翻译不可用。"
msgid "The %language translation is available."
msgstr "%language翻译可用。"
msgid "The %language translation could not be downloaded."
msgstr "无法下载%language翻译。"
msgid "Not blank"
msgstr "非空白"
msgid "You have unsaved changes."
msgstr "你有未保存的更改。"
msgid "@type %info has been created."
msgstr "@type %info 已创建。"
msgid "@type %info has been updated."
msgstr "@type %info 已更新。"
msgid "@type: added %info."
msgstr "@type: 新增 %info。"
msgid "@type: updated %info."
msgstr "@type: 更新 %info。"
msgid "The revision ID."
msgstr "修订版本的ID。"
msgid "The comment language code."
msgstr "评论语言代码。"
msgid "The block type."
msgstr "区块类型。"
msgid "Create a new revision by default for this block type."
msgstr "默认为此区块类型创建一个新的修订版本。"
msgid "Output the block in this view mode."
msgstr "在此查看模式下输出区块。"
msgid "Select the region where this block should be displayed."
msgstr "选择显示此区块的区域。"
msgid "Toolbar configuration"
msgstr "工具栏配置"
msgid "No styles configured"
msgstr "未配置样式"
msgid "You must configure the selected text editor."
msgstr "您必须配置所选择的文本编辑器。"
msgid "Approved status"
msgstr "已核准的状态"
msgid "Approved comment status"
msgstr "已审核的评论的状态"
msgid "Link to approve comment"
msgstr "链接到审核评论"
msgid "Link to reply-to comment"
msgstr "链接到答复评论"
msgid "The parent comment ID if this is a reply to a comment."
msgstr "如果本评论为某个评论的回复，被回复评论的ID。"
msgid "The user ID of the comment author."
msgstr "评论作者的用户ID。"
msgid "The comment author's home page address."
msgstr "评论作者的主页地址"
msgid "The comment author's hostname."
msgstr "评论作者的主机名"
msgid "The time that the comment was created."
msgstr "评论的创建时间"
msgid "The time that the comment was last edited."
msgstr "评论的最近一次编辑时间。"
msgid "Thread place"
msgstr "帖子位置"
msgid ""
"The alphadecimal representation of the comment's place in a thread, "
"consisting of a base 36 string prefixed by an integer indicating its "
"length."
msgstr ""
"评论在帖子中所处位置的字母数字表示，由在前面添加整数（指示其长度）的 "
"base36 编码字符串组成。"
msgid "View changes of @config_file"
msgstr "查看@config_file的修改内容"
msgid "Send copy to sender"
msgstr "发送拷贝给发件人"
msgid "Contact module form element."
msgstr "联络模块的表单元素"
msgid "Selected user"
msgstr "已选用户"
msgid "The sender's name"
msgstr "发件人名字"
msgid "The name of the person that is sending the contact message."
msgstr "正在发送联系人消息的人员的姓名。"
msgid "Whether to send a copy of the message to the sender."
msgstr "是否给发件人发送一个消息的拷贝。"
msgid "The ID of the recipient user for personal contact messages."
msgstr "个人联系人消息的收件人用户的标识。"
msgid "@action @title configuration options"
msgstr "@action @title 配置选项"
msgid "Press the esc key to exit."
msgstr "按ESC键退出。"
msgid "Choose the type of date to create."
msgstr "选择要创建的日期类型。"
msgid "Date only"
msgstr "仅为日期"
msgid "Set a default value for this date."
msgstr "为此日期设置一个缺省值。"
msgid "AM/PM"
msgstr "上午/下午"
msgid "The %field date is required."
msgstr "%field 的日期为必选项。"
msgid "The %field date is invalid."
msgstr "%field日期无效。"
msgid ""
"Choose a format for displaying the date. Be sure to set a format "
"appropriate for the field, i.e. omitting time for a field that only "
"has a date."
msgstr "选择用于显示日期的格式。请确保设置适用于此字段的格式，即，针对仅包含日期的字段省略时间。"
msgid "Format: @display"
msgstr "格式: @display"
msgid "Date part order"
msgstr "日期部分顺序"
msgid "Month/Day/Year"
msgstr "月/日/年"
msgid "Day/Month/Year"
msgstr "日/月/年"
msgid "Year/Month/Day"
msgstr "年/月/日"
msgid "Time type"
msgstr "时间类型"
msgid "24 hour time"
msgstr "24小时时间"
msgid "12 hour time"
msgstr "12小时时间"
msgid "Text editor"
msgstr "文本编辑器"
msgid ""
"This option is disabled because no modules that provide a text editor "
"are currently enabled."
msgstr "已禁用此选项，因为当前未启用任何提供文本编辑器的模块。"
msgid "Text formats and editors"
msgstr "文本格式和编辑器"
msgid ""
"Text that will be shown inside the field until a value is entered. "
"This hint is usually a sample value or a brief description of the "
"expected format."
msgstr "字段在被输入值之前显示在其中的文字。这个提示通常是一个示例值，或是期望格式的简要描述。"
msgid "Type of item to reference"
msgstr "要引用的条目类型"
msgid "Reference method"
msgstr "引用方法"
msgid "@entity_type selection"
msgstr "@entity_type选择"
msgid ""
"Select the method used to collect autocomplete suggestions. Note that "
"Contains can cause performance issues on sites with thousands "
"of entities."
msgstr "选择收集自动完成建议所用的方法。注意，在一个有着数以千计个实体的网站上，包含可能会产生性能问题。"
msgid "%entity_label: Administer fields"
msgstr "%entity_label: 管理字段"
msgid "%entity_label: Administer display"
msgstr "%entity_label：管理显示"
msgid "Allowed number of values"
msgstr "允许的数量"
msgid "Number of values is required."
msgstr "值数量是必需的。"
msgid ""
"Field %field can only hold @max values but there were @count uploaded. "
"The following files have been omitted as a result: %list."
msgstr ""
"字段 %field 只能保存 @max 个值，但上传了 @count "
"个值。因此，将忽略以下文件：%list。"
msgid "Unlimited number of files can be uploaded to this field."
msgstr "可将无限数量的文件上传到此字段。"
msgid "The file ID."
msgstr "文件ID。"
msgid "The file language code."
msgstr "文件的语言代码"
msgid "The user ID of the file."
msgstr "文件的用户标识。"
msgid "Name of the file with no path components."
msgstr "不含路径部分的文件名称。"
msgid "The URI to access the file (either local or remote)."
msgstr "用于访问文件的 URI（本地或远程）。"
msgid "This format is shown when no other formats are available"
msgstr "当没有其他可用格式时，此格式会显示"
msgid ""
"Source image at %source_image_path not found while trying to generate "
"derivative image at %derivative_path."
msgstr ""
"尝试在 %derivative_path 生成派生图像时找不到 "
"%source_image_path 中的源图像。"
msgid "Updating configuration translations"
msgstr "正在更新配置翻译"
msgid "Starting configuration update"
msgstr "开始更新配置"
msgid "Error updating configuration translations"
msgstr "更新配置翻译时发生错误"
msgid "Error importing translation files"
msgstr "导入翻译文件时出错"
msgid "Updating translations."
msgstr "正在更新翻译。"
msgid "Translation source"
msgstr "翻译来源"
msgid "The time that the current revision was created."
msgstr "当前修订版本的创建时间。"
msgid "The user ID of the author of the current revision."
msgstr "当前修订作者的用户 ID。"
msgid "Any data"
msgstr "任意数据"
msgid "An entity field containing a UUID."
msgstr "一个包含UUID的实体字段。"
msgid "This value should not be null."
msgstr "此值不能为空。"
msgid "Create referenced entities if they don't already exist"
msgstr "如果引用的实体不存在，则创建该引用的实体"
msgid "Toolbar items"
msgstr "工具栏项目"
msgid "Translatable elements"
msgstr "可翻译元素"
msgid ""
"At least one field needs to be translatable to enable %bundle for "
"translation."
msgstr ""
"至少有一个字段必须为可翻译字段才能对 %bundle "
"启用翻译。"
msgid "@language_name (Original language)"
msgstr "@language_name （源语言）"
msgid "Administer translation settings"
msgstr "管理翻译配置"
msgid "Create translations"
msgstr "创建翻译"
msgid "Delete translations"
msgstr "删除翻译"
msgid "Translate %bundle_label @entity_label"
msgstr "翻译 %bundle_label @entity_label"
msgid "Translate @entity_label"
msgstr "翻译 @entity_label"
msgid ""
"\"Show language selector\" is not compatible with translating content "
"that has default language: %choice. Either do not hide the language "
"selector or pick a specific language."
msgstr "“显示语言选择器”与具有缺省语言的翻译内容不兼容：%choice。请不要隐藏语言选择器，也不要选取特定语言。"
msgid ""
"An unpublished translation will not be visible without translation "
"permissions."
msgstr "如果没有翻译权限，未发布的翻译将不可见。"
msgid "@name format: @date"
msgstr "@name 格式: @date"
msgid "Comment selection"
msgstr "评论选择"
msgid "Contact message"
msgstr "联系信息"
msgid "My Editor"
msgstr "我的编辑器"
msgid "Entity display"
msgstr "实体显示"
msgid "Entity form display"
msgstr "实体表单显示"
msgid "Display the ID of the referenced entities."
msgstr "显示被引用的实体的 ID。"
msgid "File selection"
msgstr "文件选择"
msgid "Watchdog database log"
msgstr "看守程序数据库日志"
msgid "Autoplay: %autoplay"
msgstr "自动播放：%autoplay"
msgid "Loop: %loop"
msgstr "循环：%loop"
msgid "Muted: %muted"
msgstr "静音: %muted"
msgid "Display of multiple files"
msgstr "显示多个文件"
msgid "Configuration Translation"
msgstr "配置翻译"
msgid "Field formatters"
msgstr "字段格式器"
msgid "Protocol version"
msgstr "协议版本"
msgid "The directory %translations_directory exists."
msgstr "文件夹%translations_directory已存在"
msgid "The referenced language"
msgstr "引用的语言"
msgid "Language reference"
msgstr "语言引用"
msgid "URI value"
msgstr "URI"
msgid "An entity field containing a URI."
msgstr "一个包含URI的实体字段。"
msgid "Caribbean Netherlands"
msgstr "加勒比荷兰"
msgid "Congo - Kinshasa"
msgstr "刚果-金沙萨"
msgid "Congo - Brazzaville"
msgstr "刚果-布拉紫维尔"
msgid "Côte d’Ivoire"
msgstr "科特迪瓦"
msgid "Clipperton Island"
msgstr "克利珀顿岛"
msgid "Hong Kong SAR China"
msgstr "中国香港特别行政区"
msgid "Canary Islands"
msgstr "加那利群岛"
msgid "Palestinian Territories"
msgstr "巴勒斯坦领土"
msgid "Outlying Oceania"
msgstr "大洋洲偏远地区"
msgid "U.S. Outlying Islands"
msgstr "美属离岛"
msgid "Time span in seconds"
msgstr "以秒为单位的时间段"
msgid ""
"A unique name for this block instance. Must be alpha-numeric and "
"underscore separated."
msgstr "此块实例的唯一名称。必须为字母数字字符串且使用下划线分隔。"
msgid "Filter by block name"
msgstr "使用区块名称过滤"
msgid "Enter a part of the block name to filter by."
msgstr "输入区块名称进行过滤"
msgid "Configuring the toolbar"
msgstr "配置工具栏"
msgid "Toggling between formatted text and HTML source"
msgstr "在格式化文本和 HTML 源代码之间切换"
msgid ""
"Could not extract the contents of the tar file. The error message is "
"@message"
msgstr "无法抽取 tar 文件的内容。错误消息为 @message"
msgid "Enable image uploads"
msgstr "启用图像上传"
msgid "Storage: @name"
msgstr "存储：@name"
msgid ""
"A directory relative to Drupal's files directory where uploaded images "
"will be stored."
msgstr ""
"要用于存储已上传图像的 Drupal "
"文件目录的相对目录。"
msgid ""
"If this is left empty, then the file size will be limited by the PHP "
"maximum upload size of @size."
msgstr ""
"如果将此选项留空，那么 PHP 最大上传大小 @size "
"将限制文件大小。"
msgid "Images larger than these dimensions will be scaled down."
msgstr "超过以下维度的图像将被缩小。"
msgid "Installing text editors"
msgstr "安装文本编辑器"
msgid "Enabling a text editor for a text format"
msgstr "为文本编辑器启用某种文本格式"
msgid "Configuring a text editor"
msgstr "配置文本编辑器"
msgid ""
"Once a text editor is associated with a text format, you can configure "
"it by clicking on the Configure link for this format. "
"Depending on the specific text editor, you can configure it for "
"example by adding buttons to its toolbar. Typically these buttons "
"provide formatting or editing tools, and they often insert HTML tags "
"into the field source. For details, see the help page of the specific "
"text editor."
msgstr ""
"在将文本编辑器与文本格式相关联后，您可以通过单击此格式的配置链接来对其进行配置。根据特定的文本编辑器，您可以对其进行配置，例如，向其工具栏添加按钮。通常，这些按钮提供格式化工具或编辑工具，并且通常会将 "
"HTML "
"标记插入到字段源。有关详细信息，请参阅特定文本编辑器的帮助页面。"
msgid "Using different text editors and formats"
msgstr "使用不同的文本编辑器和格式"
msgid ""
"If you change the text format on a text field, the text editor will "
"change as well because the text editor configuration is associated "
"with the individual text format. This allows the use of the same text "
"editor with different options for different text formats. It also "
"allows users to choose between text formats with different text "
"editors if they are installed."
msgstr "如果更改了文本字段上的文本格式，那么文本编辑器也将发生更改，因为文本编辑器配置与单个文本格式相关联。这允许针对不同的文本格式使用具有不同选项的相同文本编辑器。这还允许用户使用不同的文本编辑器（如果已安装）来选择文本格式。"
msgid "Placeholder: @placeholder"
msgstr "占位符：@placeholder"
msgid "No placeholder"
msgstr "无占位符"
msgid "Add, edit, and delete custom display modes."
msgstr "添加、编辑和删除自定义显示模式"
msgid "Display modes"
msgstr "显示模式"
msgid "Configure what displays are available for your content and forms."
msgstr "为内容或表单配置可用显示"
msgid "Manage custom view modes."
msgstr "管理自定义查看模式。"
msgid "Form modes"
msgstr "表单模式"
msgid "Manage custom form modes."
msgstr "管理自定义表单模式。"
msgid "Add form mode"
msgstr "添加表单方式"
msgid "Edit form mode"
msgstr "编辑表单模式"
msgid "Choose view mode entity type"
msgstr "选择查看模式实体类型"
msgid "Choose form mode entity type"
msgstr "选择表单模式实体类型"
msgid ""
"Deleting a @entity-type will cause any output still requesting to use "
"that @entity-type to use the default display settings."
msgstr ""
"删除 @entity-type 将导致仍请求使用此 @entity-type "
"的任何输出使用缺省显示设置。"
msgid "Saved the %label @entity-type."
msgstr "已保存 %label @entity-type。"
msgid "Autocomplete matching: @match_operator"
msgstr "自动完成匹配中：@match_operator"
msgid "The referenced entity (%type: %id) does not exist."
msgstr "实体引用(%type:%id)不存在"
msgctxt "Sort order"
msgid "Order"
msgstr "顺序"
msgid "%entity_label: Administer form display"
msgstr "%entity_label：管理表单显示"
msgid "Plugin for @title"
msgstr "@title 的插件"
msgid "@type (module: @module)"
msgstr "@type（模块：@module）"
msgid "Widget settings:"
msgstr "微件设置："
msgid "The label of the entity that is related to the file."
msgstr "与此文件有关的实体的标签。"
msgid "Access the Files overview page"
msgstr "访问文件综览页"
msgid "Progress indicator: @progress_indicator"
msgstr "进度指示器：@progress_indicator"
msgid ""
"The %filter filter is missing, and will be removed once this format is "
"saved."
msgstr "%filter 过滤器缺失，并且将在保存此格式时移除。"
msgid ""
"Lines and paragraphs are automatically recognized. The <br /> "
"line break, <p> paragraph and </p> close paragraph tags "
"are inserted automatically. If paragraphs are not recognized simply "
"add a couple of blank lines."
msgstr ""
"自动识别行和段落。自动插入 <br /> "
"换行符标记、<p> 段落标记和 </p> "
"段落结束标记。如果未识别段落，那么只需添加几个空行。"
msgid "Missing filter. All text is removed"
msgstr "缺少过滤器。将移除所有文本"
msgid "Missing filter plugin: %filter."
msgstr "缺少过滤器插件：%filter。"
msgid "Provides a fallback for missing filters. Do not use."
msgstr "针对缺少的过滤器提供回退。请勿使用。"
msgid "Add image style"
msgstr "添加图像样式"
msgid ""
"The content has either been modified by another user, or you have "
"already submitted modifications. As a result, your changes cannot be "
"saved."
msgstr "此内容可能已被其他用户修改，或者您的修改已经提交。因此，您当前的改动无法被保存。"
msgid "Use field label: @display_label"
msgstr "使用字段标签：@display_label"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Allowed values"
msgstr "允许的值"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Bundle"
msgstr "Bundle"
msgid "The entity must be of bundle %bundle."
msgstr "该实体必须是 %bundle 的 bundle。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Complex data"
msgstr "复杂数据"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Count"
msgstr "计数"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Entity type"
msgstr "实体类型"
msgid "The entity must be of type %type."
msgstr "实体必须是 %type 类型"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Length"
msgstr "长度"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Primitive type"
msgstr "原始类型"
msgid "This value should be of the correct primitive type."
msgstr "该值应该是正确的原始类型。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Range"
msgstr "范围"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Entity Reference valid reference"
msgstr "实体参考有效参考"
msgid "%name must be higher than or equal to %min."
msgstr "%name 必须大于或等于 %min。"
msgid "%name must be lower than or equal to %max."
msgstr "%name 必须小于或等于 %min。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Entity changed"
msgstr "实体已更改"
msgid "Block layout"
msgstr "区块布局"
msgid "The number of comments posted on an entity."
msgstr "某个实体上发表的评论数量。"
msgid ""
"The number of comments posted on an entity since the reader last "
"viewed it."
msgstr "自读者上次查看后某个实体上发表的评论数量。"
msgid "The entity the comment was posted to."
msgstr "对其发表评论的实体。"
msgid "The @entity_type to which the comment is a reply to."
msgstr "评论所回复的 @entity_type。"
msgid "The number of comments an entity has."
msgstr "实体拥有的评论数目。"
msgid "The most recent of last comment posted or entity updated time."
msgstr "最新的最近一个评论的发表时间或实体更新时间。"
msgid "Display the last comment of an entity"
msgstr "显示实体的最新评论"
msgid "The last comment of an entity."
msgstr "一个实体的最新评论。"
msgid "The User ID of the author of the last comment of an entity."
msgstr "实体中最后一条评论作者的用户 ID。"
msgid "The entity type to which the comment is a reply to."
msgstr "评论所回复的实体类型。"
msgid ""
"Display the standard add comment link used on regular @entity_type, "
"which will only display if the viewing user has access to add a "
"comment."
msgstr ""
"显示常规 @entity_type "
"上使用的标准“添加评论”链接（仅在查看用户有权添加评论时显示）。"
msgid ""
"Display nodes only if a user posted the @entity_type or commented on "
"the @entity_type."
msgstr ""
"仅在用户发布 @entity_type 或者在 @entity_type "
"上发表评论时才显示节点。"
msgid "Comments of the @entity_type using field: @field_name"
msgstr "使用以下字段的 @entity_type 的评论：@field_name"
msgid ""
"Relate all comments on the @entity_type. This will create 1 duplicate "
"record for every comment. Usually if you need this it is better to "
"create a comment view."
msgstr ""
"将 @entity_type "
"上的所有评论相关联。这将针对每个评论创建 1 "
"个重复记录。通常，如果需要执行此操作，最好创建一个评论视图。"
msgid "Edit comment %title"
msgstr "编辑评论 %title"
msgid "The ID of the entity of which this comment is a reply."
msgstr "此评论所回复的实体的标识。"
msgid "The entity type to which this comment is attached."
msgstr "附加此评论的实体类型。"
msgid "Comment field name"
msgstr "评论字段名"
msgid "The field name through which this comment was added."
msgstr "添加此评论时所借助的字段名称。"
msgid "Last comment ID"
msgstr "最后评论的 ID"
msgid "Last comment timestamp"
msgstr "最后评论的时间戳"
msgid "The time that the last comment was created."
msgstr "最后一个评论的创建时间。"
msgid "Last comment name"
msgstr "最后评论的名字"
msgid "The name of the user posting the last comment."
msgstr "发表最后一条评论的用户的名称。"
msgid "Last comment user ID"
msgstr "最后一条评论的用户 ID"
msgid "The number of comments."
msgstr "评论数量。"
msgid ""
"This field manages configuration and presentation of comments on an "
"entity."
msgstr "此字段管理某实体的评论的配置和表示。"
msgid "Comment list"
msgstr "评论列表"
msgid ""
"Show the comment link in the form used on standard entity teasers, "
"rather than the full entity form."
msgstr "在标准实体预告上使用的表单（而不是完整实体表单）中显示评论链接。"
msgid "Content language and translation"
msgstr "内容语言和翻译"
msgid "Configure language and translation support for content."
msgstr "设置内容的语言和翻译支持。"
msgid "Select source language"
msgstr "选择源语言"
msgid "Computed date"
msgstr "计算的日期"
msgid "The computed DateTime object."
msgstr "计算的 DateTime 对象。"
msgid "Log entries"
msgstr "日志项"
msgid "Contains a list of log entries."
msgstr "包含日志项列表。"
msgid "WID"
msgstr "WID"
msgid "The user on which the log entry as written."
msgstr "针对其写入日志条目的用户。"
msgid "The actual message of the log entry."
msgstr "日志条目的实际消息。"
msgid "The variables of the log entry in a serialized format."
msgstr "日志条目的变量（采用序列化格式）。"
msgid "Operation links for the event."
msgstr "事件的操作链接。"
msgid "URL of the previous page."
msgstr "上一页的URL。"
msgid "Date when the event occurred."
msgstr "事件发生的日期。"
msgid "Replace variables"
msgstr "替换变量"
msgid "One file only."
msgid_plural "Maximum @count files."
msgstr[0] "仅限 1 个文件。"
msgstr[1] "最多 @count 个文件。"
msgid "Number (decimal)"
msgstr "数字（小数）"
msgid "Number (float)"
msgstr "数字（浮点型）"
msgid "Number (integer)"
msgstr "数字（长整型）"
msgid "PHP date format"
msgstr "PHP日期格式"
msgid "Number of new comments"
msgstr "新评论的数量"
msgid "Simple configuration"
msgstr "简单配置"
msgid "Configuration type"
msgstr "配置类型"
msgid "Here is your configuration:"
msgstr "这是您的配置："
msgid "Are you sure you want to update the %name @type?"
msgstr "你确定要更新 %name @type 吗?"
msgid "Missing ID key \"@id_key\" for this @entity_type import."
msgstr "此 @entity_type 导入缺少标识键“@id_key”。"
msgid ""
"An entity with this machine name already exists but the import did not "
"specify a UUID."
msgstr "已存在具有此机器名的实体，但导入未指定 UUID。"
msgid ""
"An entity with this machine name already exists but the UUID does not "
"match."
msgstr "已存在具有此机器名的实体，但 UUID 不匹配。"
msgid ""
"An entity with this UUID already exists but the machine name does not "
"match."
msgstr "已存在具有此 UUID 的实体，但机器名不匹配。"
msgid "Configuration translation"
msgstr "配置翻译"
msgid "Translate the configuration."
msgstr "翻译配置"
msgid "@label fields"
msgstr "@label 字段"
msgid "Enter block, theme or category"
msgstr "输入块、主题或类别"
msgid "Enter a part of the block, theme or category to filter by."
msgstr "输入要作为过滤依据的部分块、主题或类别。"
msgid "Translations for %label"
msgstr "%label 的翻译"
msgid "@language (original)"
msgstr "@language（源）"
msgid "Enter label"
msgstr "输入标签"
msgid "Enter a part of the label or description to filter by."
msgstr "输入要作为过滤依据的部分标签或描述。"
msgid "Enter field or @bundle"
msgstr "输入字段或者@bundle"
msgid "Enter a part of the field or @bundle to filter by."
msgstr "输入要作为过滤依据的部分字段或 @bundle。"
msgid "Add @language translation for %label"
msgstr "为 %label 添加 @language 翻译"
msgid "Successfully saved @language translation."
msgstr "已成功保存 @language 翻译。"
msgid "@language translation of %label was deleted"
msgstr "已删除 %label 的 @language 翻译"
msgid "Edit @language translation for %label"
msgstr "编辑 %label 的 @language 翻译"
msgid "Successfully updated @language translation."
msgstr "已成功更新@language翻译。"
msgid "(Empty)"
msgstr "（空）"
msgid "About text formats"
msgstr "关于文本格式"
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to apply the updated %name image effect to all "
"images?"
msgstr ""
"是否确定要将已更新的 %name "
"图像效果应用于所有图像？"
msgid ""
"This operation does not change the original images but the copies "
"created for this style will be recreated."
msgstr "此操作不会更改原始图像，但会重新创建针对此样式创建的副本。"
msgid "The image style %name has been flushed."
msgstr "已清除图像样式 %name。"
msgid "- Restricted access -"
msgstr "- 限制访问 -"
msgid "List of items"
msgstr "条目列表"
msgid "Placing and moving blocks"
msgstr "配置和移动块"
msgid "Demonstrating block regions for a theme"
msgstr "主题的演示块"
msgid "Toggling between different themes"
msgstr "在不同主题之间切换"
msgid "Configuring block settings"
msgstr "配置区块"
msgid ""
"You can control the visibility of a block by restricting it to "
"specific pages, content types, and/or roles by setting the appropriate "
"options under Visibility settings of the block configuration."
msgstr ""
"您可以通过区块配置的可见性设置选项，来控制区块的可见性。区块可以只在指定的页面、内容类型上可见，并且 "
"/ 或者只对特定的用户角色可见。"
msgid ""
"Unless you're experiencing problems with pagers related to this field, "
"you should leave this at 0. If using multiple pagers on one page you "
"may need to set this number to a higher value so as not to conflict "
"within the ?page= array. Large values will add a lot of commas to your "
"URLs, so avoid if possible."
msgstr ""
"除非您遇到与此字段相关的页面调度程序问题，否则应将此选项保留为 "
"0。如果在一个页面上使用多个页面调度程序，那么可能需要将此数字设置为更高的值，以避免在 "
"?page= 数组中出现冲突。较大的值会向 URL "
"添加大量逗号，因此请尽可能避免。"
msgid "Pager ID: @id"
msgstr "分页器 ID: @id"
msgid ""
"Enter the name of the configuration file without the .yml "
"extension. (e.g. system.site)"
msgstr ""
"输入配置文件的名称（不含 .yml "
"扩展名）。（例如，system.site）"
msgid "The sender's email"
msgstr "发件人的电子邮件"
msgid "The email of the person that is sending the contact message."
msgstr "正在发送联系人消息的人员的电子邮件。"
msgid "File usage"
msgstr "文件用法"
msgid "Relate file entities to their usage."
msgstr "将文件实体与其使用情况相关联。"
msgid "Managing and displaying file fields"
msgstr "管理并显示文件字段"
msgid "Allowing file extensions"
msgstr "允许文件扩展名"
msgid ""
"In the field settings, you can define the allowed file extensions (for "
"example pdf docx psd) for the files that will be uploaded "
"with the file field."
msgstr ""
"在字段设置中，您可以为随文件字段上传的文件定义允许的文件扩展名（例如，pdf "
"docx psd）。"
msgid "Restricting the maximum file size"
msgstr "限制最大文件大小"
msgid ""
"The maximum file size that users can upload is limited by PHP settings "
"of the server, but you can restrict by entering the desired value as "
"the Maximum upload size setting. The maximum file size is "
"automatically displayed to users in the help text of the file field."
msgstr ""
"用户可上传的最大文件大小受服务器的 PHP "
"设置的限制，但您可以通过输入期望值作为最大上传大小设置来加以限制。在文件字段的帮助文本中，会向用户自动显示最大文件大小。"
msgid "Displaying files and descriptions"
msgstr "显示文件和描述"
msgid ""
"In the field settings, you can allow users to toggle whether "
"individual files are displayed. In the display settings, you can then "
"choose one of the following formats: - Generic file "
"displays links to the files and adds icons that symbolize the file "
"extensions. If descriptions are enabled and have been "
"submitted, then the description is displayed instead of the file "
"name.
- URL to file displays the full path to the file "
"as plain text.
- Table of files lists links to the "
"files and the file sizes in a table.
- RSS enclosure "
"only displays the first file, and only in a RSS feed, formatted "
"according to the RSS 2.0 syntax for enclosures.
A file can "
"still be linked to directly by its URI even if it is not displayed."
msgstr ""
"在字段设置中，您可以允许用户切换是否显示个别文件。在显示设置中，您随后可以选择以下某种格式：- 常规文件可显示指向文件的链接，并添加图标以通过符号方式表示文件扩展名。如果已启用并提交了描述，那么将会显示描述，而不是显示文件名。
- 文件 "
"URL "
"可以纯文本格式显示指向文件的完整路径。
- 文件表通过一张表列出了指向文件的链接和文件大小。
- RSS "
"文件柜仅显示第一个文件，仅位于 RSS "
"订阅源中，根据用于文件柜的 RSS 2.0 "
"语法进行格式化。
"
"即使未显示文件，仍可通过该文件的 URI "
"直接链接至该文件。"
msgid ""
"Flag to control whether this file should be displayed when viewing "
"content"
msgstr "用于控制查看内容时是否应显示此文件的标记"
msgid "The log entry explaining the changes in this revision."
msgstr "本版本的改动详情。"
msgid "Route name"
msgstr "路由名"
msgid "Click Save."
msgstr "点击 保存."
msgid "simple configuration"
msgstr "简单配置"
msgid ""
"The staged configuration cannot be imported, because it originates "
"from a different site than this site. You can only synchronize "
"configuration between cloned instances of this site."
msgstr "无法导入分阶段配置，因为其源自此站点以外的其他站点。您只能在此站点的克隆实例之间同步配置。"
msgid "The date the file created."
msgstr "创建此文件的日期。"
msgid "The timestamp that the file was created."
msgstr "创建此文件的时间戳记。"
msgid "The timestamp that the file was last changed."
msgstr "最近一次更改此文件的时间戳记。"
msgid "%name: may not be longer than @max characters."
msgstr "%name：不能长于@max个字符。"
msgid ""
"A breakpoint separates the height or width of viewports (screens, "
"printers, and other media output types) into steps. For instance, a "
"width breakpoint of 40em creates two steps: one for widths up to 40em "
"and one for widths above 40em. Breakpoints can be used to define when "
"layouts should shift from one form to another, when images should be "
"resized, and other changes that need to respond to changes in viewport "
"height or width."
msgstr ""
"断点将视区（屏幕、打印机和其他媒体输出类型）的高度或宽度分为多个阶梯。例如，40em "
"宽度断点会创建两个阶梯：一个表示不超过 40em "
"的宽度，一个表示超过 40em "
"的宽度。可使用断点来定义何时应从一种布局切换到另一种布局、何时应调整图像大小，以及为响应视区高度或宽度变化而需要做出的其他更改。"
msgid "Resolution multiplier"
msgstr "分辨率倍率"
msgid ""
"Resolution multipliers are a measure of the viewport's device "
"resolution, defined to be the ratio between the physical pixel size of "
"the active device and the device-independent "
"pixel size. The Breakpoint module defines multipliers of 1, 1.5, "
"and 2; when defining breakpoints, modules and themes can define which "
"multipliers apply to each breakpoint."
msgstr ""
"分辨率乘数是视口设备分辨率的度量，定义为有源设备的物理像素大小与设备无关像素大小之间的比率。断点模块定义乘数为1,1.5和2; "
"当定义断点时，模块和主题可以定义哪些乘数适用于每个断点。"
msgid "Defining breakpoints and breakpoint groups"
msgstr "定义断点和断点组"
msgid ""
"Modules and themes can use the API provided by the Breakpoint module "
"to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups, and to assign resolution "
"multipliers to breakpoints."
msgstr "模块和主题可以使用断点模块提供的API来定义断点和断点组，并将分辨率乘数分配给断点。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Comment author name"
msgstr "评论作者"
msgid ""
"Changing the text format to %text_format will permanently remove "
"content that is not allowed in that text format.
Save your "
"changes before switching the text format to avoid losing data."
msgstr ""
"更改文本格式至 %text_format "
"将永久删除该文本格式不允许的内容。
请在切换文本格式前保存您的更改，以避免丢失数据。"
msgid "Entity view display"
msgstr "实体视图显示"
msgid "Managing and displaying entity reference fields"
msgstr "管理和显示实体引用字段"
msgid "Selecting reference type"
msgstr "选择引用类型"
msgid ""
"In the field settings you can select which entity type you want to "
"create a reference to."
msgstr "在字段设置中，您可以选择要为其创建引用的实体类型。"
msgid "Filtering and sorting reference fields"
msgstr "对引用字段进行过滤和排序"
msgid ""
"Depending on the chosen entity type, additional filtering and sorting "
"options are available for the list of entities that can be referred "
"to, in the field settings. For example, the list of users can be "
"filtered by role and sorted by name or ID."
msgstr "根据所选的实体类型，针对字段设置中可引用的实体列表，提供了其他过滤和排序选项。例如，可按角色过滤用户列表以及按名称或标识进行排序。"
msgid "Displaying a reference"
msgstr "显示引用"
msgid ""
"An entity reference can be displayed as a simple label with or without "
"a link to the entity. Alternatively, the referenced entity can be "
"displayed as a teaser (or any other available view mode) inside the "
"referencing entity."
msgstr "实体引用可显示为包含或不含实体链接的简单标签。或者，被引用的实体可显示为引用实体中的预告（或任何其他可用的视图方式）。"
msgid "Managing text formats"
msgstr "管理文本格式"
msgid "Assigning roles to text formats"
msgstr "将角色分配给文本格式"
msgid "Selecting filters"
msgstr "选择过滤器"
msgid ""
"Each filter can have additional configuration options. For example, "
"for the \"Limit allowed HTML tags\" filter you need to define the list "
"of HTML tags that the filter leaves in the text."
msgstr ""
"每个过滤器可包含其他配置选项。例如，对于“限制允许的 "
"HTML "
"标记”过滤器，您需要定义过滤器在文本中留下的 "
"HTML 标记列表。"
msgid ""
"When creating or editing data in a field that has text formats "
"enabled, users can select the format under the field from the Text "
"format select list."
msgstr "在启用文本格式的字段中创建或编辑数据时，用户可从字段下的文本格式选择列表中选择格式。"
msgid "Dependency of required module @module"
msgstr "必需模块 @module 的依赖关系"
msgid ""
"An entity field containing a UNIX timestamp of when the entity has "
"been last updated."
msgstr "包含一个该实体最后更新时的UNIX时间戳的实体字段。"
msgid ""
"An entity field containing a UNIX timestamp of when the entity has "
"been created."
msgstr ""
"一个包含实体创建时间的 UNIX "
"时间戳的实体字段已被创建。"
msgid "An entity field for storing a serialized array of values."
msgstr "用来存储序列化数组值的实体字段。"
msgid "Timestamp value"
msgstr "时间戳"
msgid "Sends the message as plain text, using PHP's native mail() function."
msgstr "以纯文本方式发送消息，使用PHP内置的mail()函数。"
msgid "Mail collector"
msgstr "邮件搜集器"
msgid ""
"Does not send the message, but stores it in Drupal within the state "
"system. Used for testing."
msgstr "不发送消息，但将其存储在Drupal的状态系统中。用于测试。"
msgid "Synchronizing configuration"
msgstr "同步配置"
msgid "Starting configuration synchronization."
msgstr "正在开始配置同步。"
msgid "Configuration synchronization has encountered an error."
msgstr "配置同步过程中遇到了错误。"
msgid ""
"The \"@name\" option must contain a valid value. You may either leave "
"the text field empty or enter a string like \"512\" (bytes), \"80 KB\" "
"(kilobytes) or \"50 MB\" (megabytes)."
msgstr ""
"“@name”选项必须包含有效值。您可将此文本字段留空，或者输入如下字符串：“512”（字节）、“80 "
"KB”（千字节）或“50 MB”（兆字节）。"
msgid ""
"Form build-id mismatch detected while attempting to store a form in "
"the cache."
msgstr "尝试存储表单到缓存时检测到表单的build-id不匹配。"
msgid "Synchronizing configuration: @op @name."
msgstr "正在同步配置：@op @name。"
msgid "Unexpected error during import with operation @op for @name: @message"
msgstr "在导入过程中对@name执行@op操作时发生意外错误：@message"
msgid "Deleted and replaced configuration \"@name\""
msgstr "被删除和被替换的配置 \"@name\""
msgid "Update target \"@name\" is missing."
msgstr "更新目标“@name”丢失。"
msgid "The config name @config_name is invalid."
msgstr "配置名 @config_name 无效。"
msgid "%name: The integer must be larger or equal to %min."
msgstr "%name：整数必须大于或等于%min。"
msgid "Size of URI field"
msgstr "URI字段尺寸"
msgid "URI field"
msgstr "URI字段"
msgid "A brief description of your block."
msgstr "你的区块简介。"
msgid "Custom Entity ID"
msgstr "定制实体标识"
msgid ""
"Specify a custom entity ID. This will override the entity ID in the "
"configuration above."
msgstr "指定定制实体标识。这将覆盖上述配置中的实体标识。"
msgid "Completed @current step of @total."
msgstr "已完成第 @current 步（共 @total 步）。"
msgid "The configuration synchronization failed validation."
msgstr "配置同步验证失败。"
msgid "@count renamed"
msgid_plural "@count renamed"
msgstr[0] "@count 条重命名。"
msgstr[1] "@count 条重命名。"
msgid "The configuration was imported with errors."
msgstr "导入配置时出错。"
msgid "Format ID."
msgstr "格式标识。"
msgid "Configuration deletions"
msgstr "配置缺失"
msgid "The listed configuration will be deleted."
msgstr "已列出的配置将被删除"
msgid "User's roles"
msgstr "用户角色"
msgid "Enable menu link"
msgstr "启用菜单链接"
msgid "Allowed HTML"
msgstr "允许的 HTML"
msgid "Contact messages"
msgstr "联系消息"
msgid "@label entities"
msgstr "@label实体"
msgid "Synchronizing configuration: @op @name in @collection."
msgstr "正在同步 @collection 中的配置：@op @name。"
msgid "Deleted and replaced configuration entity \"@name\""
msgstr "被删除和被替换的配置实体 \"@name\""
msgctxt "Entity type group"
msgid "Content"
msgstr "内容"
msgctxt "Entity type group"
msgid "Other"
msgstr "其他"
msgctxt "Entity type group"
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "配置"
msgid "Action configuration"
msgstr "动作配置"
msgid "The block numeric identifier."
msgstr "区块的数字标识符。"
msgid "The module providing the block."
msgstr "用于提供块的模块。"
msgid "The block's delta."
msgstr "区块标识符。"
msgid "Which theme the block is placed in."
msgstr "这个区块要放置到哪个主题里。"
msgid "Whether or not the block is enabled."
msgstr "区块是否被启用。"
msgid "Weight of the block for ordering within regions."
msgstr "用于在区域中对区块进行排序的权重。"
msgid "Region the block is placed in."
msgstr "区块所在的区域。"
msgid "Visibility expression."
msgstr "可见性表达式"
msgid "Pages list."
msgstr "页面列表。"
msgid "Cache rule."
msgstr "缓存规则。"
msgid "The numeric identifier of the block/box"
msgstr "区块/盒子的数字标识符"
msgid "The block/box content"
msgstr "区块/盒子内容"
msgid "Admin title of the block/box."
msgstr "管理区块/盒子的标题。"
msgid "Comment ID."
msgstr "评论ID。"
msgid ""
"Parent comment ID. If set to 0, this comment is not a reply to an "
"existing comment."
msgstr ""
"父评论标识。如果将此选项设置为 "
"0，那么此评论不是对现有评论的回复。"
msgid "The {node}.nid to which this comment is a reply."
msgstr "此评论所回复的 {node}.nid。"
msgid ""
"The {users}.uid who authored the comment. If set to 0, this comment "
"was created by an anonymous user."
msgstr ""
"撰写评论的 {users}.uid。如果将此选项设置为 "
"0，那么此评论是由匿名用户创建的。"
msgid "The comment title."
msgstr "评论标题。"
msgid ""
"The time that the comment was created, or last edited by its author, "
"as a Unix timestamp."
msgstr ""
"评论作者创建或最近一次编辑评论的时间，表示为 "
"Unix 时间戳记。"
msgid "The {filter_formats}.format of the comment body."
msgstr "评论正文的 {filter_formats}.format。"
msgid "The vancode representation of the comment's place in a thread."
msgstr "评论在帖子中所处位置的 vancode 表示。"
msgid ""
"The comment author's name. Uses {users}.name if the user is logged in, "
"otherwise uses the value typed into the comment form."
msgstr ""
"评论作者的姓名。如果用户已登录，那么使用 "
"{users}.name，否则使用评论表单中所输入的值。"
msgid ""
"The comment author's home page address from the comment form, if user "
"is anonymous, and the 'Anonymous users may/must leave their contact "
"information' setting is turned on."
msgstr "如果用户为匿名用户，并且“匿名用户可以/必须留下其联系信息”设置已配置为开启，那么这是来自评论表单的评论作者的主页地址。"
msgid "The {node}.type to which this comment is a reply."
msgstr "此评论所回复的 {node}.type。"
msgid "The node type"
msgstr "节点类型"
msgid "Primary Key: Unique category ID."
msgstr "主键：唯一类别标识。"
msgid "Category name."
msgstr "类别名称。"
msgid "The category's weight."
msgstr "类别的权重。"
msgid ""
"Flag to indicate whether or not category is selected by default. (1 = "
"Yes, 0 = No)"
msgstr ""
"用于指示缺省情况下是否选择类别的标志。（1 = "
"是，0 = 否）"
msgid "Type (text, integer, ....)"
msgstr "类型 (text, integer, ....)"
msgid "Global settings. Shared with every field instance."
msgstr "全局设置。为所有字段实例所共享。"
msgid "DB storage"
msgstr "数据库存储器"
msgid "DB Columns"
msgstr "数据库列"
msgid "The machine name of field."
msgstr "字段的机器名。"
msgid "Weight."
msgstr "权重。"
msgid "A name to show."
msgstr "要显示的名称。"
msgid "Widget type."
msgstr "微件类型。"
msgid "Serialize data with widget settings."
msgstr "使用窗口小部件设置来序列化数据。"
msgid "Serialize data with display settings."
msgstr "使用显示设置来序列化数据。"
msgid "A description of field."
msgstr "字段的描述。"
msgid "Module that implements widget."
msgstr "实现微件的模块。"
msgid "Status of widget"
msgstr "窗口小部件的状态"
msgid "The module that provides the field."
msgstr "提供字段的模块。"
msgid "Content type where this field is used."
msgstr "该字段被用到的内容类型。"
msgid ""
"The {users}.uid who added the file. If set to 0, this file was added "
"by an anonymous user."
msgstr ""
"添加此文件的 {users}.uid。如果将此选项设置为 "
"0，那么此文件是由匿名用户添加的。"
msgid "The published status of a file."
msgstr "文件的发布状态。"
msgid "The time that the file was added."
msgstr "添加此文件的时间。"
msgid "The Drupal files path."
msgstr "Drupal 文件路径。"
msgid "TRUE if the files directory is public otherwise FALSE."
msgstr "如果文件目录为公共目录，则为 TRUE，否则为 FALSE。"
msgid "The file Id."
msgstr "文件的id。"
msgid "The node Id."
msgstr "节点的id。"
msgid "The version Id."
msgstr "修订版本的id。"
msgid "The file description."
msgstr "文件的描述。"
msgid "Whether the list should be visible on the node page."
msgstr "在节点页面上是否应显示列表。"
msgid "The file weight."
msgstr "文件的权重。"
msgid "Max filesize"
msgstr "最大文件大小"
msgid "This synchronization will delete data from the field %fields."
msgid_plural "This synchronization will delete data from the fields: %fields."
msgstr[0] "此同步将从字段中删除数据：%fields 。"
msgstr[1] "此同步将从字段中删除数据：%fields 。"
msgid "Route Name"
msgstr "路径名称"
msgid "Route Params"
msgstr "路径参数"
msgid "Param"
msgstr "参数"
msgid "Configuration dependencies"
msgstr "配置依赖关系"
msgid "Theme dependencies"
msgstr "主题依赖关系"
msgid "Extension settings"
msgstr "扩展设置"
msgid "Redirect to URL configuration"
msgstr "重定向到URL配置"
msgid "Display a message to the user configuration"
msgstr "向用户显示消息配置"
msgid "Admin info"
msgstr "管理员信息"
msgid "Comment display format settings"
msgstr "评论显示格式设置"
msgid "Commented user ID"
msgstr "评论用户的 ID"
msgid "Comment depth"
msgstr "评论深度"
msgid "Comment link"
msgstr "评论链接"
msgid "Last comment date"
msgstr "最后评论日期"
msgid "Comment approve link"
msgstr "批准评论的链接"
msgid "Comment reply link"
msgstr "评论回复链接"
msgid "Name of last comment poster"
msgstr "最后评论发布者的名字"
msgid "Newer of last comment / node updated"
msgstr "最新评论/文章"
msgid "Comment node status"
msgstr "评论节点的状态"
msgid "Node user posted comment"
msgstr "节点用户已发表评论"
msgid "Newer of last comment / entity updated"
msgstr "已更新较新的最后一个评论/实体"
msgid "Single import"
msgstr "单个导入"
msgid "Single export"
msgstr "单个导出"
msgid "Translate @type_name"
msgstr "翻译 @type_name"
msgid "Personal contact form enabled by default"
msgstr "缺省情况下启用的个人联系表单"
msgid "Link to user contact page"
msgstr "到用户联系页面的链接"
msgid "Content translation link"
msgstr "内容翻译链接"
msgid "Contextual link"
msgstr "上下文链接"
msgid "Datetime settings"
msgstr "日期时间设置"
msgid "Datetime default display format settings"
msgstr "日期时间缺省显示格式设置"
msgid "Datetime plain display format settings"
msgstr "日期时间普通显示格式设置"
msgid "Datetime select list display format settings"
msgstr "日期时间选择列表显示格式设置"
msgid "Database logging settings"
msgstr "数据库日志记录设置"
msgid "Log event message"
msgstr "日志事件消息"
msgid "Operation link markup"
msgstr "操作链接标记"
msgid "Image upload settings"
msgstr "图像上传设置"
msgid "Delete view mode"
msgstr "删除视图方式"
msgid "Delete form mode"
msgstr "删除表单方式"
msgid "Entity view mode settings"
msgstr "实体查看模式设置"
msgid "The human-readable name of the view mode"
msgstr "查看模式的人类易读名字"
msgid "Target entity type"
msgstr "目标实体类型"
msgid "Entity form mode settings"
msgstr "实体表单模式设置"
msgid "View or form mode machine name"
msgstr "查看或表单模式的机读名字"
msgid "Field display setting"
msgstr "字段显示设置"
msgid "Text field display format settings"
msgstr "文本域显示格式设置"
msgid "Sort settings"
msgstr "排序设置"
msgid "Entity reference rendered entity display format settings"
msgstr "实体引用呈现实体的显示格式设置"
msgid "Entity reference entity ID display format settings"
msgstr "实体引用实体标识的显示格式设置"
msgid "Entity reference label display format settings"
msgstr "实体引用标签显示格式设置"
msgid "Entity reference autocomplete (Tags style) display format settings"
msgstr "实体引用自动填充功能（标签样式）的显示格式设置"
msgid "Entity reference autocomplete display format settings"
msgstr "实体引用自动填充功能的显示格式设置"
msgid "Maximum number of field data records to purge"
msgstr "要清除的字段数据记录的最大数量"
msgid "Maximum number of values users can enter"
msgstr "用户可输入的值的最大数量"
msgid "- Hidden - format settings"
msgstr "- 隐藏 - 格式设置"
msgid "Integer settings"
msgstr "整数设置"
msgid "Decimal settings"
msgstr "十进制数设置"
msgid "Float settings"
msgstr "浮点数设置"
msgid "Number decimal display format settings"
msgstr "数字十进制显示格式设置"
msgid "Number unformatted display format settings"
msgstr "数字的无格式显示格式设置"
msgid "Number default display format settings"
msgstr "数字默认显示格式设置"
msgid "Reverse entity reference"
msgstr "撤销实体引用"
msgid "Field UI settings"
msgstr "字段 UI 设置"
msgid "The prefix for new fields created via Field UI"
msgstr "通过“字段 UI”创建的新字段的前缀"
msgid "Enable Display field"
msgstr "启用“显示”字段"
msgid "Enable Description field"
msgstr "启用描述字段"
msgid "Generic file format settings"
msgstr "常规文件格式设置"
msgid "RSS enclosure format settings"
msgstr "RSS 文件柜格式设置"
msgid "Table of files format settings"
msgstr "文件表格式设置"
msgid "URL to file format settings"
msgstr "文件 URL 格式设置"
msgid "File format settings"
msgstr "文件格式设置"
msgid "File URI"
msgstr "文件 URI"
msgid "Fallback text format"
msgstr "回退文本格式"
msgid "Always show fallback choice"
msgstr "始终显示回退选项"
msgid "HTML help"
msgstr "HTML 帮助"
msgid "HTML nofollow"
msgstr "HTML nofollow"
msgid "Filter URL"
msgstr "过滤 URL"
msgid "URL length"
msgstr "URL 长度"
msgid "History user"
msgstr "历史记录用户"
msgid "Image resize"
msgstr "图像大小调整"
msgid "Image rotate"
msgstr "图像旋转"
msgid "Image scale and crop"
msgstr "图像缩放和裁剪"
msgid "Allow insecure image derivatives"
msgstr "允许不安全的衍生图像"
msgid "Suppress the itok query string for image derivatives"
msgstr "针对衍生图像禁止 itok 查询字符串"
msgid "Enable Alt field"
msgstr "启用“备用”字段"
msgid "Alt field required"
msgstr "“备用”字段为必填字段"
msgid "Enable Title field"
msgstr "启用“标题”字段"
msgid "Title field required"
msgstr "“标题”字段为必填字段"
msgid "Image field display format settings"
msgstr "图像字段显示格式设置"
msgid "Single on/off checkbox format settings"
msgstr "单个开/关复选框格式设置"
msgid "Visibility Conditions"
msgstr "可见性条件"
msgid "Visibility Condition"
msgstr "可见性条件"
msgid "Context assignments"
msgstr "上下文分配"
msgid "Display variant"
msgstr "显示变体"
msgid "Requirements review"
msgstr "需求评审"
msgid ""
"Unable to send email. Contact the site administrator if the problem "
"persists."
msgstr "不能发送email，如问题仍然持续，请联系站点管理员。"
msgid "Error sending email (from %from to %to with reply-to %reply)."
msgstr "发送email错误（发件人：%from，收件人：%to，回复给：%reply）"
msgid "The label for this display variant."
msgstr "该显示变体的标签。"
msgid "%name: the email address can not be longer than @max characters."
msgstr "%name：电子邮件地址不能长于@max个字符。"
msgid ""
"Automated emails, such as registration information, will be sent from "
"this address. Use an address ending in your site's domain to help "
"prevent these emails from being flagged as spam."
msgstr "系统自动发出的电邮，如注册信息，将会被送到这个地址。使用您以网站网址为结尾的地址可避免该邮件被当作垃圾邮件处理。"
msgid "Receive email notifications"
msgstr "接收电子邮件提醒"
msgid "Send email configuration"
msgstr "发送电子邮件配置"
msgid ""
"Enter a valid email address or use a token email address such as "
"%author."
msgstr ""
"请输入一个合法的电子邮件地址，或者使用一个标识符，如 "
"%author。"
msgid "Show for the listed pages"
msgstr "为下列页面显示"
msgid "Hide for the listed pages"
msgstr "为下列页面隐藏"
msgid "The field name from which the comment originated."
msgstr "评论源自的字段名称。"
msgid "Overriding default settings"
msgstr "覆写默认设置"
msgid "Approving and managing comments"
msgstr "批准和管理评论"
msgid ""
"This page provides a list of all comment types on the site and allows "
"you to manage the fields, form and display settings for each."
msgstr "此页面列出了站点中所有的评论类型，并允许你管理它们的字段、表单和显示设置。"
msgid "Administer comment types and settings"
msgstr "管理评论类型和设置"
msgid "Comment types"
msgstr "评论类型"
msgid "Comment type settings"
msgstr "评论类型设置"
msgid "Target Entity Type ID"
msgstr "目标实体类型 ID"
msgid "Comment type %label has been updated."
msgstr "评论类型 %label 已更新。"
msgid "Comment type %label has been added."
msgstr "评论类型 %label 已添加。"
msgid "The comment author's email address."
msgstr "评论作者的邮箱地址。"
msgid "Comment Type"
msgstr "评论类型"
msgid "The comment type."
msgstr "评论类型。"
msgid ""
"%label is used by the %field field on your site. You can not remove "
"this comment type until you have removed the field."
msgstr ""
"站点上的 %field 字段使用了 "
"%label。在移除该字段之前，无法移除此评论类型。"
msgid ""
"%label is used by 1 comment on your site. You can not remove this "
"comment type until you have removed all of the %label comments."
msgid_plural ""
"%label is used by @count comments on your site. You may not remove "
"%label until you have removed all of the %label comments."
msgstr[0] ""
"%label 标签下有1条评论，不能删除。\r\n"
"除非删除 %label 下所有评论。"
msgstr[1] ""
"%label 标签下有 @count 条评论，不能删除。\r\n"
"除非删除 %label 下所有评论。"
msgid "Translating configuration text"
msgstr "翻译配置文本"
msgid "Translating date formats"
msgstr "翻译日期格式"
msgid ""
"This page lists all configuration items on your site that have "
"translatable text, like your site name, role names, etc."
msgstr "此页面列出了站点上具有可翻译文本的所有配置项，例如，站点名称、角色名称等"
msgid ""
"Allow other users to contact you via a personal contact form which "
"keeps your email address hidden. Note that some privileged users such "
"as site administrators are still able to contact you even if you "
"choose to disable this feature."
msgstr "允许其他用户通过个人联络表单与你联系，这个过程不会显示您的电邮地址。注意一些权限用户如网站管理员在您禁用此选项的情况下依然能够通过这个联系您。"
msgid ""
"Example: 'webmaster@example.com' or "
"'sales@example.com,support@example.com' . To specify multiple "
"recipients, separate each email address with a comma."
msgstr "例子：“webmaster@example.com”或“sales@example.com,support@example.com”。定义多个接收人，请以半角逗号“,”分隔每个邮箱地址。"
msgid "%recipient is an invalid email address."
msgstr "%recipient是一个无效的email地址。"
msgid "%sender-name (@sender-from) sent %recipient-name an email."
msgstr ""
"%sender-name (@sender-from) 已向 %recipient-name "
"发送电子邮件。"
msgid "Enabling field translation"
msgstr "启用字段翻译"
msgid ""
"You can define which fields of a content entity can be translated. For "
"example, you might want to translate the title and body field while "
"leaving the image field untranslated. If you exclude a field from "
"being translated, it will still show up in the content editing form, "
"but any changes made to that field will be applied to all "
"translations of that content."
msgstr "您可以定义内容实体的哪些字段为可翻译字段。例如，您可能想要翻译标题和正文字段，而将图像字段保留不翻译。如果从翻译内容中排除某个字段，此字段仍会显示在内容编辑表单中，但对该字段所做的任何更改都将应用于此内容的所有翻译。"
msgid ""
"If translation is enabled you can translate a content entity via the "
"Translate tab (or Translate link). The Translations page of a content "
"entity gives an overview of the translation status for the current "
"content and lets you add, edit, and delete its translations. This "
"process is similar for every translatable content entity on your site."
msgstr "如果启用翻译，您可以通过“翻译”选项卡（或“翻译”链接）来翻译内容实体。内容实体的“翻译”页面概括了当前内容的翻译状态，允许您添加、编辑和删除其翻译。对于您站点上的所有可翻译内容实体，此过程是类似的。"
msgid "Changing the source language for a translation"
msgstr "更改翻译的源语言"
msgid ""
"When you add a new translation, the original text you are translating "
"is displayed in the edit form as the source. If at least one "
"translation of the original content already exists when you add a new "
"translation, you can choose either the original content (default) or "
"one of the other translations as the source, using the select list in "
"the Source language section. After saving the translation, the chosen "
"source language is then listed on the Translate tab of the content."
msgstr "添加新翻译时，要翻译的原始文本作为源显示在编辑表单中。如果在添加新翻译时，原始内容已存在至少一种翻译，那么您可以使用“源语言”部分中的选择列表来选择原始内容（缺省值）或者其他某种翻译作为源。保存翻译后，所选的源语言会列在内容的“翻译”选项卡上。"
msgid "Setting status of translations"
msgstr "设置翻译的状态"
msgid ""
"If you edit a translation in one language you may want to set the "
"status of the other translations as out-of-date. You can set "
"this status by selecting the Flag other translations as "
"outdated checkbox in the Translation section of the content "
"editing form. The status will be visible on the Translations page."
msgstr "如果您编辑某种语言的翻译，那么您可能希望将其他翻译的状态设置为过时。您可以通过选中内容编辑表单中的“翻译”部分中的将其他翻译标记为已过时复选框来设置此状态。该状态将显示在“翻译”页面上。"
msgid "Managing and displaying date fields"
msgstr "管理和显示日期字段"
msgid "Displaying dates"
msgstr "显示日期"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Jan"
msgstr "一月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Feb"
msgstr "二月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Mar"
msgstr "三月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Apr"
msgstr "四月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "May"
msgstr "五月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Jun"
msgstr "六月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Jul"
msgstr "七月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Aug"
msgstr "八月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Sep"
msgstr "九月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Oct"
msgstr "十月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Nov"
msgstr "十一月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated month name"
msgid "Dec"
msgstr "十二月"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Sun"
msgstr "星期日"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Mon"
msgstr "星期一"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Tue"
msgstr "星期二"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Wed"
msgstr "星期三"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Thu"
msgstr "星期四"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Fri"
msgstr "星期五"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Sat"
msgstr "星期六"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Su"
msgstr "周六"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Mo"
msgstr "周一"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Tu"
msgstr "周二"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "We"
msgstr "周三"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Th"
msgstr "周四"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Fr"
msgstr "周五"
msgctxt "Abbreviated weekday"
msgid "Sa"
msgstr "周六"
msgctxt "Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Sunday"
msgid "S"
msgstr "日"
msgctxt "Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Monday"
msgid "M"
msgstr "一"
msgctxt "Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Tuesday"
msgid "T"
msgstr "二"
msgctxt "Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Wednesday"
msgid "W"
msgstr "三"
msgctxt "Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Thursday"
msgid "T"
msgstr "四"
msgctxt "Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Friday"
msgid "F"
msgstr "五"
msgctxt "Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Saturday"
msgid "S"
msgstr "六"
msgid "Track images uploaded via a Text Editor"
msgstr "跟踪通过文本编辑器上传的图像"
msgid "The status of the file, temporary (FALSE) and permanent (TRUE)."
msgstr "文件的状态：临时 (FALSE) 和永久 (TRUE)。"
msgid "Web page addresses and email addresses turn into links automatically."
msgstr "网页和电子邮件地址自动转换为链接。"
msgid ""
"The comment author's email address from the comment form, if user is "
"anonymous, and the 'Anonymous users may/must leave their contact "
"information' setting is turned on."
msgstr "如果用户为匿名用户，并且“匿名用户可以/必须留下其联系信息”设置已配置为开启，那么这是来自评论表单的评论作者的电子邮件地址。"
msgid "Comma-separated list of recipient email addresses."
msgstr "逗号分隔的收件人电子邮件地址列表。"
msgid "Toolbar item"
msgstr "工具栏项"
msgid "\"On\" label"
msgstr "“开”标签"
msgid "\"Off\" label"
msgstr "“关”标签"
msgid ""
"The selected image handling toolkit '@toolkit' can not process "
"operation '@operation'."
msgstr "所选择的图片处理工具包“@toolkit”不能处理操作“@operation”。"
msgid "Edit menu link %title"
msgstr "编辑菜单链接 %title"
msgid ""
"This link is provided by the @name module. The title and path cannot "
"be edited."
msgstr "该链接由@name模块提供，其标题和路径均不可编辑。"
msgid ""
"The maximum depth for a link and all its children is fixed. Some menu "
"links may not be available as parents if selecting them would exceed "
"this limit."
msgstr "链接及其所有子链接的最大深度是固定的。如果已经达到该极限，某些菜单链接可能不能作为父级。"
msgid ""
"Link weight among links in the same menu at the same depth. In the "
"menu, the links with high weight will sink and links with a low weight "
"will be positioned nearer the top."
msgstr "同一菜单中同一深度的链接之间的权重。在菜单中，更高权重的链接会下沉，而更低权重的链接则更靠近顶部。"
msgid "Add comment type"
msgstr "添加评论类型"
msgid "Manage form and displays settings of comments."
msgstr "管理评论的格式和显示样式"
msgid ""
"Can not uninstall the Configuration module as part of a configuration "
"synchronization through the user interface."
msgstr "无法通过用户界面卸载配置模块。"
msgid "The message UUID."
msgstr "消息 UUID。"
msgid "Confirm delete recent log messages"
msgstr "确认删除最新日志消息"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the recent logs?"
msgstr "您确定要删除最近的日志吗？"
msgid "Format type machine name"
msgstr "格式类型的机读名字"
msgid "Label setting machine name"
msgstr "标签设置的机读名字"
msgid "Boolean settings"
msgstr "布尔值设置"
msgid "On label"
msgstr "开状态标签"
msgid "Off label"
msgstr "关状态标签"
msgid "Visually Hidden"
msgstr "视觉隐藏"
msgid "Change to"
msgstr "更改为"
msgid "Region for @title"
msgstr "@title 的区域"
msgid "Alignments"
msgstr "对齐"
msgid "Base field bundle override"
msgstr "基字段绑定覆盖"
msgid "Datetime timestamp display format settings"
msgstr "日期时间戳显示格式设置"
msgid "Boolean checkbox display format settings"
msgstr "布尔值复选框显示格式设置"
msgid "Installed themes"
msgstr "已安装的主题"
msgid "The %file does not exist."
msgstr "%file 不存在。"
msgid "The %file exists."
msgstr "%file 已存在。"
msgid "The %file is not readable."
msgstr "%file 不可读。"
msgid "The %file is not writable."
msgstr "%file 不可写。"
msgid "The @file is writable."
msgstr "@file 可写。"
msgid "The @file is owned by the web server."
msgstr "@file 为 Web 服务器所有。"
msgid "Negate the condition"
msgstr "条件取反"
msgid "Finalizing configuration synchronization."
msgstr "正在完成配置同步。"
msgid "Datetime Timestamp"
msgstr "日期时间时间戳"
msgid "%theme theme installed."
msgstr "%theme主题已安装。"
msgid "Base field override"
msgstr "基字段覆盖"
msgid "Display prefix and suffix"
msgstr "显示前缀和后缀"
msgid "Text (plain)"
msgstr "纯文本"
msgid "Text (plain, long)"
msgstr "长纯文本"
msgid ""
"This path does not exist or you do not have permission to link to "
"%path."
msgstr "该路径不存在，或者您没有链接到路径 %path 的权限。"
msgid ""
"Blocks are placed and configured specifically for each theme. The "
"Block layout page opens with the default theme, but you can toggle to "
"other installed themes."
msgstr "区块是为各个主题特定摆放和配置的。区块布局页面用默认主题打开，但你可以切换到其他已安装的主题。"
msgid "Comment operation links"
msgstr "评论操作链接"
msgid ""
"The target entity type can not be changed after the comment type has "
"been created."
msgstr "在创建评论类型后，无法更改目标实体类型。"
msgid "Enable the personal contact form by default for new users"
msgstr "新用户默认启用个人联系表"
msgid "Add contact form"
msgstr "添加联系表"
msgid "Create and manage contact forms."
msgstr "创建、管理联系表。"
msgid "Edit contact form"
msgstr "编辑联络表单"
msgid "Default form identifier"
msgstr "缺省表单标识"
msgid ""
"When listing forms, those with lighter (smaller) weights get listed "
"before forms with heavier (larger) weights. Forms with equal weights "
"are sorted alphabetically."
msgstr "列出表单的时候，那些更轻（更小）的控件会在更重（更大）的控件之前。同等的控件会以字母排列。"
msgid "Make this the default form"
msgstr "使之成为默认表单"
msgid "Contact form %label has been updated."
msgstr "联络表单%label已被更新。"
msgid "Contact form %label has been added."
msgstr "联络表单%label已被添加。"
msgid "Send yourself a copy"
msgstr "给您自己发送一个副本"
msgid "%sender-name (@sender-from) sent an email regarding %contact_form."
msgstr ""
"%sender-name (@sender-from) 已发送有关 %contact_form "
"的电子邮件。"
msgid "The ID of the associated form."
msgstr "关联表单的标识。"
msgid "Users may translate this field"
msgstr "用户可以翻译该字段"
msgid "Content translation field settings"
msgstr "内容翻译字段设置"
msgid "Field properties for which to synchronize translations"
msgstr "要同步翻译的字段属性"
msgid "Field column for which to synchronize translations"
msgstr "要同步翻译的字段列"
msgid ""
"Contextual links for an area on a page are displayed using a "
"contextual links button. There are two ways to make the contextual "
"links button visible:"
msgstr "使用上下文链接按钮显示页面上某个区域的上下文链接。可通过两种方式显示上下文链接按钮："
msgid ""
"Once the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible, "
"click the button to display the links."
msgstr "在显示感兴趣区域的上下文链接按钮后，单击该按钮以显示链接。"
msgid "The relative date value entered is invalid."
msgstr "输入的相对日期值无效。"
msgid "Allowed types: @extensions."
msgstr "允许的类型：@extensions。"
msgid ""
"\n"
" You can align images, videos, blockquotes and so on to the "
"left, right or center. Examples:
\n"
" \n"
" - Align an image to the left:
<img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"left\" /> \n"
" - Align an image to the center:
<img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"center\" /> \n"
" - Align an image to the right:
<img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"right\" /> \n"
" - … and you can apply this to other elements as well: "
"
<video src=\"\" data-align=\"center\" /> \n"
"
"
msgstr ""
"\n"
" "
"您可以使图像、视频和块引用等左对齐、右对齐或居中。示例：
\n"
" \n"
" - 使图像左对齐：
<img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"left\" /> \n"
" - 使图像居中：
<img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"center\" /> \n"
" - 使图像右对齐：
<img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"right\" /> \n"
" - … "
"而且您还可以将此设置应用于其他元素：
<video "
"src=\"\" data-align=\"center\" /> \n"
"
"
msgid "Align images"
msgstr "对齐图像"
msgid ""
"Uses a data-align attribute on <img> "
"tags to align images."
msgstr ""
"在 <img> 标记上使用 data-align "
"属性以对齐图像。"
msgid ""
"\n"
" You can caption images, videos, blockquotes, and so on. "
"Examples:
\n"
" \n"
" <img src=\"\" data-caption=\"This is a "
"caption\" /><video src=\"\" data-caption=\"The Drupal "
"Dance\" /><blockquote data-caption=\"Dries "
"Buytaert\">Drupal is awesome!</blockquote><code data-caption=\"Hello world in "
"JavaScript.\">alert(\"Hello world!\");</code>
"
msgstr ""
"\n"
" "
"您可以为图像、视频和块引用等添加文字说明。示例：
\n"
" \n"
" <img src=\"\" data-caption=\"This is a "
"caption\" /><video src=\"\" data-caption=\"The Drupal "
"Dance\" /><blockquote data-caption=\"Dries "
"Buytaert\">Drupal is awesome!</blockquote><code data-caption=\"Hello world in "
"JavaScript.\">alert(\"Hello world!\");</code>
"
msgid "Caption images"
msgstr "为图像添加文字说明"
msgid ""
"Uses a data-caption attribute on <img> "
"tags to caption images."
msgstr ""
"在 <img> 标记上使用 data-caption "
"属性来为图像添加文字说明。"
msgid "Whether a new revision should be created by default"
msgstr "缺省情况下是否应创建新修订版"
msgid "Default value callback"
msgstr "默认值的回调函数"
msgid "URI as link display format settings"
msgstr "作为链接的URI显示格式设置"
msgid "Timestamp ago display format settings"
msgstr "时间戳的“...之前”显示格式设置"
msgid "Link to URI"
msgstr "到URI的链接"
msgid "Field storage"
msgstr "字段存储"
msgid "%field settings for %bundle"
msgstr "%bundle 的 %field 设置"
msgid "Disabling drag-and-drop functionality"
msgstr "禁用拖放功能"
msgid "Muted"
msgstr "静音"
msgid "Broken/Missing"
msgstr "断开/丢失"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Entity Reference reference access"
msgstr "实体引用参考访问"
msgid "You do not have access to the referenced entity (%type: %id)."
msgstr "您不能访问这个实体引用 (%type: %id)."
msgid "@label ID"
msgstr "@label ID"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Email"
msgstr "电子邮件"
msgid "Comments are responses to content."
msgstr "评论是对内容的回应。"
msgid "Filename: %name"
msgstr "文件名：%name"
msgid "Recipient username"
msgstr "收件人用户名"
msgid ""
"You can align images (data-align=\"center\"), but also "
"videos, blockquotes, and so on."
msgstr ""
"您可以使图像对齐 "
"(data-align=\"center\")，也可以使视频和块引用等对齐。"
msgid ""
"You can caption images (data-caption=\"Text\"), but also "
"videos, blockquotes, and so on."
msgstr ""
"您可以为图像添加文字说明 "
"(data-caption=\"Text\")，也可以为视频和块引用等添加文字说明。"
msgid "Wrapping"
msgstr "包装"
msgid "Select a @context value:"
msgstr "选择一个 @context 值："
msgid "Configuration entity dependencies"
msgstr "配置实体依赖性"
msgid "Content entity dependencies"
msgstr "内容实体依赖性"
msgid "Enforced configuration dependencies"
msgstr "强制的配置依赖"
msgid "String (long) settings"
msgstr "字符串（长）设置"
msgid "URI settings"
msgstr "URI设置"
msgid ""
"If more than one application will be sharing this database, a unique "
"table name prefix – such as %prefix – will prevent collisions."
msgstr ""
"如果有多个应用共享此数据库，添加一个数据库表前缀，如 "
"%prefix，可以防止冲突。"
msgid "The author name of the comment."
msgstr "评论的作者名称。"
msgid "contextual links button"
msgstr "上下文链接按钮"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Regex"
msgstr "正则表达式"
msgid "Database storage size"
msgstr "数据库存储大小"
msgid "Text with text format"
msgstr "带格式的文本"
msgid "Field widgets"
msgstr "字段微件"
msgid "Field widget"
msgstr "字段微件"
msgid "Widget type machine name"
msgstr "微件类型的机器名"
msgid "Textarea display format settings"
msgstr "文本区域显示格式设置"
msgid "Email field display format settings"
msgstr "邮件字段显示格式设置"
msgid "Link to the entity"
msgstr "链接到实体"
msgid "Link to the @entity_label"
msgstr "链接到 @entity_label"
msgid "Linked to the @entity_label"
msgstr "已链接至 @entity_label"
msgid "Simple page"
msgstr "简单页面"
msgid "Page with blocks"
msgstr "带区块的页面"
msgid "Jump to the first comment."
msgstr "跳转到第一条评论。"
msgid "Jump to the first new comment."
msgstr "跳转到第一条新评论。"
msgid "Share your thoughts and opinions."
msgstr "分享您的观点和想法。"
msgid "Content translation content settings"
msgstr "内容翻译内容设置"
msgid "Content translation enabled"
msgstr "已启用内容翻译"
msgid "Default date type"
msgstr "默认的日期类型"
msgid "Default date value"
msgstr "默认的日期值"
msgid "Persist field storage with no fields"
msgstr "不含字段的持久字段存储器"
msgid "Re-use an existing field"
msgstr "重用已有字段"
msgid ""
"Provides a filter plugin that is in use in the following filter "
"formats: %formats"
msgstr "提供在以下过滤器格式中使用的过滤器插件：%formats"
msgid "Providing page-specific help"
msgstr "提供特定于页面的帮助"
msgid "Effect settings"
msgstr "效果设置"
msgid "Number integer display format settings"
msgstr "整数显示格式设置"
msgid "Static menu link overrides"
msgstr "静态菜单链接覆盖"
msgid ""
"Entities exist of type %entity_type and %bundle_label %bundle. These "
"entities need to be deleted before importing."
msgstr ""
"类型为 %entity_type 和 %bundle_label %bundle "
"的实体已存在。这些实体必须在导入前删除。"
msgctxt "Plural"
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "已禁用"
msgid "The language code of the language the comment is written in."
msgstr "用于撰写评论的语言的语言代码。"
msgid "The message language code."
msgstr "消息语言代码。"
msgid "The source language from which this translation was created."
msgstr "用于创建此翻译的源语言。"
msgid "Translation outdated"
msgstr "翻译过时"
msgid "Translation author"
msgstr "翻译作者"
msgid "The author of this translation."
msgstr "此翻译的作者。"
msgid ""
"A boolean indicating whether the translation is visible to "
"non-translators."
msgstr "指示是否向非翻译者显示此翻译的布尔值。"
msgid "Translation created time"
msgstr "翻译的创建时间"
msgid "The Unix timestamp when the translation was created."
msgstr "创建此翻译的 Unix 时间戳记。"
msgid "Translation changed time"
msgstr "翻译的更改时间"
msgid "The Unix timestamp when the translation was most recently saved."
msgstr "翻译保存时的最近的UNIX时间戳。"
msgid "Entities and entity types"
msgstr "实体和实体类型"
msgid "Entity sub-types"
msgstr "实体子类型"
msgid ""
"Some content entity types are further grouped into sub-types (for "
"example, you could have article and page content types within the main "
"site content entity type, and tag and category vocabularies within the "
"taxonomy term entity type); other entity types, such as user accounts, "
"do not have sub-types. Programmers use the term bundle for "
"entity sub-types."
msgstr "某些内容实体类型会再细分为子类型(比如您可以在站点的主要内容实体类型之下再有文章和页面两种内容类型，而在术语表实体类型下还有标签和分类术语表)；像用户帐户这样的实体类型，没有子类型。程序员一般使用包来指代实体子类型。"
msgid "Fields and field types"
msgstr "字段和字段类型"
msgid ""
"Content entity types and sub-types store most of their text, file, and "
"other information in fields. Fields are grouped by field "
"type; field types define what type of data can be stored in that "
"field, such as text, images, or taxonomy term references."
msgstr "内容实体类型和子类型会将其绝大部分文本、文件和其它信息存储在字段中。字段会按照字段类型分组；字段类型定义了该字段中可存储哪种类型的数据，诸如是文本、图像还是术语表引用。"
msgid "Formatters and view modes"
msgstr "格式化器和查看模式"
msgid ""
"Content entity types and sub-types can have one or more view "
"modes, used for displaying the entity items. For instance, a "
"content item could be viewed in full content mode on its own page, "
"teaser mode in a list, or RSS mode in a feed. In each view mode, each "
"field can be hidden or displayed, and if it is displayed, you can "
"choose and configure the formatter that is used to display "
"the field. For instance, a long text field can be displayed trimmed or "
"full-length, and taxonomy term reference fields can be displayed in "
"plain text or linked to the taxonomy term page."
msgstr ""
"内容实体类型和子类型可以有一种或多种视图模式，以用于显示实体项目。例如，内容项可以在起自己的页面中显示为完整内容模式，而在列表中显示摘要模式，在 "
"RSS "
"中显示为标题模式。在每种视图模式中，每个字段都可以单独设置显示或隐藏，如果显示的话，您可以选择并配置用于显示该字段的格式化器。例如，长文本字段可以显示为摘要或全文，术语表引用字段可以显示为纯文本或者链接到术语页面。"
msgid "Widgets and form modes"
msgstr "部件和表单模式"
msgid ""
"Content entity types and sub-types can have one or more form "
"modes, used for editing. For instance, a content item could be "
"edited in a compact format with only some fields editable, or a full "
"format that allows all fields to be edited. In each form mode, each "
"field can be hidden or displayed, and if it is displayed, you can "
"choose and configure the widget that is used to edit the "
"field. For instance, a taxonomy term reference field can be edited "
"using a select list, radio buttons, or an autocomplete widget."
msgstr "内容实体类型和子类型可以有一种或多种表单模式，以用于编辑。例如，内容项的编辑模式可以是只显示几个可编辑字段的紧凑格式，也可以显示全部字段的完整格式。在每种表单模式中，每个字段都可以单独设置显示或隐藏，如果显示的话，您可以选择并配置用于编辑该字段的部件。例如，术语表引用字段可以使用选择列表、单选钮或自动完成部件编辑。"
msgid "Enabling field types, widgets, and formatters"
msgstr "启用字段类型、窗口小部件和格式化程序"
msgid "Creating a field"
msgstr "创建字段"
msgid ""
"On the Manage fields page for your entity type or sub-type, "
"you can add, configure, and delete fields for that entity type or "
"sub-type. Each field has a machine name, which is used "
"internally to identify the field and must be unique across an entity "
"type; once a field is created, you cannot change the machine name. "
"Most fields have two types of settings. The field-level settings "
"depend on the field type, and affect how the data in the field is "
"stored. Once they are set, they can no longer be changed; examples "
"include how many data values are allowed for the field and where files "
"are stored. The sub-type-level settings are specific to each entity "
"sub-type the field is used on, and they can be changed later; examples "
"include the field label, help text, default value, and whether the "
"field is required or not. You can return to these settings by choosing "
"the Edit link for the field from the Manage fields "
"page."
msgstr "在实体类型或子类型的管理字段页面上，您可以为此实体类型或子类型添加、配置和删除字段。每个字段具有一个机器名，此机器名用于内部标识字段并且在整个实体类型中必须唯一；在创建字段后，无法更改机器名。大多数字段都有两种类型的设置。字段级别设置取决于字段类型，并且影响在字段中存储数据的方式。配置这些设置后，就无法再进行更改；示例包括字段允许的数据值数量以及文件存储位置。子类型级别设置取决于使用字段的实体子类型，并且可在以后进行更改；示例包括字段标签、帮助文本、缺省值以及字段是否为必填字段。您可以通过从管理字段页面中选择字段的编辑链接以返回至这些设置。"
msgid "Re-using fields"
msgstr "重用字段"
msgid "Configuring field editing"
msgstr "配置字段编辑"
msgid ""
"On the Manage form display page of your entity type or "
"sub-type, you can configure how the field data is edited by default "
"and in each form mode. If your entity type has multiple form modes (on "
"most sites, most entities do not), you can toggle between the form "
"modes at the top of the page, and you can toggle whether each form "
"mode uses the default settings or custom settings in the Custom "
"display settings section. For each field in each form mode, you "
"can select the widget to use for editing; some widgets have additional "
"configuration options, such as the size for a text field, and these "
"can be edited using the Edit button (which looks like a wheel). You "
"can also change the order of the fields on the form. You can exclude a "
"field from a form by choosing Hidden from the widget "
"drop-down list, or by dragging it into the Disabled section."
msgstr "在实体类型或子类型的管理表单显示页面上，您可以配置缺省情况下和每种表单方式下的字段数据编辑方式。如果实体类型具有多种表单方式（在大多数站点上，大多数实体并非如此），那么可在页面顶部切换表单方式，并且可以在定制显示设置部分中切换每种表单方式是使用缺省设置还是定制设置。对于每种表单方式中的每个字段，您可以选择要用于编辑的窗口小部件；某些窗口小部件具有其他配置选项（例如，文本字段的大小），并且可使用“编辑”按钮（外观像齿轮）来编辑这些选项。您还可以更改表单上各字段的顺序。您可以通过从窗口小部件下拉列表中选择已隐藏，或者将字段拖至已禁用部分中，以从表单中排除某个字段。"
msgid "Configuring field display"
msgstr "配置字段显示"
msgid ""
"On the Manage display page of your entity type or sub-type, "
"you can configure how each field is displayed by default and in each "
"view mode. If your entity type has multiple view modes, you can toggle "
"between the view modes at the top of the page, and you can toggle "
"whether each view mode uses the default settings or custom settings in "
"the Custom display settings section. For each field in each "
"view mode, you can choose whether and how to display the label of the "
"field from the Label drop-down list. You can also select the "
"formatter to use for display; some formatters have configuration "
"options, which you can edit using the Edit button (which looks like a "
"wheel). You can also change the display order of fields. You can "
"exclude a field from a specific view mode by choosing Hidden "
"from the formatter drop-down list, or by dragging it into the "
"Disabled section."
msgstr "在实体类型或子类型的管理显示页面上，您可以配置每个字段在缺省情况下和在每个视图方式下的显示方式。如果实体类型具有多种视图方式，那么可在页面顶部切换视图方式，并且可以在定制显示设置部分中切换每种视图方式是使用缺省设置还是定制设置。对于每种视图方式中的每个字段，您可以从标签下拉列表中选择是否显示字段标签以及对应的显示方式。您还可以选择用于显示的格式化程序；某些格式化程序具有配置选项，您可使用“编辑”按钮（外观像齿轮）来编辑这些选项。您还可以更改字段的显示顺序。您可以通过从格式化程序下拉列表中选择已隐藏，或者将字段拖至已禁用部分中，以从特定视图方式中排除某个字段。"
msgid "Configuring view and form modes"
msgstr "配置视图和表单模式"
msgid "Listing fields"
msgstr "列出字段"
msgid "Images must be exactly @size pixels."
msgstr "图像必须正好为 @size 像素。"
msgid ""
"Images must be larger than @min pixels. Images larger "
"than @max pixels will be resized."
msgstr ""
"图片必须大于 @min 像素。超过 "
"@max 像素的图片会被重新缩放。"
msgid "Images must be larger than @min pixels."
msgstr "图像必须大于 @min 像素。"
msgid "Images larger than @max pixels will be resized."
msgstr "超过 @max 像素的图片会被重新缩放。"
msgid "Define how text is handled by combining filters into text formats."
msgstr "通过将过滤器组合到文本格式中来定义文本处理方式。"
msgid "Active menu trail"
msgstr "当前菜单轨迹"
msgid "Configuration updates"
msgstr "配置更新"
msgid "The listed configuration will be updated."
msgstr "已列出的配置将被更新。"
msgid "An entity field containing a password value."
msgstr "一个包含密码值的实体字段。"
msgid "An autocomplete text field with tagging support."
msgstr "支持标签的自动完成文本字段。"
msgid "Block Content revision is a history of changes to block content."
msgstr "区块内容修订版本记录了区块内容的修改历史。"
msgid "Field, widget, and formatter information"
msgstr "字段、窗口小部件和格式化程序信息"
msgid "Provided by modules"
msgstr "由模块提供"
msgid "Provided by Drupal core"
msgstr "由 Drupal 核心提供"
msgid ""
"As mentioned previously, some field types, widgets, and formatters are "
"provided by Drupal core. Here are some notes on how to use some of "
"these:"
msgstr ""
"如前所述，某些字段类型、窗口小部件和格式化程序由 "
"Drupal 核心提供。下面解释了如何使用其中部分项："
msgid ""
"Number fields: When you add a number field you can "
"choose from three types: decimal, float, and "
"integer. The decimal number field type allows users "
"to enter exact decimal values, with fixed numbers of decimal places. "
"The float number field type allows users to enter approximate "
"decimal values. The integer number field type allows users to "
"enter whole numbers, such as years (for example, 2012) or values (for "
"example, 1, 2, 5, 305). It does not allow decimals."
msgstr ""
"数字字段：在添加数字字段时，您可以选择以下三种类型：小数、浮点数和整数。小数数字字段类型允许用户输入精确的小数值，具有固定位数的小数位。浮点数数字字段类型允许用户输入近似的小数值。整数数字字段类型允许用户输入整数，例如，年份（如 "
"2012）或值（如 1、2、5、305）。不允许输入小数。"
msgid "Defining image styles"
msgstr "定义图像样式"
msgid "Naming image styles"
msgstr "命名图像样式"
msgid ""
"When you define an image style, you will need to choose a displayed "
"name and a machine name. The displayed name is shown in administrative "
"pages, and the machine name is used to generate the URL for accessing "
"an image processed in that style. There are two common approaches to "
"naming image styles: either based on the effects being applied (for "
"example, Square 85x85), or based on where you plan to use it "
"(for example, Profile picture)."
msgstr ""
"定义图像样式时，您将需要选择所显示的名称和机器名。显示的名称出现在管理页面中，机器名用于生成相应的 "
"URL "
"以访问按此样式处理的图像。可使用以下两种常用的图像样式命名方法：基于所应用的效果（例如，正方形 "
"85x85）或者基于计划使用效果的位置（例如，个人档案图片）。"
msgid "Configuring image fields"
msgstr "配置图像字段"
msgid ""
"The maximum file size that can be uploaded is limited by PHP settings "
"of the server, but you can restrict it further by configuring a "
"Maximum upload size in the field settings (this setting can "
"be changed later). The maximum file size, either from PHP server "
"settings or field configuration, is automatically displayed to users "
"in the help text of the image field."
msgstr ""
"可上传的最大文件大小受服务器的 PHP "
"设置的限制，但您可以通过在字段设置中配置最大上传大小来对其进行进一步的限制（此设置稍后可进行更改）。在图像字段的帮助文本中，会向用户自动显示 "
"PHP 服务器设置或字段配置中的最大文件大小。"
msgid ""
"You can also configure a default image that will be used if no image "
"is uploaded in an image field. This default can be defined for all "
"instances of the field in the field storage settings when you create a "
"field, and the setting can be overridden for each entity sub-type that "
"uses the field."
msgstr "您还可以配置在图像字段中不上传任何图像时将使用的缺省图像。创建字段时，可在字段存储设置中为此字段的所有实例定义此缺省图像；对于使用此字段的每种实体子类型，都可覆盖此设置。"
msgid "Configuring displays and form displays"
msgstr "配置显示和表单显示"
msgid ""
"On the Manage display page, you can choose the image "
"formatter, which determines the image style used to display the image "
"in each display mode and whether or not to display the image as a "
"link. On the Manage form display page, you can configure the "
"image upload widget, including setting the preview image style shown "
"on the entity edit form."
msgstr "在管理显示页面上，您可以选择图像格式化程序，以确定用于在每一种显示方式下显示图像的图像样式以及是否将图像显示为链接。在管理表单显示页面上，您可以配置图像上传窗口小部件，包括设置实体编辑表单上显示的预览图像样式。"
msgid "@title [%language translation]"
msgstr "@title [%language 翻译]"
msgid "Entity reference field storage settings"
msgstr "实体引用字段存储设置"
msgid "Entity reference field settings"
msgstr "实体引用字段设置"
msgid "Entity reference selection plugin settings"
msgstr "实体引用选择插件设置"
msgid "Display in native language"
msgstr "用本地语言显示"
msgid "HTTP cookies"
msgstr "HTTP cookies"
msgid "HTTP headers"
msgstr "HTTP headers"
msgid "Is super user"
msgstr "是超级用户"
msgid "Query arguments"
msgstr "查询参数"
msgid "Request format"
msgstr "请求格式"
msgid "A flag indicating whether this is the default translation."
msgstr "一个指示这是否是默认翻译的标志。"
msgid "Field settings (@on_label / @off_label)"
msgstr "字段设置（@on_label / @off_label）"
msgid "@on_label / @off_label"
msgstr "@on_label / @off_label"
msgid "Displayed in native language"
msgstr "以本来语言显示"
msgid "Hide lower priority columns"
msgstr "隐藏较低优先级的列"
msgid "Submitted by @username on @datetime"
msgstr "由 @username 提交于 @datetime"
msgid "Account's permissions"
msgstr "账户权限"
msgid "The hashed password"
msgstr "加密过的密码"
msgid "Existing password"
msgstr "已存在密码"
msgid "Display the author name."
msgstr "显示作者的名字。"
msgid "Are you sure you want to create a new %name @type?"
msgstr "你确定要添加新的 %name @type 吗?"
msgid "Using the personal contact form"
msgstr "使用个人联络表单"
msgid ""
"Site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the "
"personal contact form, without knowing or learning the email address "
"of the recipient. When a site visitor is viewing a user profile, the "
"viewer will see a Contact tab or link, which leads to the "
"personal contact form. The personal contact link is not shown when you "
"are viewing your own profile, and users must have both View user "
"information (to see user profiles) and Use users' personal "
"contact forms permission to see the link. The user whose profile "
"is being viewed must also have their personal contact form enabled "
"(this is a user account setting); viewers with Administer "
"users permission can bypass this setting."
msgstr "站点访问者可使用个人联系表单向站点上的注册用户发送电子邮件，而不必了解或知道收件人的电子邮件地址。在站点访问者查看用户个人档案时，将会看到联系人选项卡或链接（其指向个人联系表单）。在您查看自己的个人档案时不显示个人联系人链接，并且用户必须同时具有查看用户信息（用于查看用户个人档案）和使用用户的个人联系表单许可权才能看到此链接。正在查看其个人档案的用户也必须启用了个人联系表单（这是用户帐户设置）；具有管理用户许可权的查看者可绕过此设置。"
msgid "Configuring contact forms"
msgstr "配置联络表单"
msgid "Linking to contact forms"
msgstr "链接到联络表单"
msgid "Adding content to contact forms"
msgstr "添加内容到联络表单"
msgid "@label (Translation is not supported)."
msgstr "@label（不支持翻译）。"
msgid "Configuring form displays"
msgstr "配置表单显示"
msgid ""
"Reference fields have several widgets available on the Manage form "
"display page:"
msgstr "引用字段可将多个窗口小部件用于管理表单显示页面上："
msgid ""
"The Check boxes/radio buttons widget displays the existing "
"entities for the entity type as check boxes or radio buttons based on "
"the Allowed number of values set for the field."
msgstr "复选框/单选按钮窗口小部件根据针对字段设置的允许的值数量将实体类型的现有实体显示为复选框或单选按钮。"
msgid ""
"The Select list widget displays the existing entities in a "
"drop-down list or scrolling list box based on the Allowed number "
"of values setting for the field."
msgstr "选择列表窗口小部件根据字段的允许的值数量设置在下拉列表或滚动列表框中显示现有实体。"
msgid ""
"The Autocomplete widget displays text fields in which users "
"can type entity labels based on the Allowed number of values. "
"The widget can be configured to display all entities that contain the "
"typed characters or restricted to those starting with those "
"characters."
msgstr "自动补全窗口小部件根据允许的值数量显示用户可在其中输入实体标签的文本字段。该窗口小部件可配置为显示包含所输入字符的所有实体，或者仅限于显示以这些字符开头的实体。"
msgid ""
"The Autocomplete (Tags style) widget displays a multi-text "
"field in which users can type in a comma-separated list of entity "
"labels."
msgstr "自动补全（标记样式）窗口小部件显示一个多文本字段，用户可在其中输入逗号分隔的实体标签列表。"
msgid ""
"Your server is not capable of displaying file upload progress. File "
"upload progress requires an Apache server running PHP with mod_php or "
"Nginx with PHP-FPM."
msgstr ""
"服务器无法显示文件上传进度。文件上传进度需要运行 "
"PHP 与 mod_php 或运行 Nginx 与 PHP-FPM 的 Apache 服务器。"
msgid ""
"Your server is not capable of displaying file upload progress. File "
"upload progress requires PHP be run with mod_php or PHP-FPM and not as "
"FastCGI."
msgstr ""
"服务器无法显示文件上传进度。文件上传进度要求将 "
"PHP 与 mod_php 或 PHP-FPM 一起运行并且它不作为 FastCGI "
"运行。"
msgid "Display download path"
msgstr "显示下载路径"
msgid "Display the filemime as icon"
msgstr "将文件 MIME 显示为图标"
msgid "Detect tar"
msgstr "检测 tar"
msgid "Link this field to the file download URL"
msgstr "将此字段链接至文件下载 URL"
msgid "File link"
msgstr "文件的链接"
msgid "Include tar in extension"
msgstr "在扩展名中包含 tar"
msgid ""
"If the part of the filename just before the extension is '.tar', "
"include this in the extension output."
msgstr "如果扩展名前的文件名部分为“.tar”，请将此项包含在扩展名输出中。"
msgid "Display the file download URI"
msgstr "显示文件下载 URI"
msgid "Display an icon"
msgstr "显示图标"
msgid ""
"The icon is representing the file type, instead of the MIME text (such "
"as \"image/jpeg\")"
msgstr ""
"此图标表示文件类型，而不是 MIME "
"文本（例如“image/jpeg”）"
msgid "Using text fields with text formats"
msgstr "对文本字段使用文本格式"
msgid ""
"Text fields that allow text formats are those with \"formatted\" in "
"the description. These are Text (formatted, long, with "
"summary), Text (formatted), and Text (formatted, "
"long). You cannot change the type of field once a field has been "
"created."
msgstr "允许文本格式的文本字段是在描述中带有“格式化的”字样的字段。它们是格式化的长文本（包含摘要）、格式化的文本和格式化的长文本。在创建字段后，无法更改该字段的类型。"
msgid "@type %title has been reverted to the revision from %revision-date."
msgstr "@type %title 已还原至 %revision-date 修订版。"
msgid "Speeding up your site"
msgstr "为你的网站加速"
msgid "Contains US ASCII characters only"
msgstr "只包含美国 ASCII 的字符"
msgid "Checkout complete! Thank you for your purchase."
msgstr "结算完毕！谢谢惠顾。"
msgid "Resolving missing content"
msgstr "解析丢失的内容"
msgid "The following @entity-type translations will be deleted:"
msgstr "以下 @entity-type 翻译将会被删除："
msgid "Delete @language translation"
msgstr "删除@language的翻译"
msgid "The @entity-type %label @language translation has been deleted."
msgstr "这些 @entity-type %label @language 翻译已经被删除。"
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to delete the @language translation of the "
"@entity-type %label?"
msgstr "你确定要删除 @entity-type %label 的 @language 翻译吗？"
msgid "The core.extension configuration does not exist."
msgstr "配置 core.extension 不存在。"
msgid "Unable to install the %module module since it does not exist."
msgstr "无法安装 %module 模块，因为此模块不存在。"
msgid ""
"Unable to uninstall the %module module since the %dependent_module "
"module is installed."
msgstr ""
"无法卸载 %module 模块，因为 %dependent_module "
"模块已安装。"
msgid "Unable to install the %theme theme since it does not exist."
msgstr "无法安装主题 %theme，因为它不存在。"
msgid ""
"Unable to install the %theme theme since it requires the "
"%required_theme theme."
msgstr ""
"无法安装 %theme 主题，因为它依赖于 %required_theme "
"主题。"
msgid ""
"Unable to uninstall the %theme theme since the %dependent_theme theme "
"is installed."
msgstr ""
"无法卸载主题 %theme，因为主题 %dependent_theme "
"已被安装。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %owner module that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr ""
"配置 %name 依赖于 %owner 模块，而 %owner "
"模块在导入完成后不会被安装。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %owner theme that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr "配置 %name 依赖于 %owner 主题, 但这个主题没有被安装."
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %owner extension that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr ""
"系统配置 %name 依赖于 %owner 扩展, "
"但这个扩展没有被安装."
msgid ""
"Unable to install the %module module since it requires the "
"%required_module module."
msgid_plural ""
"Unable to install the %module module since it requires the "
"%required_module modules."
msgstr[0] ""
"无法安装 %module 模块，因为它需要 %required_module "
"模块。"
msgstr[1] ""
"无法安装 %module 模块，因为它需要 %required_module "
"模块。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %module module that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgid_plural ""
"Configuration %name depends on modules (%module) that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr[0] "配置%name依赖%module模块，而该模块在导入后将不会被安装。"
msgstr[1] "配置%name依赖以下模块：%module，而这些模块在导入后将不会被安装。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %theme theme that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgid_plural ""
"Configuration %name depends on themes (%theme) that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr[0] "配置%name依赖%theme主题，而该主题在导入后将不会被安装。"
msgstr[1] "配置%name依赖以下主题：%theme，而这些主题在导入后将不会被安装。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %config configuration that will not "
"exist after import."
msgid_plural ""
"Configuration %name depends on configuration (%config) that will not "
"exist after import."
msgstr[0] "配置%name依赖%config配置，而该配置在导入后将不存在。"
msgstr[1] "配置%name依赖以下配置：%config，而这些配置在导入后将不存在。"
msgid "Interface text"
msgstr "界面文本"
msgid ""
"Order of language detection methods for interface text. If a "
"translation of interface text is available in the detected language, "
"it will be displayed."
msgstr "界面文本的语言检测方式。如果所检测的语言中有界面文本的翻译，则会显示该翻译。"
msgid "Inaccessible"
msgstr "不可访问的"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "NotNull"
msgstr "非空"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Null"
msgstr "空"
msgid ""
"The configuration cannot be imported because it failed validation for "
"the following reasons:"
msgstr "由于以下原因而导致验证失败，所以无法导入配置："
msgid "Link to translate @entity_type_label"
msgstr "用于翻译 @entity_type_label 的链接"
msgid "Provide a translation link to the @entity_type_label."
msgstr "提供指向 @entity_type_label 的翻译链接。"
msgid "Timestamp display format settings"
msgstr "时间戳显示格式设置"
msgid "Future format"
msgstr "未来格式"
msgid "Past format"
msgstr "过去格式"
msgid "@requirements_message (Currently using @item version @version)"
msgstr "@requirements_message （目前正使用 @item 版本 @version）"
msgid "0 seconds"
msgstr "0 秒"
msgid ""
"The validation failed because the value conflicts with the value in "
"%field_name, which you cannot access."
msgstr ""
"由于值与 %field_name 中的值冲突而验证失败，而 "
"%field_name 中的值您无法访问。"
msgid "The @module module is required"
msgstr "需要 @module 模块"
msgid ""
"Use @interval where you want the formatted interval text to "
"appear."
msgstr "如果您想格式化文本间距，使用 @interval。"
msgid "How many time interval units should be shown in the formatted output."
msgstr "格式化输出应该显示多少时间间隔单位。"
msgid "Future date: %display"
msgstr "未来日期：%display"
msgid "Past date: %display"
msgstr "过去日期：%display"
msgid "- Default site/user time zone -"
msgstr "- 网站/用户默认的时区 -"
msgid "Date format: @date_format"
msgstr "日期格式：@date_format"
msgid "Time zone: @timezone"
msgstr "时区： @timezone"
msgid "Revision translation affected"
msgstr "受影响的翻译修订"
msgid ""
"Indicates if the last edit of a translation belongs to current "
"revision."
msgstr "指示翻译的最后编辑是否属于当前修订。"
msgid "Configuration archive"
msgstr "配置存档"
msgid ""
"Your configuration files were successfully uploaded and are ready for "
"import."
msgstr "配置文件已成功上传并且可供导入。"
msgid ""
"Translate any configuration including those shipped with modules and "
"themes."
msgstr "翻译任何配置，包括随附于模块和主题的配置。"
msgid "Time zone override"
msgstr "时区覆盖"
msgid "Datetime custom display format settings"
msgstr "日期时间定制显示格式设置"
msgid "Datetime time ago display format settings"
msgstr "日期时间以前显示格式设置"
msgid "The time zone selected here will always be used"
msgstr "将始终使用此处所选的时区。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "File URI"
msgstr "文件 URI"
msgid "Plural variants"
msgstr "复数形式"
msgid ""
"Place block in the %region "
"region"
msgstr "放置区块于%region区域"
msgid "No blocks available."
msgstr "没有可用的区块。"
msgid "Exporting the full configuration"
msgstr "导出完整配置"
msgid "Importing a full configuration"
msgstr "导入完整配置"
msgid "Exporting a single configuration item"
msgstr "导出一条配置"
msgid "Importing a single configuration item"
msgstr "导入一条配置"
msgid "Configuration synchronization"
msgstr "配置同步"
msgid "Import and export your configuration."
msgstr "导入和导出配置。"
msgid ""
"You must include at least one keyword to match in the content, and "
"punctuation is ignored."
msgid_plural ""
"You must include at least one keyword to match in the content. "
"Keywords must be at least @count characters, and punctuation is "
"ignored."
msgstr[0] "你必须至少包含一个匹配内容的关键词,标点符号将被忽略。"
msgstr[1] "你必须至少包含一个匹配内容的关键词。关键词至少@count字符，标点符号将被忽略。"
msgid "The callback URL is not local and not trusted: !url"
msgstr "非本地的回调地址不会被信任： !url"
msgid "CustomMessage: !customMessage"
msgstr "定制信息： !customMessage"
msgid "Container cannot be saved to cache."
msgstr "容器无法保存到缓存。"
msgid ""
"The database server version %version is less than the minimum required "
"version %minimum_version."
msgstr ""
"当前数据库服务器版本 %version 低于所需要的最低版本 "
"%minimum_version。"
msgid "A value must be selected for %part."
msgstr "%part必须选择一个值。"
msgid "@title (value @number)"
msgstr "@title (值 @number)"
msgid "Primary admin actions"
msgstr "主要管理动作"
msgid "Shown tabs"
msgstr "可见标签页"
msgid "Select tabs being shown in the block"
msgstr "选择在区块中显示的标签页"
msgid "Show primary tabs"
msgstr "显示主选项卡"
msgid "Show secondary tabs"
msgstr "显示次选项卡"
msgid "The blocked IP address."
msgstr "被屏蔽的 IP 地址"
msgid "Generating accessible content"
msgstr "生成可用内容"
msgid "The time that the comment was created, as a Unix timestamp."
msgstr "评论的创建时间，表示为 Unix 时间戳记。"
msgid ""
"The time that the comment was edited by its author, as a Unix "
"timestamp."
msgstr "评论作者编辑评论的时间，表示为 Unix 时间戳记。"
msgid "The module that implements the field type."
msgstr "用于实施字段类型的模块。"
msgid "The entity bundle."
msgstr "实体捆绑软件。"
msgid "The original machine name of the view mode."
msgstr "视图方式的原始机器名。"
msgid "The view mode ID."
msgstr "视图方式标识。"
msgid "The name of the format."
msgstr "格式的名称。"
msgid "Whether the format is cacheable."
msgstr "格式是否可缓存。"
msgid "The role IDs which can use the format."
msgstr "可使用格式的角色标识。"
msgid "The filters configured for the format."
msgstr "为格式配置的过滤器。"
msgid "The status of the format"
msgstr "格式状态"
msgid "The weight of the format"
msgstr "格式权重"
msgid "Core (Experimental)"
msgstr "核心（实验功能）"
msgid ""
"The installer requires that you create a translations directory as "
"part of the installation process. Create the directory "
"%translations_directory . More details about installing Drupal are "
"available in INSTALL.txt."
msgstr ""
"安装程序需要您在安装过程中创建翻译目录 "
"%translations_directory。关于安装 Drupal "
"的更多细节，请参看 INSTALL.txt。"
msgid ""
"The installer requires read permissions to %translations_directory at "
"all times. The webhosting issues "
"documentation section offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"安装程序需要获得 %translations_directory "
"的读权限。关于此问题和其它问题的帮助，可参看网站伺服问题文档。"
msgid ""
"The installer requires write permissions to %translations_directory "
"during the installation process. The webhosting issues documentation section "
"offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"安装程序需要在安装过程中写入 %translations_directory "
"目录。关于此问题和其它问题的帮助，可参看网站伺服问题文档。"
msgid ""
"The installer requires to contact the translation server to download a "
"translation file. Check your internet connection and verify that your "
"website can reach the translation server at @server_url."
msgstr ""
"安装程序需要连接翻译服务器下载翻译文件。请检查您的 "
"Internet 连接，并检查网站是否可以连接到翻译服务器 "
"@server_url。"
msgid ""
"The %language translation file is not available at the translation "
"server. Choose a different language or select "
"English and translate your website later."
msgstr ""
"在翻译服务器上没有找到这个 %language 翻译文件。选择另一个语言 "
"或者选择英语并稍后再翻译你的站点。"
msgid ""
"The %language translation file could not be downloaded. Choose a different language or select English and "
"translate your website later."
msgstr ""
"这个 %language 翻译文件不能被下载。选择另一个语言 "
"或者选择英语并稍后再翻译你的站点。"
msgid ""
"The @drupal installer requires that you create a %file as part of the "
"installation process. Copy the %default_file file to %file. More "
"details about installing Drupal are available in INSTALL.txt."
msgstr ""
"@drupal 安装程序需要您创建 %file "
"文件，这是安装过程的一部分。您可以将 %default_file "
"文件复制为 %file。关于安装 Drupal "
"的更多细节可以参看 INSTALL.txt。"
msgid ""
"@drupal requires read permissions to %file at all times. The webhosting issues documentation section "
"offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"@drupal 随时需要对 %file 的读权限。Web "
"伺服问题文档中提供了关于此问题和其它主题的帮助。"
msgid ""
"The @drupal installer requires write permissions to %file during the "
"installation process. The webhosting "
"issues documentation section offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"在 @drupal 安装过程中需要 %file 的写入权限。Web "
"伺服问题文档中提供了关于此问题和其它主题的帮助。"
msgid ""
"The @drupal installer failed to create a %file file with proper file "
"ownership. Log on to your web server, remove the existing %file file, "
"and create a new one by copying the %default_file file to %file. More "
"details about installing Drupal are available in INSTALL.txt. The webhosting issues documentation section "
"offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"@drupal 安装时 %file 文件有误.请登录到您的web服务器, "
"删除相应目录下 %file 文件, 拷贝 %default_file "
"到相应文件目录更改为 "
"%file.关于Drupal的更多安装细节详见INSTALL.txt.Web "
"伺服问题文档中提供了关于此问题和其它问题的帮助."
msgid ""
"Check the messages and retry, or you may choose "
"to continue anyway."
msgstr ""
"检查通知或重试,您也可以选择仍然继续."
msgid "Check the messages and try again."
msgstr "检查信息然后再试一次。"
msgid ""
"The following modules are required but were not found. Move them into "
"the appropriate modules subdirectory, such as /modules. "
"Missing modules: @modules"
msgstr "下列模块是必须的但未有找到，请将他们移动到合适的模块目录，如/modules。缺失模块：@modules"
msgid "Updating @module"
msgstr "正在更新 @module"
msgid ""
"Entity type mismatch on rename. @old_type not equal to @new_type for "
"existing configuration @old_name and staged configuration @new_name."
msgstr ""
"重命名时实体类型不匹配。就已有配置 @old_name "
"和当前配置 @new_name 而言，@old_type 和 @new_type "
"不相等。"
msgid ""
"Rename operation for simple configuration. Existing configuration "
"@old_name and staged configuration @new_name."
msgstr ""
"简单配置的重命名操作。已有配置 @old_name "
"和当前配置 @new_name。"
msgid "@uri"
msgstr "@uri"
msgid "Operating in maintenance mode. Go online."
msgstr "正在维护模式下操作。立即上线。"
msgid "Textfield size: @size"
msgstr "文本框大小：@size"
msgid "Number of rows: @rows"
msgstr "行数：@rows"
msgid "URI field size: @size"
msgstr "URI 字段大小：@size"
msgid ""
"WARNING: You are not using an encrypted connection, so your password "
"will be sent in plain text. Learn more."
msgstr ""
"警告：您正在使用非加密连接，所以您的密码将已明文形式发送。了解更多。"
msgid ""
"@name cannot be longer than %max characters but is currently %length "
"characters long."
msgstr "@name不能长于%max个字符，但它目前已有%length个字符长。"
msgid ""
"\n"
"- To start over, you must empty your existing database and copy "
"default.settings.php over settings.php.
\n"
"- To upgrade an existing installation, proceed to the update script.
\n"
"- View your existing site.
\n"
"
"
msgstr ""
"\r\n"
"- 要重新开始，您必须清空现有的数据库并复制 "
"default.settings.php 来覆盖 "
"settings.php。
\r\n"
"- 要升级现有的安装版本，请前往升级脚本。
\r\n"
"- 查看您现有的站点。
\r\n"
"
"
msgid ""
"All necessary changes to %dir and %file have been made, so you should "
"remove write permissions to them now in order to avoid security risks. "
"If you are unsure how to do so, consult the online handbook."
msgstr ""
"所有对%dir和%file的必要更改均已完成，所以你现在应该移除它们的写权限以避免安全风险。如果你不确定如何操作，参考在线手册。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Unique field constraint"
msgstr "唯一字段约束"
msgid "A @entity_type with @field_name %value already exists."
msgstr ""
"带有字段 @field_name 值为 %value 的 @entity_type "
"已经存在。"
msgid ""
"The message that should be sent. You may include placeholders like "
"[node:title], [user:account-name], [user:display-name] and "
"[comment:body] to represent data that will be different each time "
"message is sent. Not all placeholders will be available in all "
"contexts."
msgstr ""
"准备发送的内容，可以使用 [node:title], "
"[user:account-name], [user:display-name] [comment:body] "
"这样的占位符，这样每次发送邮件都会以不同的内容进行替换。注意，部分占位符是有上下文要求的。"
msgid ""
"The message to be displayed to the current user. You may include "
"placeholders like [node:title], [user:account-name], "
"[user:display-name] and [comment:body] to represent data that will be "
"different each time message is sent. Not all placeholders will be "
"available in all contexts."
msgstr ""
"将显示给用户的信息。您可以用 "
"[node:title]、[user:account-name][user:display-name] 和 "
"[comment:body] "
"这些占位符来表示每次需要改变的数据。有些占位符有时不可用。"
msgid ""
"The Ban module allows administrators to ban visits to their site from "
"individual IP addresses. For more information, see the online documentation for the Ban module."
msgstr ""
"“禁止”模块允许管理员禁止个别 IP "
"地址访问其站点。有关更多信息，请参阅“禁止”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"Administrators can enter IP addresses to ban on the IP address bans page."
msgstr ""
"管理员可以在 IP禁用 "
"页，输入IP地址禁用该IP."
msgid ""
"The HTTP Basic Authentication module supplies an HTTP "
"Basic authentication provider for web service requests. This "
"authentication provider authenticates requests using the HTTP Basic "
"Authentication username and password, as an alternative to using "
"Drupal's standard cookie-based authentication system. It is only "
"useful if your site provides web services configured to use this type "
"of authentication (for instance, the RESTful "
"Web Services module). For more information, see the online documentation for the HTTP Basic "
"Authentication module."
msgstr ""
"“HTTP 基本认证”模块为 Web Service 请求提供一种 HTTP "
"基本认证服务提供者。此认证服务提供者使用 HTTP "
"基本认证用户名和密码对请求进行认证，以代替使用 "
"Drupal 的基于 cookie "
"的标准认证系统。仅当站点提供配置为使用这种认证类型的 "
"Web Service（例如，RESTful Web Service "
"模块）时，此方法才有用。有关更多信息，请参阅“HTTP 基本认证”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"The Block module allows you to place blocks in regions of your "
"installed themes, and configure block settings. For more information, "
"see the online documentation for the "
"Block module."
msgstr ""
"区块（Block）模块允许你在已安装主题的区域里放置区块，并配置区块的设置。要了解更多信息，参见区块模块在线文档。"
msgid ""
"You can see where the regions are for the current theme by clicking "
"the Demonstrate block regions link on the Block layout page. Regions are specific to each "
"theme."
msgstr ""
"您可以通过单击块布局页面上的演示块区域链接以查看区域中适合当前主题的位置。区域特定于每个主题。"
msgid ""
"To change the settings of an individual block click on the "
"Configure link on the Block layout "
"page. The available options vary depending on the module that "
"provides the block. For all blocks you can change the block title and "
"toggle whether to display it."
msgstr ""
"如果您需要改变某一个区块的设置，请点击Block layout page页面上的Configure "
"链接。设置选项取决于提供该区块的模块。所有的区块，您都可以修改区块主题，并且将其移动到您想展示的地方。"
msgid ""
"The Breakpoint module keeps track of the height, width, and resolution "
"breakpoints where a responsive design needs to change in order to "
"respond to different devices being used to view the site. This module "
"does not have a user interface. For more information, see the online documentation for the Breakpoint module."
msgstr ""
"“断点”模块保持跟踪高度、宽度和分辨率断点，在这些断点处需要更改响应式设计以响应用于查看站点的各种设备。此模块没有用户界面。有关更多信息，请参阅“断点”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"Media queries are a formal way to encode "
"breakpoints. For instance, a width breakpoint at 40em would be written "
"as the media query \"(min-width: 40em)\". Breakpoints are really just "
"media queries with some additional meta-data, such as a name and "
"multiplier information."
msgstr ""
"媒体查询是编码断点的正式方式。例如，在40em处的宽度断点将被写为媒体查询“（min-width：40em）”。断点实际上只是带有一些额外元数据的媒体查询，例如名称和乘数信息。"
msgid ""
"The Comment module allows users to comment on site content, set "
"commenting defaults and permissions, and moderate comments. For more "
"information, see the online documentation for the "
"Comment module."
msgstr ""
"“评论”模块允许用户对站点内容发表评论、设置评论缺省值和许可权，以及审核评论。有关更多信息，请参阅“评论”模块的联机文档。"
msgid "Enabling commenting"
msgstr "启用评论"
msgid "Configuring commenting settings"
msgstr "配置评论选项"
msgid ""
"Users with the appropriate permissions can override the default "
"commenting settings of an entity type when they create an item of that "
"type."
msgstr "具有相应许可权的用户可在创建某种实体类型的项时覆盖此类型的缺省评论设置。"
msgid ""
"Comments from users who have the Skip comment approval "
"permission are published immediately. All other comments are placed in "
"the Unapproved comments queue, until "
"a user who has permission to Administer comments and comment "
"settings publishes or deletes them. Published comments can be "
"bulk managed on the Published comments "
"administration page. When a comment has no replies, it remains "
"editable by its author, as long as the author has Edit own "
"comments permission."
msgstr ""
"将立即发布具有跳过评论核准许可权的用户所发表的评论。所有其他评论将放入未核准的评论队列中，直至具有管理评论和评论设置许可权的用户发布或删除这些评论为止。可在已发布的评论管理页面上批量管理已发布的评论。如果某个评论没有回复，那么其作者仍可编辑此评论，前提是作者具有编辑自己的评论许可权。"
msgid "In reply to @parent_title by @parent_username"
msgstr "@parent_username 回复 @parent_title"
msgid "Name for @anonymous"
msgstr "@anonymous 的名字"
msgid ""
"Log in or register to "
"post comments"
msgstr ""
"登录或注册以发表评论"
msgid "Log in to post comments"
msgstr "登录 发表评论"
msgid ""
"Select the Comment type to use for this comment field. Manage the "
"comment types from the administration overview "
"page."
msgstr ""
"选择要用于此评论字段的评论类型。从管理概述页面中管理评论类型。"
msgid ""
"The Configuration Manager module provides a user interface for "
"importing and exporting configuration changes between installations of "
"your website in different environments. Configuration is stored in "
"YAML format. For more information, see the online "
"documentation for the Configuration Manager module."
msgstr ""
"“配置管理器”模块提供一个用户界面，以用于导入和导出不同环境中的 "
"Web 站点安装之间的配置更改。以 YAML "
"格式存储配置。有关更多信息，请参阅“配置管理器”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"You can create and download an archive consisting of all your site's "
"configuration exported as *.yml files on the Export page."
msgstr ""
"您可以在导出页面上创建和下载归档，而归档是由导出为 "
"*.yml 文件的所有站点配置组成。"
msgid ""
"You can upload a full site configuration from an archive file on the "
"Import page. When importing data from a different "
"environment, the site and import files must have matching "
"configuration values for UUID in the system.site "
"configuration item. That means that your other environments should "
"initially be set up as clones of the target site. Migrations are not "
"supported."
msgstr ""
"您可以在导入页面上通过归档文件上传完整站点配置。从其他环境中导入数据时，站点和导入文件的 "
"system.site 配置项必须具有匹配的 UUID "
"配置值。这意味着，您的其他环境初始应设置为目标站点的克隆。不支持迁移。"
msgid ""
"You can review differences between the active configuration and an "
"imported configuration archive on the Synchronize page to ensure that the changes "
"are as expected, before finalizing the import. The Synchronize page "
"also shows configuration items that would be added or removed."
msgstr ""
"在最终完成导入前，您可以在同步页面上查看活动配置和导入的配置归档之间的差别以确保更改符合预期。“同步”页面还显示将添加或移除的配置项。"
msgid ""
"You can export a single configuration item by selecting a "
"Configuration type and Configuration name on the Single export page. The configuration and "
"its corresponding *.yml file name are then displayed on the "
"page for you to copy."
msgstr ""
"您可以通过在单个导出页面上选择配置类型和配置名称来导出单个配置项。随后，该页面上会显示可供您复制的配置及相应的 "
"*.yml 文件名。"
msgid ""
"You can import a single configuration item by pasting it in YAML "
"format into the form on the Single "
"import page."
msgstr ""
"您可以在单个导入页面上通过将 YAML "
"格式的单个配置项粘贴到表单中来导入该配置项。"
msgid ""
"Export and download the full configuration of this site as a gzipped "
"tar file."
msgstr ""
"将此网站的完整配置导出并下载为 gzip 压缩的 tar "
"文件。"
msgid "Choose a configuration item to display its YAML structure."
msgstr "选择一个配置项，以便显示其 YAML 结构。"
msgid ""
"Import a single configuration item by pasting its YAML structure into "
"the text field."
msgstr ""
"要想导入单一的配置项，可以将其 YAML "
"结构粘贴到文本框中。"
msgid "Full archive"
msgstr "完整存档"
msgid "Single item"
msgstr "单一项目"
msgid "Staged"
msgstr "已登台"
msgid ""
"The following items in your active configuration have changes since "
"the last import that may be lost on the next import."
msgstr "自上次导入后活动配置中的以下项已发生更改，而在下一次导入时可能丢失这些更改。"
msgid "@collection configuration collection"
msgstr "@collection 配置收集"
msgid "@source_name to @target_name"
msgstr "@source_name 到 @target_name"
msgid ""
"The Configuration Translation module allows you to translate "
"configuration text; for example, the site name, vocabularies, menus, "
"or date formats. Together with the modules Language, Content Translation, and Interface Translation, it allows you to build "
"multilingual websites. For more information, see the online documentation for the Configuration "
"Translation module."
msgstr ""
"“配置翻译”模块允许您翻译配置文本；例如，站点名称、词汇表、菜单或日期格式。通过结合使用语言、内容翻译和界面翻译模块，可构建多语种 Web "
"站点。有关更多信息，请参阅“配置翻译”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"In order to translate configuration, the website must have at least "
"two languages."
msgstr ""
"要翻译配置，Web 站点必须至少有两种语言。"
msgid ""
"Users with the Translate user edited configuration permission "
"can access the configuration translation overview, and manage "
"translations for specific languages. The Configuration translation page shows a "
"list of all configuration text that can be translated, either as "
"individual items or as lists. After you click on Translate, "
"you are provided with a list of all languages. You can add or "
"edit a translation for a specific language. Users with "
"specific configuration permissions can also edit the text for "
"the site's default language. For some configuration text items (for "
"example for the site information), the specific translation pages can "
"also be accessed directly from their configuration pages."
msgstr ""
"具有翻译用户编辑的配置许可权的用户可以访问配置翻译概述，并管理特定语言的翻译。配置翻译页面将显示可翻译的所有配置文本的列表（作为独立项或作为列表）。单击翻译后，系统会向您提供所有语言的列表。您可以为特定语言添加或编辑翻译。具有特定配置许可权的用户还可以编辑站点缺省语言的文本。对于一些配置文本项（例如，站点信息的配置文本项），还可以直接从其配置页面访问特定的翻译页面。"
msgid ""
"You can choose to translate date formats on the Configuration translation page. This "
"allows you not only to translate the label text, but also to set a "
"language-specific PHP date format."
msgstr ""
"您可以在配置翻译页面上选择翻译日期格式。这样，您不仅可以翻译标签文本，还可以设置特定于语言的 "
"PHP 日期格式。"
msgid "@label (@source_language)"
msgstr "@label (@source_language)"
msgid ""
"The Contact module allows visitors to contact registered users on your "
"site, using the personal contact form, and also allows you to set up "
"site-wide contact forms. For more information, see the online documentation for the Contact module."
msgstr ""
"“联系人”模块允许访问者使用个人联系表单联系站点上的注册用户，还允许您设置站点级别的联系表单。有关更多信息，请参阅“联系人”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"On the Contact forms page, you can "
"configure the fields and display of the personal contact form, and you "
"can set up one or more site-wide contact forms. Each site-wide contact "
"form has a machine name, a label, and one or more defined recipients; "
"when a site visitor submits the form, the field values are sent to "
"those recipients."
msgstr ""
"在联系表单页面上，您可以配置个人联系表单的字段和显示，并且可设置一个或多个站点级别联系表单。每个站点级别联系表单都具有一个机器名、一个标签以及一个或多个已定义的收件人；在站点访问者提交表单时，会将字段值发送给这些收件人。"
msgid ""
"One site-wide contact form can be designated as the default contact "
"form. If you choose to designate a default form, the Contact "
"menu link in the Footer menu will link to it. You can modify "
"this link from the Menus page if you "
"have the Menu UI module installed. You can also create links to other "
"contact forms; the URL for each form you have set up has format "
"contact/machine_name_of_form."
msgstr ""
"可将一个站点级别联系表单指定为缺省联系表单。如果选择指定缺省表单，那么页脚菜单中的联系人菜单链接将链接至该表单。如果安装了“菜单 "
"UI”模块，那么可从菜单页面中修改此链接。您还可以创建到其他联系表单的链接；所设置的每个表单 "
"URL 的格式为 contact/machine_name_of_form。"
msgid ""
"From the Contact forms page, you can "
"configure the fields to be shown on contact forms, including their "
"labels and help text. If you would like other content (such as text or "
"images) to appear on a contact form, use a block. You can create and "
"edit blocks on the Block layout page, if the "
"Block module is installed."
msgstr ""
"从联系表单页面中，您可以配置要在联系表单上显示的字段，包括其标签和帮助文本。如果想要在联系表单上显示其他内容（例如，文本或图像），请使用块。如果安装了“块”模块，那么可以在块布局页面中创建和编辑块。"
msgid "[@form] @subject"
msgstr "[@form] @subject"
msgid ""
"@sender-name (@sender-url) sent a message using the contact form at "
"@form-url."
msgstr ""
"@sender-name (@sender-url) 已使用 @form-url "
"中的联系表单发送消息。"
msgid "[@site-name] @subject"
msgstr "[@site-name] @subject"
msgid "Hello @recipient-name,"
msgstr "@recipient-name，您好，"
msgid ""
"@sender-name (@sender-url) has sent you a message via your contact "
"form at @site-name."
msgstr ""
"@sender-name (@sender-url) 已通过 @site-name "
"中的联系表单向您发送了消息。"
msgid "@name (not verified)"
msgstr "@name （未验证）"
msgid ""
"The contact form has not been configured. Add one or "
"more forms ."
msgstr ""
"尚未配置联系表单。添加一个或多个表单。"
msgid ""
"In order to translate content, the website must have at least two languages. When that is the case, you can enable "
"translation for the desired content entities on the Content language page. When enabling "
"translation you can choose the default language for content and decide "
"whether to show the language selection field on the content editing "
"forms."
msgstr ""
"要翻译内容，Web 站点必须至少有两种语言。如果满足该条件，您可以在内容语言页面上为期望的内容实体启用翻译。启用翻译时，您可以为内容选择缺省语言，并决定是否在内容编辑表单上显示语言选择字段。"
msgid ""
"Before you can translate content, there must be at least two languages "
"added on the languages administration page."
msgstr ""
"在翻译内容之前，在语言管理页面上必须已至少添加两种语言。"
msgid ""
"To configure translation for this field, enable language support for this "
"type."
msgstr ""
"要为此字段配置翻译，请为此类型启用语言支持。"
msgid ""
"Enable translation for content "
"types, taxonomy vocabularies, accounts, or any "
"other element you wish to translate."
msgstr ""
"为内容类型、分类法词汇表、帐户或者要翻译的任何其他元素启用翻译。"
msgid ""
"The Contextual links module gives users with the Use contextual "
"links permission quick access to tasks associated with certain "
"areas of pages on your site. For example, a menu displayed as a block "
"has links to edit the menu and configure the block. For more "
"information, see the online documentation for "
"the Contextual Links module."
msgstr ""
"“上下文链接”模块允许具有使用上下文链接许可权的用户快速访问与站点上的特定页面区域相关的任务。例如，显示为块的菜单中包含一些链接以用于编辑菜单和配置块。有关更多信息，请参阅“上下文链接”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"Hovering over the area of interest will temporarily make the "
"contextual links button visible (which looks like a pencil in most "
"themes, and is normally displayed in the upper right corner of the "
"area). The icon typically looks like this: @picture"
msgstr "将鼠标指针悬停在感兴趣的区域上可暂时显示上下文链接按钮（在大多数主题中，该按钮看起来像是一支画笔，通常显示在区域右上角）。该图标通常类似于：@picture"
msgid ""
"The Datetime module provides a Date field that stores dates and times. "
"It also provides the Form API elements datetime and "
"datelist for use in programming modules. See the Field module help and the Field UI module help pages for general "
"information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more "
"information, see the online documentation for "
"the Datetime module."
msgstr ""
"“日期时间”模块提供一个“日期”字段来用于存储日期和时间。它还提供表单 "
"API 元素 datetime 和 datelist "
"以供在编程模块中使用。请参阅“字段”模块帮助和字段 UI "
"模块帮助页面，以获取有关字段以及如何创建和管理字段的常规信息。有关更多信息，请参阅“日期时间”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"The settings and the display of the Date field can "
"be configured separately. See the Field UI "
"help for more information on how to manage fields and their "
"display."
msgstr ""
"“日期”字段的设置和显示可分别进行配置。请参阅字段 UI "
"帮助，以获取有关如何管理字段及其显示的更多信息。"
msgid ""
"Dates can be displayed using the Plain or the "
"Default formatter. The Plain formatter displays the "
"date in the ISO "
"8601 format. If you choose the Default formatter, you can "
"choose a format from a predefined list that can be managed on the Date and time formats page."
msgstr ""
"可使用普通或缺省格式化程序来显示日期。普通格式化程序采用 "
"ISO 8601 "
"格式显示日期。如果选择缺省格式化程序，那么可以从日期和时间格式页面上管理的预定义列表中选择格式。"
msgid "Date part order: @order"
msgstr "日期部分顺序：@order"
msgid "Time type: @time_type"
msgstr "时间类型：@time_type"
msgid "Time increments: @increment"
msgstr "时间的增量： @increment"
msgid ""
"The Database Logging module logs system events in the Drupal database. "
"For more information, see the online documentation "
"for the Database Logging module."
msgstr ""
"Database Logging（数据库日志）模块在 Drupal "
"的数据库中记录系统事件。更多信息，可参看Database Logging 模块的在线文档。"
msgid ""
"The Database Logging module allows you to view an event log on the Recent log messages page. The log is a "
"chronological list of recorded events containing usage data, "
"performance data, errors, warnings and operational information. "
"Administrators should check the log on a regular basis to ensure their "
"site is working properly."
msgstr ""
"“数据库日志记录”模块允许您在最新日志消息页面中查看事件日志。日志是已记录事件的时间顺序列表，其中包含使用情况数据、性能数据、错误、警告和操作信息。管理员应定期查看日志以确保其站点正常运行。"
msgid ""
"In case of errors or problems with the site, the Recent log messages page can be useful for "
"debugging, since it shows the sequence of events. The log messages "
"include usage information, warnings, and errors."
msgstr ""
"如果站点出现错误或问题，那么最新日志消息页面对于调试很有帮助，因为其中显示了事件序列。日志消息包含使用情况信息、警告和错误。"
msgid ""
"The maximum number of messages to keep in the database log. Requires a "
"cron maintenance task."
msgstr ""
"数据库日志中所保留消息的最大数目。需要运行一次Cron维护任务。"
msgid ""
"Pages which are suitable for caching are cached the first time they "
"are requested, then the cached version is served for all later "
"requests. Dynamic content is handled automatically so that both cache "
"correctness and hit ratio is maintained."
msgstr "在第一次请求时，将缓存适合缓存的页面，此缓存版本随后会用于所有后续请求。这将自动处理动态内容，从而保持缓存正确性和命中率。"
msgid "Internal Dynamic Page Cache"
msgstr "内部动态页面缓存"
msgid ""
"On the Text formats and editors page you can "
"see which text editor is associated with each text format. You can "
"change this by clicking on the Configure link, and then "
"choosing a text editor or none from the Text editor "
"drop-down list. The text editor will then be displayed with any text "
"field for which this text format is chosen."
msgstr ""
"在文本格式和编辑器页面上，您可以查看与每种文本格式相关联的文本编辑器。您可以通过单击配置链接，然后从文本编辑器下拉列表中选择一个文本编辑器或无，以便执行更改。这样，显示的文本编辑器中会包含已选择此文本格式的任何文本字段。"
msgid ""
"The settings and the display of the entity reference "
"field can be configured separately. See the Field UI help for more information on how to "
"manage fields and their display."
msgstr ""
"可单独配置实体引用字段的设置和显示。请参阅字段 UI "
"帮助，以获取有关如何管理字段及其显示的更多信息。"
msgid ""
"The Field module allows custom data fields to be defined for "
"entity types (see below). The Field module takes care of "
"storing, loading, editing, and rendering field data. Most users will "
"not interact with the Field module directly, but will instead use the "
"Field UI module user interface. Module "
"developers can use the Field API to make new entity types "
"\"fieldable\" and thus allow fields to be attached to them. For more "
"information, see the online documentation for the "
"Field module."
msgstr ""
"Field "
"模块允许为实体类型(见下文)定义自定义数据字段。Field "
"模块负责对字段数据进行存储、装入、编辑和渲染。大多数用户可能并不需要与 "
"Field 模块直接交互，而是使用 Field UI "
"模块。大多数开发者可以使用 Field API "
"使得新的内容类型“字段化”，从而允许将字段附加到到内容类型中。要获得更多信息，请参看 "
"Field 模块的在线文档。"
msgid ""
"You can add, edit, and delete view modes for entities on the View modes page, and you can add, edit, and "
"delete form modes for entities on the Form "
"modes page. Once you have defined a view mode or form mode for an "
"entity type, it will be available on the Manage display or Manage form "
"display page for each sub-type of that entity."
msgstr ""
"您可以在视图方式页面上添加、编辑和删除视图方式，并且可在表单方式页面上添加、编辑和删除实体的表单方式。为实体类型定义视图方式或表单方式后，将在此实体的每种子类型的“管理显示”或“管理表单显示”页面上显示此方式。"
msgid ""
"There are no fields yet added. You can add new fields on the Manage fields page."
msgstr ""
"尚未添加任何字段。您可以在管理字段页面上添加新字段。"
msgid ""
"The %display_mode mode now uses custom display settings. You might "
"want to configure them."
msgstr ""
"%display_mode 方式现在使用定制显示设置。您可能想要配置这些设置。"
msgid "@size limit."
msgstr "大小限制 @size。"
msgid "file from @field_name"
msgstr "来自 @field_name 的文件"
msgid ""
"The File module allows you to create fields that contain files. See "
"the Field module help and the Field UI help pages for general information on "
"fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see "
"the online documentation for the File "
"module."
msgstr ""
"“文件”模块允许您创建包含文件的字段。请参阅“字段”模块帮助和字段 UI "
"帮助页面，以获取有关字段以及如何创建和管理字段的常规信息。有关更多信息，请参阅“文件”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"The settings and the display of the file field can "
"be configured separately. See the Field UI "
"help for more information on how to manage fields and their "
"display."
msgstr ""
"文件字段的设置和显示可分别进行配置。请参阅字段 UI "
"帮助，以获取有关如何管理字段及其显示的更多信息。"
msgid ""
"Uploaded files can either be stored as public or "
"private, depending on the File "
"system settings. For more information, see the System module help page."
msgstr ""
"根据文件系统设置，上传的文件可存储为公共或私有文件。有关更多信息，请参阅系统模块帮助页面。"
msgid "The file used in the @name field may not be referenced."
msgstr "无法引用 @name 字段中使用的文件。"
msgid "The file referenced by the @name field does not exist."
msgstr "@name 字段引用的文件不存在。"
msgid "Use the @label text format"
msgstr "使用 @label 文本格式"
msgid ""
"If you do encounter problems, try using HTML character entities. A "
"common example looks like & for an ampersand & character. "
"For a full list of entities see HTML's entities page. Some of the available "
"characters include:"
msgstr ""
"如果遇到问题，请尝试使用 HTML "
"字符实体。常见示例类似于 &（表示 & "
"字符）。有关实体的完整列表，请参阅 HTML 的实体页面。下面是一些可用字符："
msgid "Limit allowed HTML tags and correct faulty HTML"
msgstr "限制允许的 HTML 标记并纠正有误的 HTML"
msgid ""
"Configure your website Once logged in, visit the Administration page, where you may customize and configure all aspects of your "
"website."
msgstr ""
"配置您的网站 登录之后，访问管理页面，在那里您可以自定义和配置您站点的各个部分。"
msgid ""
"Customize your website design To change the \"look "
"and feel\" of your website, visit the Appearance "
"page. You may choose from one of the included themes or download "
"additional themes from the Drupal.org "
"themes page."
msgstr ""
"自定义您站点的设计 "
"要改变您站点的外观，请访问 外观 "
"(Appearance) "
"页面。您可以选择一个自带的主题或者从 Drupal.org "
"主题页面下载更多主题。"
msgid ""
"Start posting content Finally, you may add new content to your website."
msgstr ""
"开始发布内容 "
"最后，您可以向您的网站添加新内容。"
msgid ""
"The Help module displays explanations for using each module listed on "
"the main Help reference page."
msgstr ""
"“帮助”模块将显示一些解释，以帮助您使用主帮助参考页面上列出的每个模块。"
msgid ""
"Page-specific help text provided by modules is displayed in the Help "
"block. This block can be placed and configured on the Block layout page."
msgstr ""
"帮助块中显示模块所提供的特定于页面的帮助文本。可在块布局页面上放置和配置此块。"
msgid ""
"The History module keeps track of which content a user has read. It "
"marks content as new or updated depending on the "
"last time the user viewed it. History records that are older than one "
"month are removed during cron, which means that content older than one "
"month is always considered read. The History module does not "
"have a user interface but it provides a filter to Views to show new or updated content. For "
"more information, see the online documentation for "
"the History module."
msgstr ""
"“历史记录”模块跟踪用户已读的内容。其根据用户查看内容的最新时间，将内容标记为新或已更新。在 "
"Cron 运行期间将移除超过 1 "
"个月的历史记录，这意味着超过 1 "
"个月的内容将始终被视为已读。“历史记录”模块无用户界面，但提供一个视图过滤器以显示新的或已更新的内容。有关更多信息，请参阅“历史记录”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"The Image module allows you to create fields that contain image files "
"and to configure Image styles that can "
"be used to manipulate the display of images. See the Field module help and the Field UI help pages for terminology and general "
"information on entities, fields, and how to create and manage fields. "
"For more information, see the online "
"documentation for the Image module."
msgstr ""
"“图像”模块允许您创建包含图像文件的字段，并配置可用于处理图像显示的图像样式。请参阅“字段”模块帮助和字段 UI "
"帮助页面，以获取有关实体和字段的术语和常规信息以及了解如何创建和管理字段。有关更多信息，请参阅“图像”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"The concept of image styles is that you can upload a single image but "
"display it in several ways; each display variation, or image "
"style, is the result of applying one or more effects to "
"the original image. As an example, you might upload a high-resolution "
"image with a 4:3 aspect ratio, and display it scaled down, square "
"cropped, or black-and-white (or any combination of these effects). The "
"Image module provides a way to do this efficiently: you configure an "
"image style with the desired effects on the Image "
"styles page, and the first time a particular image is requested in "
"that style, the effects are applied. The resulting image is saved, and "
"the next time that same style is requested, the saved image is "
"retrieved without the need to recalculate the effects. Drupal core "
"provides several effects that you can use to define styles; others may "
"be provided by contributed modules."
msgstr ""
"“图像样式”概念是指您可以上传单个图像但使用多种方式显示此图像；每个显示变体（或图像样式）是对原始图像应用一种或多种效果所产生的结果。例如，您可以上传宽高比为 "
"4:3 "
"的高分辨率图像，并采用按比例缩小、按正方形裁剪或黑白样式（或者这些效果的任意组合）来显示此图像。“图像”模块提供了一种有效完成此操作的方式：在“图像样式”页面上使用期望的效果来配置图像样式，在首次请求该样式的特定图像时应用这些效果。将保持生成的图像，下次请求同一种样式时，将检索这个已保存的图像，而无需重新设计效果。Drupal "
"核心提供了多种可用于定义样式的效果；已添加的模块可能会提供其他效果。"
msgid ""
"When you create an image field, you will need to choose whether the "
"uploaded images will be stored in the public or private file directory "
"defined in your settings.php file and shown on the File system page. This choice cannot be "
"changed later. You can also configure your field to store files in a "
"subdirectory of the public or private directory; this setting can be "
"changed later and can be different for each entity sub-type using the "
"field. For more information on file storage, see the System module help page."
msgstr ""
"创建图像字段时，您需要选择将已上传的图像存储在公共还是私有文件目录中，此目录在 "
"settings.php 文件中定义并显示在文件系统页面上。稍后无法更改此选择。您还可以配置字段以将文件存储在公共或私有目录的子目录中；此设置稍后可进行更改，对于使用此字段的每种实体子类型，此设置可能不同。有关文件存储的更多信息，请参阅系统模块帮助页面。"
msgid "There are currently no styles. Add a new one."
msgstr "当前无任何样式。添加新样式。"
msgid ""
"More information about setting up scheduled tasks can be found by reading the cron tutorial on drupal.org."
msgstr ""
"关于设置定时任务的更多信息，请参看can be found by drupal.org上的定时任务入门教程."
msgid ""
"@display '@id': Component '@name' was disabled because its settings "
"depend on removed dependencies."
msgstr ""
"@display "
"“@id”：组件“@name”已禁用，因为它的设置所依赖的组件被移除。"
msgid "No widget available for: %type."
msgstr "%type：没有可用控件。"
msgid ""
"Several special characters are allowed, including space, period (.), "
"hyphen (-), apostrophe ('), underscore (_), and the @ sign."
msgstr "可以使用下列特殊字符：空格、点(.)、连字符(-)、单引号(')，下划线(_)以及@符号。"
msgid ""
"The URL to which the user should be redirected. This can be an "
"internal URL like /node/1234 or an external URL like @url."
msgstr ""
"把用户重定向到的地址。这可以是内部地址，如 "
"/node/1234，或者外部地址，如 @url。"
msgid ""
"The Automated Cron module runs cron operations for your site using "
"normal browser/page requests instead of having to set up a separate "
"cron job. The Automated Cron module checks at the end of each server "
"response when cron operation was last ran and, if it has been too long "
"since last run, it executes the cron tasks after sending a server "
"response. For more information, see the online documentation for the "
"Automated Cron module."
msgstr ""
"自动 Cron "
"模块使用普通的浏览器/页面请求而不是单独设置 cron "
"任务的方式来运行 cron 操作。自动 Cron "
"模块会在每个服务器请求结束时检查 cron "
"上次运行的时间，如果自上次运行后太久，则会在发送服务器响应后执行 "
"cron 任务。更多信息，可参看a "
"href=\":automated_cron-documentation\">自动 Cron "
"模块的在线文档。"
msgid "Configuring Automated Cron"
msgstr "配置自动 Cron"
msgid ""
"On the Cron page, you can set the "
"frequency (time interval) for running cron jobs."
msgstr ""
"您可以在 Cron 页面设置运行 "
"cron 任务的频率(时间间隔)。"
msgid "Disabling Automated Cron"
msgstr "禁用自动 Cron"
msgid ""
"To disable automated cron, the recommended method is to uninstall the "
"module, to reduce site overhead. If you only want to disable it "
"temporarily, you can set the frequency to Never on the Cron page, and "
"then change the frequency back when you want to start it up again."
msgstr ""
"要禁用自动 "
"cron，推荐方式是卸载模块，以便降低站点负载。如果只是临时禁用，您可以在 "
"Cron "
"页面，将频次设置为“从不”。以后如果您想再次启用，可以把频次再改回来。"
msgid "Automated Cron"
msgstr "自动 Cron"
msgid ""
"Provides an automated way to run cron jobs, by executing them at the "
"end of a server response."
msgstr ""
"提供一种自动运行 cron "
"任务的途径，在每个服务器响应结束时执行这些任务。"
msgid "Automated cron settings"
msgstr "自动 cron 设置"
msgid "Ban visits from specific IP addresses."
msgstr "屏蔽来自指定 IP 地址的请求。"
msgid ""
"You can place a new block in a region by selecting Place "
"block on the Block layout page. Once a "
"block is placed, it can be moved to a different region by "
"drag-and-drop or by using the Region drop-down list, and then "
"clicking Save blocks."
msgstr ""
"您可以通过选择块布局页面上的放置块以在区域中放置新块。在放置块后，可通过拖放操作或者使用区域下拉列表并单击保存块以将块移至其他区域。"
msgid ""
"Block placement is specific to each theme on your site. Changes will "
"not be saved until you click Save blocks at the bottom of the "
"page."
msgstr "区块放置是对您的网站的每个主题独立配置的。您需要点击页面底部的保存区块选项来保存。"
msgid "Adding comment types"
msgstr "添加评论类型"
msgid ""
"Additional comment types can be created per entity sub-type "
"and added on the Comment types page. If there "
"are multiple comment types available you can select the appropriate "
"one after adding a Comments field."
msgstr ""
"可在评论类型页面上针对每种实体子类型创建和添加额外的评论类型。如果有多种可用的评论类型，那么可在添加评论字段后选择相应的评论类型。"
msgid ""
"Compare the configuration uploaded to your sync directory with the "
"active configuration before completing the import."
msgstr "在完成导入之前，比较当前配置和上传到同步目录中的配置。"
msgid ""
"Upload a full site configuration archive to the sync directory. It can "
"then be compared and imported on the Synchronize page."
msgstr "将一个完整的网站配置存档上传到同步目录。这一存档可在同步页面进行比较和导入。"
msgid ""
"The Database Logging module logs system events in the Drupal database. "
"Monitor your site or debug site problems on this page."
msgstr ""
"Database Logging 模块在 Drupal "
"数据库中记录系统事件，请在本页监视您的站点或者调试站点的问题。"
msgid ""
"The Internal Dynamic Page Cache module caches pages for all users in "
"the database, handling dynamic content correctly. For more "
"information, see the online documentation for "
"the Internal Dynamic Page Cache module."
msgstr ""
"“内部动态页面缓存”模块在数据库中缓存所有用户的页面，从而正确处理动态内容。有关更多信息，请参阅“内部动态页面缓存”模块的联机文档。"
msgid ""
"The module requires no configuration. Every part of the page contains "
"metadata that allows Internal Dynamic Page Cache to figure this out on "
"its own."
msgstr "此模块无需配置。页面的每一部分都包含允许“内部动态页面缓存”自行判定的元数据。"
msgid ""
"Entity Reference fields allow you to create fields "
"that contain links to other entities (such as content items, taxonomy "
"terms, etc.) within the site. This allows you, for example, to include "
"a link to a user within a content item. For more information, see the online documentation for the Entity Reference "
"module."
msgstr ""
"通过实体引用字段，您可以创建包含指向站点中其他实体（例如，内容项、分类法术语等）的链接的字段。例如，这允许您在内容项中包含指向用户的链接。有关更多信息，请参阅“实体引用”模块的联机文档。"
msgid "Enable custom storage"
msgstr "启用自定义存储"
msgid "An instance-specific widget type"
msgstr "特定于实例的窗口小部件类型"
msgid ""
"Widget types @types are used in Drupal 6 field instances: widget type "
"@selected_type applied to the Drupal 8 base field"
msgstr ""
"窗口小部件类型 @types 用于 Drupal 6 "
"字段实例：窗口小部件类型 @selected_type 已应用于 "
"Drupal 8 基本字段"
msgid ""
"You can define which users will be able to use each text format by "
"selecting roles. To ensure security, anonymous and untrusted users "
"should only have access to text formats that restrict them to either "
"plain text or a safe set of HTML tags. This is because HTML tags can "
"allow embedding malicious links or scripts in text. More trusted "
"registered users may be granted permission to use less restrictive "
"text formats in order to create rich text. Improper text "
"format configuration is a security risk."
msgstr ""
"您可以通过选择角色来定义哪些用户能够使用每种文本格式。为确保安全性，不可信的匿名用户仅有权访问限制为纯文本或安全 "
"HTML 标记集合的文本格式。这是因为 HTML "
"标记允许在文本中嵌入恶意链接或脚本。可授权更可信的注册用户使用限制性较低的文本格式来创建富文本。错误的文本格式配置存在安全风险。"
msgid ""
"Each text format uses filters that add, remove, or transform elements "
"within user-entered text. For example, one filter removes unapproved "
"HTML tags, while another transforms URLs into clickable links. Filters "
"are applied in a specific order. They do not change the "
"stored content: they define how it is processed and "
"displayed."
msgstr ""
"每种文本格式都使用过滤器在用户输入的文本中添加、移除或转换元素。例如，一个过滤器移除未核准的 "
"HTML 标记，而另一个过滤器将 URL "
"转换为可点击的链接。按照特定顺序应用过滤器。这不会更改已存储的内容：而是定义内容的处理和显示方式。"
msgid ""
"Text formats define how text is filtered for output and how HTML tags "
"and other text is displayed, replaced, or removed. Improper "
"text format configuration is a security risk. Learn more on "
"the Filter module help page."
msgstr ""
"文本格式定义文字的输出过滤和HTML标签和其它文字显示、替换、删除的方式。更高级的文本格式配置存在安全风险。请到过滤模块帮助页面了解详情。"
msgid ""
"A text format contains filters that change the display of user input; "
"for example, stripping out malicious HTML or making URLs clickable. "
"Filters are executed from top to bottom and the order is important, "
"since one filter may prevent another filter from doing its job. For "
"example, when URLs are converted into links before disallowed HTML "
"tags are removed, all links may be removed. When this happens, the "
"order of filters may need to be rearranged."
msgstr ""
"文本格式包含一些过滤器以用于更改用户输入的显示；例如，剔除恶意 "
"HTML 或者使 URL "
"可点击。将从上到下执行过滤器，并且顺序非常重要，因为一个过滤器可能阻止其他过滤器执行其作业。例如，如果先将 "
"URL 转换为链接，然后再移除不允许的 HTML "
"标记，那么可能移除所有链接。在发生此情况时，可能需要重新调整过滤器顺序。"
msgid ""
"Configure how content is filtered when displayed, including which HTML "
"tags are rendered, and enable module-provided filters."
msgstr ""
"配置内容在显示时如何过滤，包括 HTML "
"标签如何渲染，以及启用模块所提供的过滤器。"
msgid ""
"A list of HTML tags that can be used. By default only the "
"lang and dir attributes are allowed for all HTML "
"tags. Each HTML tag may have attributes which are treated as allowed "
"attribute names for that HTML tag. Each attribute may allow all "
"values, or only allow specific values. Attribute names or values may "
"be written as a prefix and wildcard like jump-*. JavaScript "
"event attributes, JavaScript URLs, and CSS are always stripped."
msgstr ""
"可使用的 HTML 标记的列表。缺省情况下，对于所有 "
"HTML 标记，仅允许 lang 和 dir 属性。每个 "
"HTML 标记都可有一些属性被视作是该 HTML "
"标记的允许属性名。每个属性可允许所有值，或者仅允许特定值。属性名称或值可写作前缀和通配符，例如，jump-*。始终剔除 "
"JavaScript 事件属性、JavaScript URL 和 CSS。"
msgid "Delete %label"
msgstr "删除 %label"
msgid ""
"Select and configure text editors, and how content is filtered when "
"displayed."
msgstr "选择和配置文本编辑器，以及在显示时如何过滤内容。"
msgid "Administer workflows"
msgstr "管理工作流"
msgid "This entity (%type: %label) cannot be referenced."
msgstr "这个实体 (%type: %label) 不能被引用。"
msgid "This entity (%type: %id) cannot be referenced."
msgstr "这个实体 (%type: %id) 不能被引用."
msgid "Content type where this field is in use."
msgstr "正在使用此字段的内容类型。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "File Validation"
msgstr "文件验证"
msgid ""
"The alias %alias could not be added because it is already in use in "
"this language with different capitalization: %stored_alias."
msgstr ""
"无法添加别名 "
"%alias，因为在此语言中以不同的大小写形式使用了此别名：%stored_alias。"
msgid "There are no changes to import."
msgstr "导入未做任何改动。"
msgid "Another request may be importing configuration already."
msgstr "另一个请求可能已在导入配置。"
msgid "Importing configuration"
msgstr "导入配置"
msgid "Starting configuration import."
msgstr "开始配置导入。"
msgid "Configuration import has encountered an error."
msgstr "配置导入遇到错误。"
msgid "The configuration import failed for the following reasons:"
msgstr "由于以下原因，所以配置导入失败："
msgid "BigPipe"
msgstr "BigPipe"
msgid "Language key"
msgstr "语言键"
msgid "Install configuration"
msgstr "安装配置"
msgid "BigPipe no-JS check"
msgstr "BigPipe没有Javascript检查"
msgid "Session exists"
msgstr "会话存在"
msgid "@bundle_type is @bundles or @last"
msgstr "@bundle_type 是 @bundles 或 @last"
msgid "@bundle_type is @bundle"
msgstr "@bundle_type 是 @bundle"
msgid "text format"
msgstr "文本格式"
msgid "Default configuration hash"
msgstr "默认配置hash"
msgid "Add @entity-type"
msgstr "添加 @entity-type"
msgid "Revision create time"
msgstr "修订版本创建时间"
msgid "Is default revision"
msgstr "是缺省修订版"
msgid "The moderation state of this piece of content."
msgstr "此内容块的审核状态。"
msgid "Moderation control"
msgstr "审核控制"
msgid "Revisions must be required when moderation is enabled."
msgstr "在启用审核时必须提供修订版。"
msgid "Revisions are required."
msgstr "修订版是必需的。"
msgid "The moderation state has been updated."
msgstr "已更新审核状态。"
msgid "When content reaches this state it should be published."
msgstr "在内容达到此状态时，应发布此内容。"
msgid "Default revision"
msgstr "默认修订版本"
msgid ""
"When content reaches this state it should be made the default "
"revision; this is implied for published states."
msgstr "在内容达到此状态时，应将其设为缺省修订版；对于已发布状态缺省如此。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Valid moderation state"
msgstr "有效的审核状态"
msgctxt "decimal places"
msgid "Scale"
msgstr "范围"
msgid ""
"If this style is in use on the site, you may select another style to "
"replace it. All images that have been generated for this style will be "
"permanently deleted. If no replacement style is selected, the "
"dependent configurations might need manual reconfiguration."
msgstr "如果站点上正在使用此样式，那么您可以选择其他样式来替换此样式。将永久删除为此样式生成的所有图像。如果未选中任何替换样式，那么可能需要手动重新配置从属配置。"
msgid ""
"All images that have been generated for this style will be permanently "
"deleted. The dependent configurations might need manual "
"reconfiguration."
msgstr "将永久删除为此样式生成的所有图像。可能需要手动重新配置从属配置。"
msgid "- No replacement -"
msgstr "- 无替换 -"
msgid "Antigua & Barbuda"
msgstr "安提瓜和巴布达"
msgid "Divider"
msgstr "分隔符"
msgid ""
"The BigPipe module sends pages with dynamic content in a way that "
"allows browsers to show them much faster. For more information, see "
"the online documentation for the "
"BigPipe module."
msgstr ""
"BigPipe模块发送有动态内容的页面时能让浏览器更快地显示他们。详细信息请看 "
"在线BigPipe模块说明书。"
msgid ""
"The module requires no configuration. Every part of the page contains "
"metadata that allows BigPipe to figure this out on its own."
msgstr "这个模块不需要配置。页面的每一部分都含有能够让BigPipe自己完成配置的元数据。"
msgid "Size of email field"
msgstr "电子邮箱字段的长度"
msgid "The %entity_type entity type needs to be installed."
msgstr "需要安装实体类型 %entity_type。"
msgid "The %entity_type entity type needs to be updated."
msgstr "需要更新实体类型 %entity_type。"
msgid "The %field_name field needs to be installed."
msgstr "需要安装字段 %field_name。"
msgid "The %field_name field needs to be updated."
msgstr "需要更新字段 %field_name。"
msgid "The %field_name field needs to be uninstalled."
msgstr "需要卸载字段 %field_name。"
msgid "Custom text: @true_label / @false_label"
msgstr "自定义文本: @true_label / @false_label"
msgid "Display: @true_label / @false_label"
msgstr "显示: @true_label / @false_label"
msgid ""
"See the documentation for PHP date formats."
msgstr ""
"参见 PHP日期格式的文档."
msgid "Language list ID"
msgstr "语言列表 ID"
msgid "Completed step @current of @total."
msgstr "已完成第 @current 步（共 @total 步）。"
msgid ""
"This site has only a single language enabled. Add at least one more language in order to "
"translate content."
msgstr ""
"此站点仅启用了一种语言。至少再添加一种语言以便翻译内容。"
msgid ""
"Describe a time by reference to the current day, like '+90 days' (90 "
"days from the day the field is created) or '+1 Saturday' (the next "
"Saturday). See strtotime "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
"通过引用当前日期来描述时间，如“+90 "
"天”（与创建字段的日期相差 90 天）或“+1 "
"个周六”（下一个周六）。请参阅 strtotime "
"以获取更多详细信息。"
msgid "The type of the log entry, for example \"user\" or \"page not found\"."
msgstr "日志条目的类型，例如“用户”或“找不到页面”。"
msgid ""
"The %field_type_label field type is used in the following field: "
"@fields"
msgid_plural ""
"The %field_type_label field type is used in the following fields: "
"@fields"
msgstr[0] "%field_type_label 字段类型在下列字段中使用：@fields"
msgstr[1] "%field_type_label 字段类型在下列字段中使用：@fields"
msgid "File MIME Type"
msgstr "文件 MIME 类型"
msgid ""
"This module is experimental. Experimental modules "
"are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk."
msgstr ""
"这是实验模块。实验模块仅用于测试目的。使用它们的风险由您自己承担。"
msgid "The user ID of the user on which the log entry was written."
msgstr "写入日志条目的用户ID"
msgid "Bundle assigned to the auto-created entities."
msgstr "批量分配给自动生成的实体对象"
msgid "Add a new @entity_type."
msgstr "添加新的 @entity_type。"
msgid "There is no @entity_type yet. @add_link"
msgstr "@entity_type 不存在。 @add_link"
msgid "Store new items in"
msgstr "存储新的条目到"
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to the help listed on this page or to the "
"online documentation and support pages at drupal.org."
msgstr ""
"要想获得更多信息，请参考本页已列出的帮助信息或前往 "
"drupal.org 的在线文档和支持页面。"
msgid "There is currently nothing in this section."
msgstr "此部分中当前不含任何内容。"
msgid "Module overviews"
msgstr "模块总览"
msgid ""
"Module overviews are provided by modules. Overviews available for your "
"installed modules:"
msgstr "模块总览是按模块排列的。您目前安装了以下模块："
msgid "Delete @entity_type"
msgstr "删除@entity_type"
msgid "View the latest version"
msgstr "查看最新版本"
msgid "Allowed Tags"
msgstr "允许的标签"
msgctxt "Entity type label"
msgid "@count @label"
msgid_plural "@count @label entities"
msgstr[0] "@count @label"
msgstr[1] "@count @label 实体"
msgid "Changed year + month"
msgstr "更改年 + 月"
msgid "Changed year"
msgstr "更改年"
msgid "Changed month"
msgstr "更改月"
msgid "Changed day"
msgstr "更改日"
msgid "Changed week"
msgstr "更改星期"
msgid ""
"Sends pages using the BigPipe technique that allows browsers to show "
"them much faster."
msgstr "使用BigPipe技术发送页面，让浏览器能更快地显示它们。"
msgid "Parent path"
msgstr "父路径"
msgid "Selected combination of day and month is not valid."
msgstr "所选择的日和月是无效组合。"
msgid "The import failed with the following message: %message"
msgstr "导入失败， 详情: %message"
msgid "Use multiple @tag tags, each with a single source."
msgstr "在单个源内，使用多个@tag标签."
msgid "Use multiple sources within a single @tag tag."
msgstr "在一个 @tag 标签内使用多个源."
msgid "Configuration entities"
msgstr "配置实体"
msgid "Determines if a password needs hashing"
msgstr "判定密码是否需要加密(Hashing)"
msgid ""
"The upload directory %directory for the file field %name could not be "
"created or is not accessible. A newly uploaded file could not be saved "
"in this directory as a consequence, and the upload was canceled."
msgstr ""
"无法创建或者无法访问文件字段 %name 的上传目录 "
"%directory。因此，无法在此目录中保存新上传的文件，并且上传操作被取消。"
msgid "%type: @message in %function (line %line of %file) @backtrace_string."
msgstr ""
"%type：@message 在函数 %function（文件 %file 第 %line "
"行）@backtrace_string。"
msgid "Starting execution of @module_cron()."
msgstr "开始执行 @module_cron()。"
msgid ""
"Starting execution of @module_cron(), execution of "
"@module_previous_cron() took @time."
msgstr ""
"开始执行 @module_cron(), 执行 @module_previous_cron() 耗费 "
"@time。"
msgid "Execution of @module_previous_cron() took @time."
msgstr "执行 @module_previous_cron() 耗费 @time。"
msgid ""
"There is content for the entity type: @entity_type. Remove @entity_type_plural."
msgstr ""
"实体类型: @entity_type。删除@entity_type_plural。"
msgid ""
"View display '@id': Comment field formatter '@name' was disabled "
"because it is using the comment view display '@display' (@mode) that "
"was just disabled."
msgstr "视图显示“@id”：已禁用评论字段格式化程序“@name”，因为它使用了刚被禁用的评论视图显示“@display”(@mode)。"
msgid "The comment entity view mode to be used in this formatter"
msgstr "在这个格式器化中使用的评论实体的查看模式"
msgid "Comments view mode"
msgstr "评论的查看模式"
msgid "Select the view mode used to show the list of comments."
msgstr "选择评论列表的显示类型。"
msgid "Comment view mode: @mode"
msgstr "评论的查看模式：@mode"
msgid "@name: @langcode"
msgstr "@name: @langcode"
msgid ""
"The configuration objects have different language codes so they cannot "
"be translated:"
msgstr "配置对象具有不同的语言代码，因此不可翻译："
msgid "Message displayed to user on submission"
msgstr "在提交时向用户显示的消息"
msgid "Redirect path on submission"
msgstr "提交时的重定向路径"
msgid ""
"The message to display to the user after submission of this form. "
"Leave blank for no message."
msgstr "在提交此表单后要向用户显示的消息。将此选项留空则不显示任何消息。"
msgid ""
"Path to redirect the user to after submission of this form. For "
"example, type \"/about\" to redirect to that page. Use a relative path "
"with a slash in front."
msgstr "在提交此表单后要将用户重定向到的路径。例如，输入“/about”以重定向到该页面。请使用前面带有斜杠的相对路径。"
msgid "The path should start with /."
msgstr "路径必须以'/'开头。"
msgid "Use custom display settings for the following @display_context modes"
msgstr "将定制显示设置用于以下 @display_context 方式"
msgid "Manage form modes"
msgstr "管理表单方式"
msgid "Storing files"
msgstr "存储文件"
msgid "Status listing and form for the entity's moderation state."
msgstr "实体审核状态的状态列表和表单。"
msgid "The username of the entity creator."
msgstr "实体创建者的用户名。"
msgid "The moderation state of the referenced content."
msgstr "引用的内容的审核状态。"
msgid "Content entity type ID"
msgstr "内容实体类型标识"
msgid "The ID of the content entity type this moderation state is for."
msgstr "此审核状态所对应的内容实体类型的标识。"
msgid "Content entity ID"
msgstr "内容实体标识"
msgid "The ID of the content entity this moderation state is for."
msgstr "此审核状态所对应的内容实体的标识。"
msgid "Content entity revision ID"
msgstr "内容实体修订版标识"
msgid "The revision ID of the content entity this moderation state is for."
msgstr "此审核状态所对应的内容实体的修订版标识。"
msgid "Content moderation state"
msgstr "内容审核状态"
msgid "content moderation state"
msgstr "内容的审核状态"
msgid "content moderation states"
msgstr "内容的审核状态"
msgid "Invalid state transition from %from to %to"
msgstr "从 %from 到 %to 的状态转换无效"
msgid ""
"The Datetime Range module provides a Date field that stores start "
"dates and times, as well as end dates and times. See the Field module help and the Field UI module help pages for general "
"information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more "
"information, see the online documentation for "
"the Datetime Range module."
msgstr ""
"“日期时间范围”模块提供一个“日期”字段来用于存储开始日期和时间以及结束日期和时间。请参阅“字段”模块帮助和字段 UI "
"模块帮助页面，以获取有关字段以及如何创建和管理字段的常规信息。有关更多信息，请参阅“日期时间范围”模块的联机文档。"
msgid "Datetime Range"
msgstr "日期时间范围"
msgid "Provides the ability to store end dates."
msgstr "提供存储结束日期的功能。"
msgid "Date range settings"
msgstr "日期范围设置"
msgid "Default start date type"
msgstr "默认的开始日期类型"
msgid "Default start date value"
msgstr "默认的开始日期的值"
msgid "Default end date type"
msgstr "默认的结束日期的类型"
msgid "Default end date value"
msgstr "缺省结束日期值"
msgid "Date range default display format settings"
msgstr "日期范围缺省显示格式设置"
msgid "Date range plain display format settings"
msgstr "日期范围普通显示格式设置"
msgid "Date range custom display format settings"
msgstr "日期范围定制显示格式设置"
msgid "Date range select list display format settings"
msgstr "日期范围选择列表显示格式设置"
msgid "Date separator"
msgstr "日期分隔符"
msgid "The string to separate the start and end dates"
msgstr "用于分隔开始日期和结束日期的字符串"
msgid "Separator: %separator"
msgstr "分隔符：%separator"
msgid "Default start date"
msgstr "默认的开始日期"
msgid "Set a default value for the start date."
msgstr "设置开始日期的默认值。"
msgid "Set a default value for the end date."
msgstr "设置结束日期的默认值。"
msgid "The relative start date value entered is invalid."
msgstr "输入的相对开始日期值无效。"
msgid "The relative end date value entered is invalid."
msgstr "输入的相对结束日期值无效。"
msgid "Start date value"
msgstr "开始日期的值"
msgid "Computed start date"
msgstr "计算的开始日期"
msgid "The computed start DateTime object."
msgstr "计算的 start DateTime 对象。"
msgid "End date value"
msgstr "结束日期的值"
msgid "Computed end date"
msgstr "计算的结束日期"
msgid "The computed end DateTime object."
msgstr "计算的 end DateTime 对象。"
msgid "Date and time range"
msgstr "日期和时间范围"
msgid "The @title end date cannot be before the start date"
msgstr "结束日期 @title 不能早于开始日期"
msgid "Log data is corrupted and cannot be unserialized: @message"
msgstr "日志数据已损坏且无法进行反序列化：@message"
msgid "Configure Content Moderation permissions"
msgstr "配置“内容审核”许可权"
msgid "The field ID."
msgstr "字段ID。"
msgid "Is front page"
msgstr "是首页"
msgid "Recipient email address"
msgstr "收信人邮箱地址"
msgid ""
"You may also use tokens: [node:author:mail], [comment:author:mail], "
"etc. Separate recipients with a comma."
msgstr ""
"你也可以使用代码: [node:author:mail], [comment: author: "
"mail]等。用逗号分离接受人。"
msgid "@label (disabled)"
msgstr "@label（已禁用）"
msgid "comment type"
msgstr "评论类型"
msgid "comment types"
msgstr "评论类型"
msgid "Preview sender message"
msgstr "预览发件人消息"
msgid "Configuring workflows"
msgstr "配置工作流程"
msgid "The workflow the moderation state is in."
msgstr "审核状态所在的工作流程。"
msgid ""
"@bundle @label were skipped as they are under moderation and may not "
"be directly published."
msgstr ""
"已跳过 @bundle "
"@label，因为它们正在审核中，可能不能直接发布。"
msgid ""
"@bundle @label were skipped as they are under moderation and may not "
"be directly unpublished."
msgstr ""
"已跳过 @bundle "
"@label，因为它们正在审核中，可能不能直接取消发布。"
msgid ""
"The Field Layout module allows you to arrange fields into regions on "
"forms and displays of entities such as nodes and users."
msgstr "“字段布局”模块允许您将字段安排到实体（例如，节点和用户）的表单和显示上的各个区域中。"
msgid ""
"For more information, see the online documentation for the "
"Field Layout module."
msgstr ""
"有关更多信息，请参阅“字段布局”模块的联机文档。"
msgid "Field Layout"
msgstr "字段布局"
msgid "Per-view-mode field layout settings"
msgstr "按视图方式字段布局设置"
msgid "Image URL formatter settings"
msgstr "图像 URL 格式化程序设置"
msgid "Warnings found"
msgstr "发现警告"
msgid "Errors found"
msgstr "发现错误"
msgid "Profile field ID."
msgstr "个人档案字段标识。"
msgid "Locales target language ID."
msgstr "语言环境目标语言标识。"
msgid "Language for this field."
msgstr "这个字段的语言。"
msgid "Translation of either the title or explanation."
msgstr "标题或解释的翻译。"
msgid "There are no @label yet."
msgstr "还没有 @label 。"
msgid "Administer block content"
msgstr "管理区块内容"
msgid "Object type for this string"
msgstr "此字符串的对象类型"
msgid "The %field date is incomplete."
msgstr "%field的日期是不完整的"
msgid ""
"Include locked languages such as Not specified and Not "
"applicable"
msgstr "包括锁定的语言，如未指定和不适用"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Universally Unique Identifier"
msgstr ""
"通用唯一标识符\r\n"
"在上下文中：验证"
msgid "Comment bulk form"
msgstr "评论批量表格"
msgid "Commented entity"
msgstr "评论实体"
msgid "Comment operations bulk form"
msgstr "评论操作批量表单"
msgid "Add a form element that lets you run operations on multiple comments."
msgstr "添加一个表单元素，使您可以对多个注释运行操作。"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this comment and all its children?"
msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to delete these comments and all their children?"
msgstr[0] "确定要删除本条评论及其子评论？"
msgstr[1] "确定要删除这些条评论及其子评论？"
msgid "Comment Permalink"
msgstr "评论固定链接"
msgid ""
"The moderation state @state_label is being used, but is not in the "
"source storage."
msgstr "正在使用审核状态 @state_label，但不在源存储中。"
msgid "The workflow @workflow_label is being used, and cannot be deleted."
msgstr "工作流程 @workflow_label 正在使用，无法删除。"
msgid "All @entity_type types"
msgstr "全部 @entity_type 类型"
msgid "All @entity_type_plural_label"
msgstr "全部 @entity_type_plural_label"
msgid "This workflow applies to:"
msgstr "此工作流程适用于:"
msgid "There are no entity types."
msgstr "没有实体类型。"
msgid "@bundle types"
msgstr "@bundle类型"
msgid "State %state does not exist on %workflow workflow"
msgstr "状态 %state 在 %workflow 工作流中不存在"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Datetime format valid for datetime type."
msgstr ""
"日期时间格式对日期时间类型有效。\r\n"
"在上下文中：验证"
msgid "The field type."
msgstr "字段类型。"
msgid "The field status."
msgstr "字段状态。"
msgid "The field storage type."
msgstr "字段的存储类型。"
msgid "The module that implements the field storage type."
msgstr "实现了字段存储类型的模块。"
msgid "The field storage status."
msgstr "字段存储状态。"
msgid "The field data."
msgstr "字段的数据。"
msgid "The field instances."
msgstr "字段实例。"
msgid "This field cardinality is set to unlimited and cannot be configured."
msgstr "该字段的基数设置为无限，同时不能被配置。"
msgid ""
"This field cardinality is set to @cardinality and cannot be "
"configured."
msgstr "该字段的基数设置为 @cardinality 并且不能被配置。"
msgid "Controls if unused files should be marked temporary"
msgstr "控制未使用的文档是否被暂时性标记"
msgid "Language format settings"
msgstr "语言格式设置"
msgid "Include locked languages"
msgstr "包括锁定的语言"
msgid "Entity reference selection handler settings"
msgstr "实体参照选择句柄设置"
msgid "Default selection handler settings"
msgstr "默认的选择句柄设置"
msgid "The field instance ID."
msgstr "该字段实例的ID。"
msgid "The field instance data."
msgstr "该字段的实例数据。"
msgid "The field type"
msgstr "字段类型"
msgid "The field definition."
msgstr "该字段定义。"
msgid "The formatter settings."
msgstr "格式设置"
msgid "File selection handler settings"
msgstr "文件选择处理程序设置"
msgid "Czechia"
msgstr "捷克语"
msgid "%workflow workflow: Use %transition transition."
msgstr "%workflow 工作流: 使用 %transition 过渡。"
msgid "Select the @entity_type types for the @workflow workflow"
msgstr "为@workflow 工作流选择 @entity_type"
msgid "Select the @entity_type_plural_label for the @workflow workflow"
msgstr "为@workflow 工作流选择 @entity_type_plural_label"
msgid "Set default value"
msgstr "设置默认值"
msgid ""
"Requires the \"View any unpublished content\" or \"View own "
"unpublished content\" permission"
msgstr "需要“查看任何未发布的内容”或“查看自己未发布的内容”权限"
msgid ""
"The %field_name entity reference field (entity_type: %entity_type, "
"bundle: %bundle) no longer has any valid bundle it can reference. The "
"field is not working correctly anymore and has to be adjusted."
msgstr ""
"所述 %field_name 实体引用字段（entity_type: %entity_type, "
"bundle: "
"%bundle）不再有任何有效的束它可以参考。该字段不再正常工作，必须进行调整。"
msgid "Moderation state filter"
msgstr "审核状态过滤器"
msgid ""
"Cannot change the install profile from %profile to %new_profile once "
"Drupal is installed."
msgstr ""
"安装Drupal后，无法将安装配置文件从 %profile "
"更改为%new_profile。"
msgid "Entity action"
msgstr "实体动作"
msgid "@type_label bundle"
msgstr "@type_label包"
msgid "Use field label instead of the \"On\" label as the label."
msgstr "使用字段标签代替“开”标签作为标签。"
msgid ""
"There is no moderated @label yet. Only pending versions of @label, "
"such as drafts, are listed here."
msgstr ""
"还没有主持 @label 。此处仅列出了 @label "
"的待定版本，例如草稿"
msgid ""
"The image file is invalid or the image type is not allowed. Allowed "
"types: %types"
msgstr "图像文件无效或不允许图像类型。允许的类型：%types"
msgid ""
"The image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed dimensions of "
"%dimensions pixels. The new dimensions of the resized image are "
"%new_widthx%new_height pixels."
msgstr ""
"调整图像大小以适应 %dimensions 像素的最大允许尺寸。 "
"已调整大小的图像的新尺寸为 %new_widthx%new_height "
"像素。"
msgid ""
"The image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed height of "
"%height pixels. The new dimensions of the resized image are "
"%new_widthx%new_height pixels."
msgstr ""
"调整图像大小以适应 %height 像素的最大允许高度。 "
"已调整大小的图像的新尺寸为%new_widthx%new_height像素。"
msgid ""
"The image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed width of "
"%width pixels. The new dimensions of the resized image are "
"%new_widthx%new_height pixels."
msgstr ""
"图片将缩放至网站定义的最大宽度 %width "
"pixels。新的图片尺寸： %new_widthx%new_height pixels."
msgid "One or more files could not be uploaded."
msgstr "一个或多个文件没有上传成功。"
msgid "Media display format settings"
msgstr "媒体显示格式设置"
msgid "Show playback controls"
msgstr "显示播放控件"
msgid "Audio file display format settings"
msgstr "音频文件播放格式设定"
msgid "Video file display format settings"
msgstr "视频文件播放格式设定"
msgid "Replace the file name by its description when available"
msgstr "当描述可用时，用它替换文件名"
msgid "Use description as link text"
msgstr "把描述作为链接文字"
msgid "Display the file using an HTML5 audio tag."
msgstr "用 HTML5 audio 标签播放文件"
msgid "Playback controls: %controls"
msgstr "回放控制：%controls"
msgid "Multiple file display: Multiple HTML tags"
msgstr "多媒体文件播放：多媒体 HTML 标签"
msgid "Multiple file display: One HTML tag with multiple sources"
msgstr "多个文件显示: 一个HTML标签，多个源"
msgid "Display the file using an HTML5 video tag."
msgstr "用 HTML 视频标签播放文件"
msgid "Root-relative file URL"
msgstr "相对于根的文件URL"
msgid ""
"An entity field containing a file URI, and a computed root-relative "
"file URL."
msgstr ""
"一个实体字段，包含了一个文件URI, "
"和一个计算出来的相对于根目录的文件URL."
msgid ""
"A flag indicating whether this was a default revision when it was "
"saved."
msgstr "一个标志，指示它在保存时是否为默认版本。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Entity untranslatable fields"
msgstr "实体不可译的字段"
msgid ""
"The Content Moderation module allows you to expand on Drupal's "
"\"unpublished\" and \"published\" states for content. It allows you to "
"have a published version that is live, but have a separate working "
"copy that is undergoing review before it is published. This is "
"achieved by using Workflows to apply "
"different states and transitions to entities as needed. For more "
"information, see the online "
"documentation for the Content Moderation module."
msgstr ""
"内容审核模块，允许你扩展Drupal的\"未发布\"和\"发布\"状态. "
"It allows you to have a published version that is live, but have a "
"separate working copy that is undergoing review before it is "
"published. "
"它允许你有一个正在使用的发布版本，同时有一个尚未发布、正处于审核状态的独立工作拷贝，实现方式是通过使用工作流 "
"，根据需要将不用的状态、转移应用到实体. "
"更多信息,参看内容审核模块的在线文档."
msgid "Applying workflows"
msgstr "提交工作流"
msgid "Moderating content"
msgstr "审核内容"
msgid ""
"You can view a list of content awaiting moderation on the moderated content page. This will show any "
"content in an unpublished state, such as Draft or Archived, to help "
"surface content that requires more work from content editors."
msgstr ""
"在 内容审核页面，你可以看到等待审核的内容列表. "
"这里将显示处于未发布状态的任何内容，比如草稿、归档的内容，就是那些需要内容编辑们进一步完善的内容."
msgid ""
"Each transition is exposed as a permission. If a user has the "
"permission for a transition, they can use the transition to change the "
"state of the content item, from Draft to Published."
msgstr "每个转换都作为权限公开。如果用户具有转换权限，则可以使用转换来更改内容项的状态，从草稿更改为已发布。"
msgid "Hide non translatable fields on translation forms"
msgstr "隐藏翻译表单上的不可翻译字段"
msgid "Content translation bundle settings"
msgstr "内容翻译捆绑设置"
msgid "Bundle settings values"
msgstr "捆绑设置值"
msgid ""
"Fields that apply to all languages are hidden to avoid conflicting "
"changes. Edit them on the original language form."
msgstr ""
"应用到全部语言的字段将被隐藏，以避免更改时发生冲突。 "
"在原始语言表单编辑它们。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Content translation synchronized fields"
msgstr ""
"内容翻译同步字段\r\n"
"在上下文中：验证"
msgid ""
"Non-translatable field elements can only be changed when updating the "
"current revision."
msgstr "只能在更新当前版本时更改不可翻译的字段元素。"
msgid ""
"Non-translatable field elements can only be changed when updating the "
"original language."
msgstr "只有在更新原始语言时才能更改不可翻译的字段元素。"
msgid "The node language."
msgstr "节点的语言。"
msgid ""
"Non-translatable fields can only be changed when updating the current "
"revision."
msgstr "不可翻译的字段只能在更新当前版本时更改。"
msgid ""
"Non-translatable fields can only be changed when updating the original "
"language."
msgstr "不可翻译字段只能在更新原始语言时更改。"
msgid ""
"Moderated content requires non-translatable fields to be edited in the "
"original language form."
msgstr "审核内容要求以原始语言形式编辑不可翻译字段。"
msgid "Translations cannot be flagged as outdated when content is moderated."
msgstr "在审核内容时，不能将翻译标记为过时。"
msgid ""
"The \"Delete translation\" action is only available for published "
"translations."
msgstr "“删除翻译”操作仅适用于已发布的翻译。"
msgid ""
"@label (Original translation) - The following @entity_type "
"translations will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
"@label（原始翻译） - "
"以下@entity_type翻译将被删除："
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this @item?"
msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to delete these @items?"
msgstr[0] "你确定要删除这个 @item 吗？"
msgstr[1] "您确定要删除这些 @items 吗？"
msgid "Deleted @count item."
msgid_plural "Deleted @count items."
msgstr[0] "删除了@count项目。"
msgstr[1] "删除了@count项目。"
msgid ""
"@count item has not been deleted because you do not have the necessary "
"permissions."
msgid_plural ""
"@count items have not been deleted because you do not have the "
"necessary permissions."
msgstr[0] "@count项目尚未删除，因为您没有必要的权限。"
msgstr[1] "@count项目尚未删除，因为您没有必要的权限。"
msgid "Content block"
msgstr "内容区块"
msgid "The configuration ID"
msgstr "配置ID"
msgid "The target entity type ID"
msgstr "目标实体类型ID"
msgid "The target bundle"
msgstr "目标捆绑"
msgid "The default language"
msgstr "默认语言"
msgid "Whether to show language selector on create and edit pages"
msgstr "是否在创建和编辑页面上显示语言选择器"
msgid "Whether to hide non translatable fields on translation forms"
msgstr "是否在翻译表单上隐藏不可翻译的字段"
msgid "Configuration validation"
msgstr "配置验证"
msgid ""
"You must have the pdo_sqlite PHP extension installed. See "
"core/INSTALL.sqlite.txt for instructions."
msgstr ""
"你必须安装pdo_sqlite "
"PHP扩展。详细指导请见core/INSTALL.sqlite.txt。"
msgid ""
"Unable to automatically determine a port. Use the --port to hardcode "
"an available port."
msgstr "不能自动检测端口。使用--port硬编码一个可用的端口。"
msgid "No installation found. Use the 'install' command."
msgstr "未找到安装程序。使用'install‘命令。"
msgid "Error while opening up a one time login URL"
msgstr "打开一次性登录URL时出错"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Entity has field"
msgstr ""
"实体有字段\r\n"
"在上下文中：验证"
msgid "The entity must have the %field_name field."
msgstr "实体必须具有 %field_name 字段。"
msgid "The entity does not support fields."
msgstr "该实体不支持字段。"
msgid ""
"The selected installation profile %install_profile does not match the "
"profile stored in configuration %config_profile."
msgstr ""
"选定的安装配置文件 %install_profile 与配置 %config_profile "
"中存储的配置文件不匹配。"
msgid "Use existing configuration"
msgstr "使用现有配置"
msgid "Install %name using existing configuration."
msgstr "使用现有配置安装 %name 。"
msgid "The configuration from the directory %sync_directory will be used."
msgstr "将使用目录 %sync_directory 中的配置"
msgid "The i18n_blocks block numeric identifier."
msgstr "i18n_blocks 区块的数字标识符。"
msgid "The default theme."
msgstr "默认主题。"
msgid "i18n_string table id"
msgstr "i18n_string 表 id"
msgid "Block property"
msgstr "区块属性"
msgid "The translation of the value of \"property\"."
msgstr "\"属性\"的翻译值"
msgid "Block title translation."
msgstr "块标题翻译。"
msgid "Block body."
msgstr "块的正文。"
msgid "Block body translation."
msgstr "块的正文翻译"
msgid "Deleted @count comment."
msgid_plural "Deleted @count comments."
msgstr[0] "删除 @count 条评论。"
msgstr[1] "删除 @count 条评论。"
msgid ""
"@count comment has not been deleted because you do not have the "
"necessary permissions."
msgid_plural ""
"@count comments have not been deleted because you do not have the "
"necessary permissions."
msgstr[0] "你没有权限删除这 @count 条评论。"
msgstr[1] "你没有权限删除这 @count 条评论。"
msgid "contact forms"
msgstr "联系表单"
msgid "contact message"
msgstr "联系消息"
msgid "contact messages"
msgstr "联系消息"
msgid ""
"@entity_type_plural_label do not support publishing statuses. For "
"example, even after transitioning from a published workflow state to "
"an unpublished workflow state they will still be visible to site "
"visitors."
msgstr ""
"@entity_type_plural_label "
"不支持发布状态。例如，即使在从已发布的工作流状态转换到未发布的工作流状态之后，它们仍将对网站访问者可见。"
msgid "@label@column (@argument)"
msgstr "@label@column (@argument)"
msgid "text editor"
msgstr "文本编辑器"
msgid "text editors"
msgstr "文字编辑"
msgid "Field storages"
msgstr "字段存储"
msgid "field storage"
msgstr "字段存储"
msgid "field storages"
msgstr "字段存储"
msgid "Input data could not be read"
msgstr "输入的数据不能读取"
msgid "image style"
msgstr "图片样式"
msgid "image styles"
msgstr "图片样式"
msgid "A boolean indicating whether this block is reusable."
msgstr "一个布尔值，指示此块是否可重用。"
msgid "The entity type this translation relates to"
msgstr "此翻译涉及的实体类型"
msgid "The target language for this translation."
msgstr "此翻译的目标语言。"
msgid ""
"Boolean indicating whether the translation is published (visible to "
"non-administrators)."
msgstr "该布尔值说明翻译是否已经发布（对非管理员可见）。"
msgid "Image Resize"
msgstr "图像调整大小"
msgid "Insert Media"
msgstr "插入媒体"
msgid ""
"The {node}.language to which this comment is a reply. Site default "
"language is used as a fallback if node does not have a language."
msgstr ""
"这个评论回应的节点的{node}.language(语言). "
"如果节点没有一个语言的话，作为兜底，将会使用站点默认语言."
msgid "The comment language."
msgstr "评论语言。"
msgid "The entity ID this translation relates to"
msgstr "此翻译涉及的实体ID"
msgid "The entity revision ID this translation relates to"
msgstr "此翻译涉及的实体修订ID"
msgid "Type (article, page, ....)"
msgstr "类型（文章，页面，....）"
msgid "Option ID."
msgstr "选项ID。"
msgid "Integer value of Object ID"
msgstr "对象ID的整数值"
msgid "The input format used by this string"
msgstr "此字符串使用的输入格式"
msgid "Translation of the option"
msgstr "选项的翻译"
msgid "Parent lid"
msgstr "父lid"
msgid "Plural index number in case of plural strings"
msgstr "多个字符串的情况下的复数索引号"
msgid "Block enabled status"
msgstr "区块启用状态"
msgid "Block weight within region"
msgstr "范围内的区块权重"
msgid "Theme region within which the block is set"
msgstr "设置块的主题区域"
msgid "Multilingual mode"
msgstr "多语言模式"
msgid "Language string ID"
msgstr "语言字符串ID"
msgid "A module defined group of translations"
msgstr "模块定义的翻译组"
msgid "Full string ID for quick search: type:objectid:property."
msgstr "快速搜索的完整字符串ID: type:objectid:property。"
msgid "Object property for this string"
msgstr "此字符串的对象属性"
msgid "The {filter_format}.format of the string"
msgstr "字符串的{filter_format} .format"
msgid "Plural index number"
msgstr "多个索引号"
msgid ""
"If selected and this menu link has children, the menu will always "
"appear expanded. This option may be overridden for the entire menu "
"tree when placing a menu block."
msgstr ""
"如果选中并且这个菜单有子菜单，那么这个菜单将呈现展开状态。\r\n"
"如果放在菜单区块，整个菜单列表将重载。"
msgctxt "Examined"
msgid "Checked"
msgstr "已选中"
msgid ""
"This @label is being edited by user @user, and is therefore locked "
"from editing by others. This lock is @age old. Click here to break this lock."
msgstr ""
"标签 @label 正被用户 @user 修改，因此被锁。被锁时间 "
"@age 很久。 点击解锁。"
msgid ""
"This will also remove 1 placed block instance. This action cannot be "
"undone."
msgid_plural ""
"This will also remove @count placed block instances. This action "
"cannot be undone."
msgstr[0] "操作将也会删除1个已经布置好的区块实例。此操作不可撤销。"
msgstr[1] "操作将也会删除@count个已经布置好的区块实例。此操作不可撤销。"
msgid "Whether to log IP addresses with comments or not."
msgstr "评论是否记录IP地址"
msgid ""
"Select the state that new content will be assigned. This state will "
"appear as the default in content forms and the available target states "
"will be based on the transitions available from this state."
msgstr "选择将分配给新内容的状态。此状态将在内容表单中显示为默认状态，可用的目标状态将基于此状态的可用转换。"
msgid ""
"Allows users to configure the display and form display by arranging "
"fields in several columns."
msgstr "允许用户移动不同字段来设置显示结果和表单显示样式"
msgid "Add or select media"
msgstr "添加或选择媒体"
msgid "The file %filename could not be uploaded because the name is invalid."
msgstr "%filename 文件名不合法，所以不能上传。"
msgid "\"@block\" block"
msgstr "区块 \"@block\""
msgid "Delete any file"
msgstr "删除任意文件"
msgid "Refresh interval in seconds"
msgstr "刷新频率，单位秒"
msgid "Add new @entity-type %label"
msgstr "添加新的 @entity-type %label"
msgid ""
"Temporary file \"%path\" that was deleted during garbage collection "
"did not exist on the filesystem. This could be caused by a missing "
"stream wrapper."
msgstr "在垃圾收集期间删除的临时文件\"%path\"，在文件系统中不存在。这可能是由于缺少流包装器造成的。"
msgid ""
"Temporary file \"%path\" that was deleted during garbage collection "
"did not exist on the filesystem."
msgstr "在垃圾收集期间删除的临时文件\"%path\"，在文件系统中不存在。"
msgid "Content Block"
msgstr "内容区块"
msgid "Additional Resources"
msgstr "其他资源"
msgid "Maximum number of autocomplete suggestions."
msgstr "自动补全建议的最大数量"
msgid ""
"Failed to connect to your database server. The server reports the "
"following message: %error.- Is the database server "
"running?
- Does the database exist, and have you entered the "
"correct database name?
- Have you entered the correct username "
"and password?
- Have you entered the correct database hostname "
"and port number?
"
msgstr ""
"无法连接到数据库。 数据库返回的信息如下： "
"%error.- 数据库服务在正常运行吗？ "
"
- 数据库是否存在？ "
"你输入的数据库名称是否正确？
- 你输入的用户名和密码是否正确？
- 你输入的数据库地址和端口号是否正确？
"
msgid ""
"The number of suggestions that will be listed. Use 0 to "
"remove the limit."
msgstr "列出的建议的数量， 0 代表无限制。"
msgid "Autocomplete suggestion list size: @size"
msgstr "自动补全建议列表的大小： @size"
msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina"
msgstr "波斯尼亚和黑塞哥维那"
msgid "St. Barthélemy"
msgstr "圣巴泰勒米岛"
msgid "Ceuta & Melilla"
msgstr "休达和梅利利亚"
msgid "South Georgia & South Sandwich Islands"
msgstr "南乔治亚岛和南桑威奇群岛"
msgid "Heard & McDonald Islands"
msgstr "赫德和麦克唐纳群岛"
msgid "St. Kitts & Nevis"
msgstr "St. Kitts & Nevis"
msgid "St. Martin"
msgstr "圣马丁"
msgid "North Macedonia"
msgstr "北马其顿"
msgid "Macao SAR China"
msgstr "中国澳门特别行政区"
msgid "St. Pierre & Miquelon"
msgstr "圣皮埃尔和密克隆"
msgid "Svalbard & Jan Mayen"
msgstr "斯瓦尔巴群岛和扬马延群岛"
msgid "São Tomé & Príncipe"
msgstr "圣多美和普林西比"
msgid "Eswatini"
msgstr "爱沙尼亚语"
msgid "Turks & Caicos Islands"
msgstr "特克斯和凯科斯群岛"
msgid "Trinidad & Tobago"
msgstr "特立尼达和多巴哥"
msgid "St. Vincent & Grenadines"
msgstr "圣文森岛"
msgid "Wallis & Futuna"
msgstr "瓦利斯和富图纳"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Unique path alias."
msgstr "唯一路径别名。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Valid path."
msgstr "有效路径。"
msgid ""
"Either the path '%link_path' is invalid or you do not have access to "
"it."
msgstr "'%link_path' 无效或无访问权限。"
msgid ""
"The @label workspace can not be published because it contains 1 item "
"in an unpublished moderation state."
msgid_plural ""
"The @label workspace can not be published because it contains @count "
"items in an unpublished moderation state."
msgstr[0] "@label工作区无法发布，因为它包含了1个处于未发布审核状态的条目。"
msgstr[1] "@label工作区无法发布，因为它包含了@count个处于未发布审核状态的条目。"
msgid "Moderation state sort"
msgstr "审核状态排序"
msgid "Moderation state field"
msgstr "审核状态字段"
msgid "Full string ID"
msgstr "完整字符串 ID"
msgid "A boolean indicating whether this translation needs to be updated"
msgstr "一个表示该翻译是否需要更新的布尔值"
msgid "Configuration sync directory"
msgstr "配置同步目录"
msgid "Viewing help topics"
msgstr "浏览帮助主题"
msgid ""
"The top-level help topics are listed on the main Help page. Links to other topics, including "
"non-top-level help topics, can be found under the \"Related\" heading "
"when viewing a topic page."
msgstr ""
"顶级帮助主题列在帮助主页上。查看主题页面时，可以在“相关”标题下找到指向其它主题（包括非顶级帮助主题）的链接。"
msgid "Providing help topics"
msgstr "提供帮助主题"
msgid "Translating help topics"
msgstr "翻译帮助主题"
msgid ""
"The title and body text of help topics provided by contributed modules "
"and themes are translatable using the Interface Translation module. Topics "
"provided by custom modules and themes are also translatable if they "
"have been viewed at least once in a non-English language, which "
"triggers putting their translatable text into the translation "
"database."
msgstr ""
"The title and body text of help topics provided by "
"第三方模块和主题提供的帮助主题的标题和正文，可以使用界面翻译模块进行翻译。如果自定义模块和主题提供的帮助主题，被以非英语语言查看过至少一次，则它们也可以被翻译，这会触发将其可翻译文本放入翻译数据库。"
msgid "Configuring help search"
msgstr "配置帮助搜索"
msgid "See the Help page for more topics."
msgstr ""
"有关更多主题，请参阅帮助页面。"
msgid "Help search"
msgstr "帮助搜索"
msgid ""
"Configure the settings of a block that was previously placed in a "
"region of a theme."
msgstr "配置以前放置在主题区域中的区块的设置。"
msgid "Click the name of the theme that contains the block."
msgstr "单击包含区块的主题的名称。"
msgid ""
"Optionally, click Demonstrate block regions to see the "
"regions of the theme."
msgstr "可选的，单击演示区块区域，以查看主题的区域。"
msgid ""
"If you only want to change the region where a block is located, or the "
"ordering of blocks within a region, drag blocks to their desired "
"positions and click Save blocks."
msgstr "如果只想修改区块所在的区域或区域内区块的顺序，请将区块拖动到所需位置，然后单击保存区块。"
msgid ""
"If you want to change additional settings, find the region where the "
"block you want to update is currently located, and click "
"Configure in the line of the block description."
msgstr "如果要修改其它设置，请找到要更新的区块当前所在的区域，然后单击区块描述一行中的配置。"
msgid ""
"Edit the block's settings. The available settings vary depending on "
"the module that provides the block, but for all blocks you can change:"
msgstr "编辑区块的设置。可用设置因提供区块的模块而异，但对于所有区块，您都可以修改："
msgid ""
"Block title: The heading for the block on your site -- for "
"some blocks, you will need to check the Override title "
"checkbox in order to enter a title"
msgstr "区块标题：站点上区块的标题——对于某些区块，您需要选中覆写标题复选框才能输入标题"
msgid "Display title: Check the box if you want the title displayed"
msgstr "显示标题：如果希望显示标题，请选中该框"
msgid ""
"Visibility: Add conditions for when the block should be "
"displayed"
msgstr "可见性：添加用于控制区块何时显示的条件"
msgid "Region: Change the theme region the block is displayed in"
msgstr "区域：修改用于显示区块的主题区域"
msgid "Click Save block."
msgstr "点击保存区块。"
msgid "What are blocks?"
msgstr "什么是区块？"
msgid ""
"Blocks are boxes of content rendered into an area, or region, of a web "
"page of your site. Blocks are placed and configured specifically for "
"each theme."
msgstr "区块是呈现到网站网页的某个区域或区域中的内容框。可单独为每个主题放置和配置区块。"
msgid "What is the block description?"
msgstr "什么是区块描述？"
msgid ""
"The block description is an identification name for a block, which is "
"shown in the administrative interface. It is not displayed on the "
"site."
msgstr "区块描述是区块的标识名称，显示在管理界面中。它不会显示在网站上。"
msgid "What is the block title?"
msgstr "什么是区块标题？"
msgid ""
"The block title is the heading that is optionally shown to site "
"visitors when the block is placed in a region."
msgstr "区块标题是当区块放置在一个区域中时，向站点访问者可选择显示的标题。"
msgid "Place a block into a theme's region."
msgstr "将区块放入主题区域。"
msgid "Click the name of the theme that you want to place the block in."
msgstr "单击要放置区块的主题的名称。"
msgid ""
"Find the region where you want the block, and click Place "
"block in that region. A modal dialog will pop up."
msgstr "找到要放置区块的区域，然后单击放置区块在该区域中。将弹出一个模态对话框。"
msgid ""
"Find the block you want to place and click Place block. A "
"Configure block modal dialog will pop up."
msgstr "找到要放置的区块，然后单击放置区块。将弹出一个配置区块模态对话框。"
msgid ""
"Enter a description of your block (to be shown to administrators) and "
"the body text for your block."
msgstr "输入区块的说明（将显示给管理员）和区块的正文。"
msgid ""
"Enter a label for this block type (shown in the administrative "
"interface). Optionally, edit the automatically-generated machine name "
"or the description."
msgstr "输入此区块类型的标签（显示在管理界面中）。可选的，编辑自动生成的机器名称或描述。"
msgid ""
"Click Save. You will be returned to the Block types "
"page."
msgstr "点击保存。您将返回到区块类型 页面。"
msgid ""
"Click Manage fields in the row of your new block type, and "
"add the desired fields to your block type."
msgstr "单击你的新区块类型的管理字段，然后将所需字段添加到你的区块类型中。"
msgid ""
"Optionally, click Manage form display or Manage "
"display to change the editing form or field display for your "
"block type."
msgstr "可选的，单击管理表单显示或管理显示，以修改区块类型的编辑表单或字段显示。"
msgid ""
"Use contextual links to access administrative tasks without navigating "
"the administrative menu."
msgstr "使用上下文链接访问管理任务，而无需导航管理菜单。"
msgid "What are contextual links?"
msgstr "什么是上下文链接？"
msgid ""
"Contextual links give users with the Use contextual "
"links permission quick access to administrative tasks related to "
"areas of non-administrative pages. For example, if a page on your site "
"displays a block, the block would have a contextual link that would "
"allow users with permission to configure the block. If the block "
"contains a menu or a view, it would also have a contextual link for "
"editing the menu links or the view. Clicking a contextual link takes "
"you to the related administrative page directly, without needing to "
"navigate through the administrative menu system."
msgstr "上下文链接，允许具有使用上下文链接权限的用户，快速访问与非管理页面区域相关的管理任务。例如，如果网站上的某个页面显示了一个区块，则该区块将具有上下文链接，允许有权限的用户配置该区块。如果区块包含菜单或视图，则它还将具有用于编辑菜单链接或视图的上下文链接。单击上下文链接可直接进入相关的管理页面，而无需在管理菜单系统中导航。"
msgid ""
"Make sure that the core Contextual Links module is installed, and that "
"you have a role with the Use contextual links permission. "
"Optionally, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the "
"core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement)."
msgstr "请确保已安装了核心的上下文链接模块，并且您具有使用上下文链接的权限。可选的，确保安装了工具栏模块（核心工具栏模块或第三方模块替代品）。"
msgid "Visit a non-administrative page on your site, such as the home page."
msgstr "访问网站上的非管理页面，例如主页。"
msgid ""
"Locate a block or another area on the page that you want to edit or "
"configure."
msgstr "在页面上找到要编辑或配置的区块或其它区域。"
msgid ""
"Make the contextual links button visible by hovering your mouse over "
"that area in the page. In most themes, this button looks like a pencil "
"and is placed in the upper right corner of the page area (upper left "
"for right-to-left languages), and hovering will also temporarily "
"outline the affected area. Alternatively, click the contextual links "
"toggle button on the right end of the toolbar (left end for "
"right-to-left languages), which will make all contextual link buttons "
"on the page visible until it is clicked again."
msgstr "通过将鼠标悬停在页面中的该部位上，可使上下文链接按钮可见。在大多数主题中，此按钮看起来像铅笔，位于页面区域的右上角（左上角，对于从右到左的语言），悬停也会暂时勾勒出受影响的区域。或者，单击工具栏右端的上下文链接切换按钮（从右到左语言的左端），这将使页面上的所有上下文链接按钮都可见，直到再次单击为止。"
msgid ""
"While the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible, "
"click the button to display the list of links for that area. Click a "
"link in the list to visit the corresponding administrative page."
msgstr "当你感兴趣的部位的上下文链接按钮可见时，单击该按钮可显示该部位的链接列表。单击列表中的链接以访问相应的管理页面。"
msgid ""
"Complete your administrative task and save your settings, or cancel "
"the action. You should be returned to the page you started from."
msgstr "完成你的管理任务并保存设置，或者取消操作。您应该返回到您开始的页面。"
msgid "What are security updates?"
msgstr "什么是安全更新？"
msgid ""
"Any software occasionally has bugs, and sometimes these bugs have "
"security implications. When security bugs are fixed in the core "
"software, modules, or themes that your site uses, they are released in "
"a security update. You will need to apply security updates in "
"order to keep your site secure."
msgstr "任何软件偶尔都会有漏洞，有时这些漏洞会带来安全隐患。当您的网站使用的核心软件、模块或主题中的安全漏洞得到修复时，它们将在安全更新中发布。您需要应用安全更新以确保网站的安全。"
msgid "Security tasks"
msgstr "安全任务"
msgid ""
"Keeping track of updates, updating the core software, and updating "
"contributed modules and/or themes are all part of keeping your site "
"secure. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks."
msgstr "跟踪更新、更新核心软件以及更新贡献的模块和/或主题都是确保网站安全的一部分。有关具体任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题。"
msgid "Overview of accessibility"
msgstr "无障碍总览"
msgid ""
"The default drag-and-drop user interface for ordering tables in the "
"administrative interface presents a challenge for some users, "
"including keyboard-only users and users of screen readers and other "
"assistive technology. The drag-and-drop interface can be disabled in a "
"table by clicking a link labeled Show row weights above the "
"table. The replacement interface allows users to order the table by "
"choosing numerical weights (with increasing numbers) instead of "
"dragging table rows."
msgstr "管理界面中用于排序表表格的默认拖放用户界面，对一些用户来说是一个挑战，包括仅使用键盘的用户、屏幕阅读器和其它辅助技术的用户。通过单击表格上方标记为显示行权重的链接，可以禁用表中的拖放界面。替换界面允许用户通过选择数字权重（随着数字的增加），而不是拖动表行来排序表格。"
msgid "Administrative interface overview"
msgstr "管理界面总览"
msgid ""
"A menu system, which you can navigate to find pages for administrative "
"tasks. The core Toolbar module displays this menu on the top or left "
"side of the page (right side in right-to-left languages). There are "
"also contributed module replacements for the core Toolbar module, with "
"additional features, such as the Admin Toolbar "
"module."
msgstr ""
"一个菜单系统，您可以使用它进行导航，以查找管理任务的页面。核心的工具栏模块将此菜单显示在页面的顶部或左侧（以从右到左的语言显示在右侧）。此外，还有第三方模块，可以替代核心的工具栏模块，并提供了其它附加特性，如 "
"管理工具栏模块。"
msgid ""
"The core Shortcuts module enhances the toolbar with a configurable "
"list of links to commonly-used tasks."
msgstr "核心的快捷方式模块，通过维护一个可配置的常用任务链接列表，增强了工具栏。"
msgid ""
"If you install the core Contextual Links module, non-administrative "
"pages will contain links leading to related administrative tasks."
msgstr "如果安装了核心的上下文链接模块，那么可以在非管理页面包含指向相关管理任务的链接。"
msgid ""
"The core Help module displays help topics, and provides a Help block "
"that can be placed on administrative pages to provide an overview of "
"their functionality."
msgstr "核心帮助模块显示帮助主题，并提供帮助区块，该区块可以放置在管理页面上，以提供帮助功能的概述。"
msgid "See the related topics listed below for specific tasks."
msgstr "有关具体任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题。"
msgid "Set up your site so that users can search for help."
msgstr "设置您的网站，以便用户可以搜索帮助。"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Search and metadata > "
"Search pages."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"搜索和元数据 > 搜索页面."
msgid ""
"Verify that a Help search page is listed in the Search pages "
"section. If not, add a new page of type Help."
msgstr "验证搜索页面部分中是否列出了帮助搜索页面。如果没有，请添加帮助类型的新页面。"
msgid ""
"Topics can be provided by modules or themes. Top-level help topics on "
"your site:"
msgstr "帮助主题可以通过模块或主题提供。网站上的顶级帮助主题："
msgid ""
"Recursive rendering detected when rendering entity %entity_type: "
"%entity_id, using the %field_name field on the "
"%parent_entity_type:%parent_bundle %parent_entity_id entity. Aborting "
"rendering."
msgstr ""
"检测到了递归呈现，在呈现实体 %entity_type: %entity_id "
"时, 使用了 %field_name "
"字段，在%parent_entity_type:%parent_bundle %parent_entity_id "
"实体上。 正在中止渲染。"
msgid "Heading type"
msgstr "标题类型"
msgid ""
"The @drupal installer requires that the %default-file file must not be "
"deleted or modified from the original download."
msgstr ""
"@drupal 安装程序要求不得删除或者修改 %default-file "
"的原始内容。"
msgid "Manages breakpoints and breakpoint groups for responsive designs."
msgstr "为响应式设计，管理断点和断点组。"
msgid "Allows users to comment on content."
msgstr "允许用户就内容进行评论。"
msgid "Allows users to translate configuration text."
msgstr "允许用户翻译配置文本。"
msgid ""
"Provides site-wide contact forms and forms to contact individual "
"users."
msgstr "提供全站联系表单和单个用户联系表单。"
msgid "Allows users to translate content."
msgstr "允许用户翻译内容。"
msgid ""
"Provides contextual links to directly access tasks related to page "
"elements."
msgstr "提供上下文链接，以直接访问与页面元素相关的任务。"
msgid "Logs system events in the database."
msgstr "在数据库中保存系统事件日志。"
msgid "Caches pages, including those with dynamic content, for all users."
msgstr "为所有用户，缓存页面，包括具有动态内容的页面。"
msgid "Provides a user interface for the Field module."
msgstr "为Field模块提供用户界面。"
msgid ""
"Defines a field type for image media and provides display "
"configuration tools."
msgstr "为图片定义一个字段类型，并提供显示配置工具。"
msgid "Required by the theme: @theme_names"
msgid_plural "Required by the themes: @theme_names"
msgstr[0] "被以下主题需要： @theme_names"
msgstr[1] "被以下主题需要： @theme_names"
msgid "@module_name (missing)"
msgstr "@module_name (缺失)"
msgid ""
"@module_name (incompatible with "
"this version of Drupal core)"
msgstr ""
"@module_name (不兼容 当前 "
"Drupal 内核)"
msgid ""
"@module_name (incompatible with "
"version @version)"
msgstr ""
"@module_name (不兼容 版本 "
"@version)"
msgid ""
"Ban visitors from one or more IP addresses from accessing and viewing "
"your site."
msgstr ""
"禁止某个或多个 IP "
"地址的访问者访问和查看您的站点。"
msgid "Enter an IP address and click Add."
msgstr "输入一个IP 地址 并单击添加。"
msgid ""
"You should see the IP address you entered listed under Banned IP "
"addresses. Repeat the above steps to ban additional IP addresses."
msgstr "您应该看到您输入的IP地址，它列在了禁止的IP地址下。重复上述步骤以禁止其它IP地址。"
msgid "What types of data does a site have?"
msgstr "网站有哪些类型的数据？"
msgid "What is a content entity?"
msgstr "什么是内容实体？"
msgid "What is a field?"
msgstr "什么是字段？"
msgid ""
"Within entity items, the data is stored in individual fields, "
"each of which holds one type of data, such as formatted or plain text, "
"images or other files, or dates. Fields can be added by an "
"administrator on entity sub-types, so that all entity items of a given "
"entity sub-type have the same collection of fields available, and they "
"can be single-valued or multiple-valued. When you create or edit "
"entity items, you are specifying the values for the fields on the "
"entity item."
msgstr "在实体条目中，数据存储在各个字段中，每个字段都包含一种类型的数据，如格式化文本或纯文本、图片或其它文件，或日期。管理员可以在实体子类型上添加字段，这样给定实体子类型的所有实体条目都具有相同的可用字段集合，并且它们可以是单值的，也可以是多值的。创建或编辑实体条目时，是在为实体条目上的字段指定值。"
msgid "What is a reference field?"
msgstr "什么是引用字段？"
msgid ""
"A reference field is a field that stores a relationship "
"between an entity and one or more other entities, which may belong to "
"the same or different entity type. For example, a Content "
"reference field on a content type stores a relationship between "
"one content item and one or more other content items."
msgstr "引用字段是存储实体与一个或多个其它实体之间关系的字段，这些实体可能属于相同或不同的实体类型。例如，内容类型上的内容引用字段存储一个内容条目与一个或多个其它内容条目之间的关系。"
msgid "What field types are available?"
msgstr "有哪些字段类型可用？"
msgid ""
"The following field types are provided by the core system and core "
"modules (many more are provided by contributed modules):"
msgstr "以下字段类型由核心系统和核心模块提供（更多字段类型由第三方模块提供）："
msgid ""
"Boolean, Number (provided by the core system): Stores true/false "
"values and numbers"
msgstr "布尔值，数字（由核心系统提供）：存储“真/假”的值和数字"
msgid ""
"Comment (provided by the core Comment module): Allows users to add "
"comments to an entity"
msgstr "评论（由核心评论模块提供）：允许用户向实体添加评论"
msgid "Date, Timestamp (Datetime module): Stores dates and times"
msgstr "日期，时间戳（日期时间模块）：存储日期和时间"
msgid "Email (core system): Stores email addresses"
msgstr "电子邮件（核心系统）：存储电子邮件地址"
msgid "Link (Link module): Stores URLs and link text"
msgstr "链接（Link 模块）：存储 URL 和链接文本"
msgid "Telephone (Telephone module): Stores telephone numbers"
msgstr "电话（电话模块）：存储电话号码"
msgid "What is a formatter?"
msgstr "什么是格式器？"
msgid ""
"A formatter is a way to display a field; most field types "
"offer several types of formatters, and most formatters have settings "
"that further define how the field is displayed. It is also possible to "
"completely hide a field from display, and you have the option of "
"showing or hiding the field's label when it is displayed."
msgstr "格式器是显示字段的一种方式；大多数字段类型提供多种类型的格式器，大多数格式器都有进一步定义字段显示方式的设置。也可以从显示中完全隐藏字段，并且可以在显示字段时选择显示或隐藏字段的标签。"
msgid "What is a widget?"
msgstr "什么是小部件？"
msgid ""
"A widget is a way to edit a field. Some field types, such as "
"plain text single-line fields, have only one widget available (in this "
"case, a single-line text input field). Other field types offer choices "
"for the widget; for example, single-valued List fields can "
"use a Select or Radio button widget for editing. "
"Many widget types have settings that further define how the field can "
"be edited."
msgstr "小部件是编辑字段的一种方式。某些字段类型，例如纯文本单行字段，只有一个小部件可用（在本例中，为单行文本输入字段）。其它字段类型为小部件提供了多种选择；例如，单值列表字段，可以使用选择或单选按钮小部件进行编辑。许多小部件类型，具有进一步定义如何编辑字段的设置。"
msgid "Managing content structure overview"
msgstr "管理内容结构总览"
msgid ""
"Besides the field modules listed in the previous section, there are "
"additional core modules that you can use to manage your content "
"structure:"
msgstr "除了上一节中列出的字段模块外，还可以使用其它核心模块来管理你的内容结构："
msgid "Configure your system so that cron will run automatically."
msgstr "配置您的系统，使定时任务自动运行。"
msgid "What are cron tasks?"
msgstr "什么是 cron 任务？"
msgid ""
"To ensure that your site and its modules continue to function well, a "
"group of administrative operations should be run periodically. These "
"operations are called cron tasks, and running the tasks is "
"known as running cron. Depending on how often content is "
"updated on your site, you might need to run cron on a schedule ranging "
"from hourly to weekly to keep your site running well."
msgstr "为了确保您的站点及其模块持续正常运行，应定期运行一组管理操作。这些操作被称为cron任务，运行这些任务被称为运行cron。根据网站上内容更新的频率，您可能需要从按时间表（从小时到周）运行cron，以保持网站正常运行。"
msgid "What options are available for running cron?"
msgstr "有哪些选项可用于运行定时任务？"
msgid ""
"If the core Automated Cron module is installed, your site will run "
"cron periodically, on a schedule you can configure."
msgstr "如果安装了核心的自动定时任务模块，您的站点将按照您配置的时间表定期运行定时任务。"
msgid ""
"You can set up a task on your web server to visit the cron "
"URL, which is unique to your site, on a schedule."
msgstr ""
"您可以在web服务器上设立一个任务，以便按计划访问定时任务 "
"URL，这个URL是您的网站所独有的。"
msgid ""
"You can also run cron manually, but this is not the recommended way to "
"make sure it is run periodically."
msgstr "您也可以手动运行定时任务，但这不是确保定期运行定时任务的推荐方法。"
msgid ""
"If you want to run cron right now, click Run cron and wait "
"for cron to finish."
msgstr "如果您想立即运行定时任务(cron)，请单击运行定时任务，并等待定时任务运行完成。"
msgid ""
"If you have a way to configure tasks on your web server, copy the link "
"where it says To run cron from outside the site, go to. Set "
"up a task to visit that URL on your desired cron schedule, such as "
"once an hour or once a week. (On Linux-like servers, you can use the "
"wget command to visit a URL.) If you configure an outside "
"task, you should uninstall the Automated Cron module."
msgstr "如果您可以在web服务器上配置任务，请复制定时任务URL链接，这个链接位于要从网站外部运行定时任务，请转到下面。设置一个任务，按照您想要的定时任务时间表访问该URL，例如每小时或每周访问一次。（在类似Linux的服务器上，可以使用wget命令访问URL。）如果配置外部任务，则应卸载自动化定时任务模块。"
msgid ""
"If you are not configuring an outside task, and you have the core "
"Automated Cron module installed, select a schedule for automated cron "
"runs in Cron settings > Run cron every. Click "
"Save configuration."
msgstr ""
"如果您没有配置外部任务，并且安装了核心的自动定时任务模块，请在定时任务设置 "
"> "
"运行间隔中，选择自动运行定时任务的时间表。单击保存配置。"
msgid "What is a module?"
msgstr "什么是模块？"
msgid ""
"A module is a set of PHP, JavaScript, and/or CSS files that "
"extends site features and adds functionality. A set of Core "
"modules is distributed as part of the core software download. "
"Additional Contributed modules can be downloaded separately "
"from the Download & "
"Extend page on drupal.org."
msgstr ""
"一个模块是一组PHP、JavaScript和/或CSS文件，用于扩展网站特性并添加功能。核心模块作为核心软件下载的一部分进行分发。其它第三方模块可以从drupal.org上的下载 "
"& 扩展页面单独下载。"
msgid "What is an Experimental module?"
msgstr "什么是实验模块？"
msgid ""
"An Experimental module is a module that is still in "
"development and is not yet stable. Using Experimental modules on "
"production sites is not recommended."
msgstr "实验模块是一个仍在开发中且尚未稳定的模块。不建议在生产站点使用实验模块。"
msgid "What are installing and uninstalling?"
msgstr "什么是安装和卸载？"
msgid ""
"Installing a core or downloaded contributed module means turning it "
"on, so that you can use its features and functionality. Uninstalling "
"means turning it off and removing all of its configuration. A module "
"cannot be uninstalled if another installed module depends on it, or if "
"you have created content on your site using the module -- you would "
"need to delete the content and uninstall dependent modules first."
msgstr "安装核心或已下载的第三方模块，意味着启用它，这样您就可以使用它的特性和功能。卸载意味着关闭它，并删除它的所有配置。如果另一个安装的模块依赖于某个模块，或者您使用该模块在网站上创建了内容，则无法卸载该模块——您需要先删除它的内容并卸载依赖它的模块。"
msgid "Extending overview"
msgstr "扩展总览"
msgid ""
"See the related topics listed below for help performing tasks related "
"to extending the functionality of your site."
msgstr "请参看下面所列的相关主题，以获取与扩展网站功能相关的任务的帮助。"
msgid "Maintaining and troubleshooting overview"
msgstr "维护和故障排除概览"
msgid ""
"Here are some tasks and hints related to maintaining your site, and "
"troubleshooting problems that may come up on your site. See the "
"related topics below for more information."
msgstr "以下是一些任务和提示，关于维护您的网站以及排除网站上可能出现的问题。有关更多信息，请参看下面的相关主题。"
msgid "Configure your site so that cron runs periodically."
msgstr "配置您的站点，使定时任务周期运行。"
msgid ""
"If your site is not behaving as expected, clear the cache before "
"trying to diagnose the problem."
msgstr "如果您的网站没有按预期运行，请在尝试诊断问题之前先清除缓存。"
msgid ""
"There are several site reports that can help you diagnose problems "
"with your site. There are also two core modules that can be used for "
"error logging: Database Logging and Syslog."
msgstr "有多个站点报告，可以帮助您诊断站点的问题。还有两个可用于错误日志记录的核心模块：数据库日志和系统日志。"
msgid ""
"Find the particular sub-type that you want to add the field to, and "
"click Manage fields."
msgstr "找到要添加字段的特定子类型，然后单击管理字段。"
msgid "Click Add field."
msgstr "单击添加字段。"
msgid ""
"The Label field should now be visible; enter a label for the "
"field, which is used as the field label for both content editing and "
"content display."
msgstr "标签字段现在应该是可见的；输入字段的标签，该标签用作内容编辑和内容显示的字段标签。"
msgid "Click Save and continue."
msgstr "点击保存并继续。"
msgid ""
"On the next screen, enter a value for Allowed number of "
"values. You can limit the field to one value per entity item, a "
"set number of values, or set it to have unlimited values. Click "
"Save field settings."
msgstr "在下一个屏幕上，为允许的值数输入一个值。您可以将字段限制为每个实体条目一个值、一组值，也可以将其设置为不限值。单击保存字段设置。"
msgid ""
"On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for the field, which "
"vary depending on what field type you are creating. For all fields, "
"you can edit the Label, Help text (text to be "
"displayed below the field on the content editing page), and "
"Required field (to make it so a value must be entered in "
"order to save the content when editing). You can also configure a "
"default value for the field."
msgstr "在下一个屏幕上，可以选择编辑字段的设置，这些设置因您创建的字段类型而异。对于所有字段，您可以编辑标签、帮助文本（在内容编辑页面上显示在字段下方的文本）和必填字段（为了在编辑时，必须输入一个值，才能保存内容）。您还可以配置字段的默认值。"
msgid ""
"Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the display "
"of, and click Manage display in the Operations list."
msgstr "找到你想要配置显示的特定子类型，然后单击操作列表中的管理显示。"
msgid "Use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order."
msgstr "利用拖拽箭头按照所喜欢的顺序对字段进行排序。"
msgid ""
"Drag any fields that you do not wish to see in the display to the "
"Disabled section."
msgstr "对于你在显示中不希望看到的任何字段，可将其拖动到已禁用部分。"
msgid ""
"In the Label column, select the position for each field label "
"in the display, or - Hidden - to hide a label. You can also "
"choose - Visually Hidden- if you want the label's text to "
"appear in the HTML page, so that screen readers and search engines can "
"read it, but it will not be visible."
msgstr "在标签列中，选择每个字段标签在显示中的位置，或选择-隐藏-以隐藏标签。如果您希望标签的文本显示在HTML页面中，以便屏幕阅读器和搜索引擎可以阅读，但不可见，您也可以选择-视觉隐藏-。"
msgid ""
"In the Format column, select the formatter for displaying "
"each field."
msgstr "在格式列中，为每个字段的显示，选择使用的格式器。"
msgid ""
"After selecting the desired formatters, click the settings gear in "
"each row to change the settings for the formatter."
msgstr "选择所需的格式器后，单击每行中的设置齿轮，以修改格式器的设置。"
msgid "When you are done making changes, click Save."
msgstr "完成更改后，单击保存。"
msgid ""
"Test the display for your entity sub-type by viewing an entity. If "
"needed, return to these steps to further refine the display."
msgstr "通过查看实体来测试实体子类型的显示。如果需要，请返回这些步骤以进一步优化显示。"
msgid ""
"Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the editing "
"form for, and click Manage form display in the "
"Operations list."
msgstr "找到要为其配置编辑表单的特定子类型，然后单击操作列表中的管理表单显示。"
msgid ""
"Drag any fields that you do not wish to see on the editing form to the "
"Disabled section."
msgstr "对于你不想在编辑表单上看到的任何字段，可将其拖到已禁用部分。"
msgid ""
"In the Widget column, select the widget for editing each "
"field."
msgstr "在小部件列中，为每个字段选择编辑时使用的小部件。"
msgid ""
"After selecting the desired widgets, click the settings gear in each "
"row to change the settings for the widget."
msgstr "选择所需的小部件后，单击每行中的设置齿轮以修改小部件的设置。"
msgid ""
"Test the editing form for your entity sub-type by editing or creating "
"an entity. If needed, return to these steps to further refine the "
"form."
msgstr "通过编辑或创建实体，来测试实体子类型的编辑表单。如果需要，请返回这些步骤以进一步完善表单。"
msgid ""
"In Add a new field, select the type of reference field you "
"want to add. The Reference section of the select list shows "
"the most common types of reference field; choose Other... if "
"the entity type you want to reference is not listed."
msgstr "在添加新字段中，选择要添加的引用字段类型。选择列表的引用部分，显示了最常见的引用字段类型；如果你要引用的实体类型没有在这里列出，那么选择其它。"
msgid ""
"On the next screen, verify that the type of entity you want to "
"reference is shown in Type of item to reference, or select it "
"if not. Enter a value for Allowed number of values. You can "
"limit the field to one value per entity item, a set number of values, "
"or set it to have unlimited values. Click Save field "
"settings."
msgstr "在下一个屏幕上，验证要引用的实体类型是否显示在要引用的条目类型中，如果没有，则选择它。为允许的值数输入一个值。您可以将字段限制为每个实体条目一个值、一组值，也可以将其设置为不限值。单击保存字段设置。"
msgid ""
"On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for Label, "
"Help text (text to be displayed below the field on the "
"content editing page), and Required field (to make it so a "
"value must be entered in order to save the content when editing)."
msgstr "在下一个屏幕上，可选择编辑标签、帮助文本（要显示在内容编辑页面上的字段下方的文本）和必填字段的设置（在编辑时，必须输入值才能保存内容）。"
msgid ""
"In the Reference type section, you will usually want to limit "
"the entity sub-types that can be referenced; for example, if you are "
"creating a Content reference, you can check one or two "
"Content type choices. The choices will be easier for content "
"editors to scan if you also choose a sort value (normally the entity "
"title or label field)."
msgstr "在引用类型部分，您通常想要限制可以引用的实体子类型；例如，如果您正在创建一个内容引用，则可以选中一个或两个内容类型选项。如果您还选择了排序值（通常是实体的标题或标签字段），内容编辑将更容易查找这些选项。"
msgid "Click Save permissions."
msgstr "点击保存权限。"
msgid "Programming languages"
msgstr "编程语言"
msgid ""
"Schema information for module %module was missing from the database. "
"You should manually review the module updates and your database to "
"check if any updates have been skipped up to, and including, "
"%last_update_hook."
msgstr ""
"数据库中缺少模块%module的模式信息。您应该手动审查模块更新和你的数据库，以检查是否有任何更新被跳过，直到并包括 "
"%last_update_hook。"
msgid ""
"Add, remove, or rearrange the fields on personal and site-wide contact "
"forms."
msgstr "在个人和全站联系表单上，添加、删除或重新排列对应字段。"
msgid "What are the fields on contact forms?"
msgstr "联系表单上的字段是什么？"
msgid ""
"Click Manage fields for the form you want to change the "
"fields of, and add or remove one or more fields on the form."
msgstr "对于想要更改其字段的表单，单击它的管理字段，添加或删除一个或多个字段。"
msgid ""
"Click Manage form display to change the order or "
"configuration of the fields on the form."
msgstr "单击管理表单显示，更改表单上字段的顺序或配置。"
msgid "Configure personal contact forms for registered users on the website."
msgstr "为网站上的注册用户配置个人联系表单。"
msgid ""
"In the Contact settings section, check/uncheck the box to "
"enable/disable the contact form for new user accounts."
msgstr "在联系设置部分，选中/取消选中该框，为新的用户帐号启用/禁用联系表单。"
msgid "Click Save configuration."
msgstr "点击保存配置。"
msgid ""
"Verify that permissions are correct for your site's roles, including "
"the generic Anonymous user and Authenticated user. "
"In order to use personal contact forms, users need both View user "
"information (in the User section, which enables them to "
"view user profiles) and Use users' personal contact forms (in "
"the Contact section, which enables them to use contact forms "
"if they can view user profiles)."
msgstr "验证您网站上角色的权限是否正确，包括通用的匿名用户和已认证用户。为了使用个人联系表单，用户需要查看用户信息权限（在用户部分，使他们能够查看用户个人资料）和使用用户的个人联系表单权限（在联系部分，如果他们可以查看用户个人资料，则可以使用联系表单）。"
msgid "Create a new site-wide contact form."
msgstr "创建一个新的全站范围的联系表单。"
msgid "Click Add contact form."
msgstr "点击添加联系表。"
msgid ""
"Fill in the Label (title) for the form, Recipients, "
"and optionally the other settings."
msgstr "填写表单的标签（标题）、收件人以及其它设置（可选）。"
msgid ""
"Click Save. You should see your new contact form in the "
"table, along with a link to view it."
msgstr "单击保存。您应该在表格中看到您新建的联系表格，它带了查看详情的链接。"
msgid "What are contact forms?"
msgstr "什么是联络表？"
msgid ""
"There are two different types of contact forms provided by the core "
"Contact module: personal contact forms, which allow users to contact "
"other users on the site, and site-wide contact forms, which allow "
"users to contact site managers or administrators. A site can have more "
"than one site-wide contact form; each has its own fields to fill out, "
"recipients, and URL; you can also change the fields that are shown on "
"personal contact forms."
msgstr "核心的联系模块提供了两种不同类型的联系表单：个人联系表单，允许用户联系网站上的其他用户；全站联系表单，用户联系网站负责人或管理员。一个站点可以有多个站点范围内的联系表单；每个都有自己要填写的字段、收件人和URL；您还可以更改个人联系表单上显示的字段。"
msgid ""
"Site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the "
"personal contact form, without knowing or learning the email address "
"of the recipient. When a user with the correct permissions is viewing "
"another user's profile, the viewer will see a Contact tab or "
"link, which leads to the personal contact form if the user whose "
"profile is being viewed has their personal contact form enabled (this "
"is a user account setting)."
msgstr "网站访问者可以使用个人联系表单，向您网站上的注册用户发送电子邮件，而无需知道或了解收件人的电子邮件地址。当具有正确权限的用户正在查看另一个用户的个人资料时，如果对方启用了个人联系表单（这是用户帐户设置），他将看到一个联系标签或链接，，则该联系或链接将指向个人联系表单。"
msgid "Contact form management tasks"
msgstr "联络表管理任务"
msgid "See the related topics below for specific tasks."
msgstr "有关具体任务，请参阅下面的相关主题。"
msgid "Click Edit for the site-wide form you want to be the default."
msgstr "对于要用作默认的站点范围的表单，单击编辑。"
msgid "Check Make this the default form and click Save."
msgstr "选中使其成为默认表单，然后单击保存。"
msgid ""
"Click Save settings. You should be returned to the Manage "
"fields page, with your new field in the list."
msgstr "单击保存设置。您应该返回到管理字段页面，你新加的新字段将显示在列表中。"
msgid ""
"Module %name has an entry in the system.schema key/value storage, but "
"is missing from your site. More information about "
"this error."
msgstr ""
"模块 "
"%name在system.schema的键/值存储中有一个条目，但它在您的网站上不见了。 "
"有关此错误的更多信息。"
msgid ""
"Module %name has an entry in the system.schema key/value storage, but "
"is not installed. More information about this "
"error."
msgstr ""
"模块 "
"%name在system.schema的键/值存储中有一个条目，但尚未安装。 "
"有关此错误的更多信息。"
msgid "Missing required data for configuration: %config"
msgstr "必要的配置数据缺失:%config"
msgid "What are breakpoints?"
msgstr "什么是断点（breakpoints）？"
msgid ""
"Breakpoints are the point at which your site's content will respond to "
"provide the user with the best possible layout to consume the "
"information. A breakpoint separates the height or width of viewports "
"(screens, printers, and other media output types) into steps. For "
"instance, a width breakpoint of 40em creates two steps: one for widths "
"up to 40em and one for widths above 40em. Breakpoints can be used to "
"define when layouts should shift from one form to another, when images "
"should be resized, and other changes that need to respond to changes "
"in viewport height or width."
msgstr "断点就是这样的点，在这些点上，使用断点信息，你的站点内容将作出响应以向用户提供尽可能好的布局。断点将视口（屏幕、打印机和其它介质输出类型）的高度或宽度分隔为多步。例如，40em的宽度断点创建两个步骤：一个用于40em以下的宽度，另一个用于超过40em的长度。断点可用于定义布局何时从一种形式切换到另一种形式，何时调整图片大小，以及需要响应视口高度或宽度变更的其它变更。"
msgid "What are media queries?"
msgstr "什么是媒体查询（media queries）？"
msgid ""
"Media queries are a formal way to encode breakpoints. For instance, a "
"width breakpoint at 40em would be written as the media query "
"\"(min-width: 40em)\". Breakpoints are really just media queries with "
"some additional meta-data, such as a name and multiplier information."
msgstr ""
"媒体查询是对断点进行编码的一种正式方式。例如，40em处的宽度断点，写成媒体查询 "
"\"(min-width: "
"40em)\"。断点实际上只是带有一些附加元数据的媒体查询，例如名称和乘数信息。"
msgid "What are resolution multipliers?"
msgstr "什么是分辨率乘数？"
msgid "What is a breakpoint group?"
msgstr "什么是断点组？"
msgid "Managing breakpoints and breakpoint groups overview"
msgstr "管理断点和断点组概述"
msgid ""
"The Breakpoint module allows you to define breakpoints and "
"breakpoint groups in YAML files. Modules and themes can use the API "
"provided by the Breakpoint module to define breakpoints and "
"breakpoint groups, and to assign resolution multipliers to "
"breakpoints."
msgstr "断点模块，允许您在YAML文件中定义断点和断点组。模块和主题可以使用断点模块提供的API来定义断点和断点组，并为断点分配分辨率乘数。"
msgid "W3C standards for media queries"
msgstr "媒体查询的 W3C 标准"
msgid "What is a theme?"
msgstr "什么是主题？"
msgid ""
"A theme is a set of files that define the visual look and "
"feel of your site. The core software and modules that run on your site "
"determine which content (including HTML text and other data stored in "
"the database, uploaded images, and any other asset files) is displayed "
"on the pages of your site. The theme determines the HTML markup and "
"CSS styling that wraps the content. Several basic themes are supplied "
"with the core software; additional contributed themes can be "
"downloaded separately from the Download & "
"Extend page on drupal.org, or you can create your own theme."
msgstr ""
"主题是一组定义网站视觉外观的文件。在您的网站上运行的核心软件和模块决定哪些内容（包括存储在数据库中的HTML文本和其它数据、上传的图片，和任何其它资产文件）显示在您的站点页面上。主题决定了用于包裹内容的HTML标签和CSS样式。核心软件提供了几个基本主题；其它第三方主题可以从drupal.org上的下载 "
"& "
"扩展页面单独下载，或者您可以创建自己的主题。"
msgid "What is a base theme?"
msgstr "什么是基主题？"
msgid "What is a layout?"
msgstr "什么是布局？"
msgid "Changing site appearance overview"
msgstr "修改网站外观概览"
msgid ""
"The core Field UI module provides a user interface for managing fields "
"and their display on entities."
msgstr "核心的字段UI模块提供了一个用户界面，用于管理实体上的字段及其显示。"
msgid ""
"The core Layout Builder module provides a more flexible user interface "
"for configuring the display of entities."
msgstr "核心布局构建器模块提供了非常灵活的用户界面，用于配置实体的显示。"
msgid "What is site performance?"
msgstr "什么是网站性能？"
msgid ""
"Site performance, in this context, refers to speed factors such as the "
"page load time and the response time after a user action on a page."
msgstr "在这种情况下，站点性能指的是速度因素，如页面加载时间和用户对页面执行操作后的响应时间。"
msgid "What is caching?"
msgstr "什么是缓存？"
msgid ""
"Caching is saving already-rendered HTML output and other calculated "
"data for later use the first time it is needed. This saves time, "
"because the next time the same data is needed it can be quickly "
"retrieved instead of recalculated. Automatic caching systems also "
"include mechanisms to delete cached calculations or mark them as no "
"longer valid when the underlying data changes. To facilitate that, "
"cached data has a lifetime, which is the maximum time before "
"the data will be deleted from the cache (forcing recalculation)."
msgstr "在第一次使用时，缓存是将已渲染的HTML输出和其它计算数据保存起来，以便以后使用。这节省了时间，因为下次需要相同的数据时，可以快速检索，而不是重新计算。自动缓存系统还包括删除缓存计算机制或在基础数据变更时将其标记为不再有效的机制。为了方便起见，缓存数据具有生命周期，这是一个缓存保存的最长时间，之后将被从缓存系统中删除数据（强制重新计算）。"
msgid "What is file aggregation?"
msgstr "什么是文件聚合？"
msgid ""
"Aggregation is when CSS and JavaScript files are merged together and "
"compressed into a format that is much smaller than the original. This "
"allows for faster transmission and faster rendering on the other end."
msgstr "聚合是指CSS和JavaScript文件合并在一起，并压缩为比原始文件小得多的格式。这使得文件传输的更快，在客户端渲染的更快。"
msgid "What can I do to improve my site's performance?"
msgstr "我可以做什么来提高网站的性能？"
msgid "Internal Page Cache module"
msgstr "内部页面缓存模块"
msgid ""
"Caches pages requested by users who are not logged in (anonymous "
"users). Do not use if your site needs to send different output to "
"different anonymous users."
msgstr "缓存未登录的用户（匿名用户）请求的页面。如果您的网站需要向不同的匿名用户提供不同的内容，请不要使用这个功能。"
msgid "Internal Dynamic Page Cache module"
msgstr "内部动态页面缓存模块"
msgid ""
"Caches data for both authenticated and anonymous users, with "
"non-cacheable data in the page converted to placeholders and "
"calculated when the page is requested."
msgstr "为登录用户和匿名用户缓存数据，页面中不可缓存的数据将转换为占位符，并在请求页面时进行计算。"
msgid "Big Pipe module"
msgstr "Big Pipe 模块"
msgid ""
"Changes the way pages are sent to users, so that cacheable parts are "
"sent out first with placeholders, and the uncacheable or personalized "
"parts of the page are streamed afterwards. This allows the browser to "
"render the bulk of the page quickly and fill in the details later."
msgstr "修改页面发送给用户的方式，以便将可缓存部分与占位符一起先发送出去，然后再流式传输页面中不可缓存或个性化的部分。这使浏览器能够快速呈现页面的大部分内容，并在稍后补充详细信息。"
msgid "Performance page settings"
msgstr "性能页面设置"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, if you navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"Performance, you will find a setting for the maximum cache "
"lifetime, as well as the ability to turn on CSS and JavaScript file "
"aggregation."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面，如果导航到配置> "
"开发> "
"性能，您将找到最大缓存生命周期的设置，以及启用CSS和JavaScript文件聚合的功能。"
msgid "Online documentation for the Internal Page Cache module"
msgstr "内部页面缓存模块的在线文档"
msgid "Online documentation for the Internal Dynamic Page Cache module"
msgstr "内部动态页面缓存模块的在线文档"
msgid "Online documentation for the BigPipe module"
msgstr "BigPipe 模块的在线文档"
msgid ""
"The form has become outdated. Press the back button, copy any unsaved "
"work in the form, and then reload the page."
msgstr "该表单已经过期。请点击返回按钮，复制表单中所有没保存的内容，然后重新加载页面。"
msgid "Configuring a previously-placed block"
msgstr "配置一个以前放置的区块"
msgid "Managing blocks"
msgstr "管理区块"
msgid "Placing a block"
msgstr "放置区块"
msgid "Managing height, width, and resolution breakpoints"
msgstr "管理断点的高度、宽度和分辨率"
msgid "Managing the fields of contact forms"
msgstr "管理联系表格的字段"
msgid "Configuring personal contact forms"
msgstr "配置个人联系表"
msgid "Creating a new contact form"
msgstr "创建新联系表格"
msgid "Managing contact forms"
msgstr "管理联系表"
msgid "Setting a default contact form"
msgstr "设置默认联系表单"
msgid "Using contextual links"
msgstr "使用上下文连接"
msgid "Changing the appearance of your site"
msgstr "更改网站的外观"
msgid "Managing content structure"
msgstr "管理内容结构"
msgid "Running and configuring cron"
msgstr "运行和配置 cron"
msgid "Extending and modifying your site functionality"
msgstr "扩展和修改网站的功能"
msgid "Maintaining and troubleshooting your site"
msgstr "为你的网站维护和排除故障"
msgid "Optimizing site performance"
msgstr "优化站点性能"
msgid "Making your site secure"
msgstr "确保您的网站安全"
msgid "Accessibility of the administrative interface"
msgstr "管理界面的可访问性"
msgid "Using the administrative interface"
msgstr "使用管理界面"
msgid "Adding a field to an entity sub-type"
msgstr "向实体子类型添加字段"
msgid "Configuring field display for an entity sub-type"
msgstr "配置实体子类型的字段显示"
msgid "Configuring the edit form for an entity sub-type"
msgstr "为一个实体子类型配置编辑表单"
msgid "Adding a reference field to an entity sub-type"
msgstr "向实体子类型添加引用字段"
msgid ""
"See the documentation for PHP date formats."
msgstr ""
"浏览 PHP 日期时间格式化文档 ."
msgid ""
"A user-defined date format. See the PHP "
"manual for available options."
msgstr ""
"用户定义的日期格式。参看PHP "
"手册 ，查看可用选项。"
msgid "Manage translations for any entity that the user can edit"
msgstr "管理用户可以编辑的任何实体的翻译"
msgid ""
"The Filter module allows administrators to configure text formats. "
"Text formats change how HTML tags and other text will be processed "
"and displayed in the site. They are used to transform text, and "
"also help to defend your website against potentially damaging input "
"from malicious users. Visual text editors can be associated with text "
"formats by using the Text Editor module. "
"For more information, see the online "
"documentation for the Filter module."
msgstr ""
"“过滤器”模块允许管理员配置文本格式。文本格式修改了HTML标签和其他文本在网站中的处理和显示方式。它们用于转换文本，也有助于保护您的网站免受恶意用户潜在的破坏性输入。可视化文本编辑器可以使用 "
"文本编辑器模块与文本格式相关联。有关详细信息，请参看过滤器模块的在线文档。"
msgid ""
"There are four main types of data. Content is the information "
"(text, images, etc.) meant to be displayed to website visitors. "
"Configuration is data that defines how the content is "
"displayed; some configuration (such as field labels) may also be "
"visible to site visitors. State is temporary data about the "
"state of your site, such as the last time the system cron "
"jobs ran. Session is a subset of State information, related "
"to users' interactions with the site, such as site cookies and whether "
"or not they are logged in."
msgstr "主要有四种类型数据。内容，是向网站访问者显示的信息（文本、图片等）。配置，是定义如何显示内容的数据；一些配置（例如字段标签）也可能对站点访问者可见。状态，是关于站点状态的临时数据，比如系统定时任务最近运行时间。会话，是状态信息的一个子集，主要用于用户与网站的交互，例如网站cookie以及他们是否已经登录。"
msgid ""
"List (Options module): Stores values chosen from pre-defined lists, "
"where the values can be numbers or text; see section below for more on "
"list fields."
msgstr "列表（选项模块）：存储从预定义列表中选择的值，其中的值可以是数字或文本；有关列表字段的更多信息，请参阅下面的部分。"
msgid "Reference (core system): Stores entity references; see section above"
msgstr "引用（核心系统）：存储实体引用；参见上文"
msgid ""
"Text (Text module): Stores formatted and unformatted text; see section "
"below for more on text fields."
msgstr "文本（文本模块）：存储格式化和未格式化的文本；有关文本字段的更多信息，请参阅下面的部分。"
msgid "What settings are available for List field types?"
msgstr "哪些设置可用于列表字段类型？"
msgid ""
"List fields associate pre-defined keys (or value codes) with "
"labels that the user sees. For example, you might define a "
"list field that shows the user the names of several locations, while "
"behind the scenes a location code is stored in the database. Each list "
"field type corresponds to one type of stored key. For example, a "
"List (integer) field stores integers, while the List "
"(text) field stores text strings. Once you have chosen the field "
"type, the main setting for a list field is the Allowed values "
"list, which associates the keys with the labels."
msgstr "列表字段将预定义键（或代码值）与用户看到的标签相关联。例如，您可以定义一个列表字段，该字段向用户显示多个位置的名称，而在后台，位置代码存储在数据库中。每个列表字段类型对应于一种存储的键的类型。例如，列表（整数）字段存储整数，而列表（文本）字段存储文本字符串。选择字段类型后，列表字段的主要设置为允许的值列表，该列表将键与标签关联了起来。"
msgid "What types of Text fields are available?"
msgstr "有哪些类型的文本字段可用？"
msgid ""
"There are several types of text fields, with different "
"characteristics. Text fields can be either plain or "
"formatted: plain text fields do not contain HTML, while "
"formatted fields can contain HTML and are processed through text "
"filters (these are provided by the core Filter module; if you "
"have that module enabled, see the related topic below on filters for "
"more information). Text fields can also be regular-length (with a "
"limit of 255 characters) or long (with a very large character "
"limit), and long formatted text fields can include a summary "
"attribute. All possible combinations of these characteristics exist as "
"text field types; for example, Text (plain) and Text "
"(formatted, long, with summary) are two examples of text field "
"types."
msgstr ""
"有几种类型的文本字段，具有不同的特征。文本字段可以是纯文本或格式化的：纯文本字段不包含HTML，而格式化的字段可以包含HTML，并通过文本过滤器进行处理（这些由核心过滤器模块提供；如果启用了该模块，请参阅下面关于过滤器的相关主题以获取更多信息）。文本字段也可以是规则长度（限制为255个字符）或长（限制为非常大的字符），并且长格式文本字段可以包括摘要属性。这些特征的所有可能组合都作为文本字段类型存在；例如，文本（纯文本）和文本（格式化的、长的、带摘要的）， "
"这是是文本字段类型的两个示例。"
msgid "What is a menu?"
msgstr "什么是菜单？"
msgid ""
"A menu is a collection of menu links used to navigate a web "
"site. Menus and menu links can be provided by modules or site "
"administrators."
msgstr "菜单是一个菜单链接的集合，用于网站导航。菜单和菜单链接可以由模块或站点管理员提供。"
msgid "Managing menus overview"
msgstr "管理菜单总览"
msgid ""
"The core Menu UI module provides a user interface for managing menus, "
"including creating new menus, reordering menu links, and disabling "
"links provided by modules. It also provides the ability for links to "
"content items to be added to menus while editing, if configured on the "
"content type. The core Custom Menu Links module provides the ability "
"to add custom links to menus. Each menu can be displayed by placing a "
"block in a theme region; some themes also can display a menu outside "
"of the block system. See the related topics listed below for specific "
"tasks."
msgstr "核心的菜单UI模块，提供了一个用于管理菜单的用户界面，包括创建新菜单、重新排序菜单链接和禁用模块提供的链接。如果在内容类型上进行了配置，它还提供了在编辑时将指向内容条目的链接添加到菜单的功能。核心的自定义菜单链接模块提供了向菜单添加自定义链接的功能。每个菜单都有一个对应的区块，可以通过在主题区域中放置来显示；一些主题也可以在区块系统之外显示菜单。有关具体任务，请参阅下面所列的相关主题。"
msgid "Enabling web services"
msgstr "启用web服务"
msgid "What is a web service?"
msgstr "什么是web服务?"
msgid ""
"A web service allows your site to provide its content and data to "
"other web sites and applications. Typically, the data is transported "
"via HTTP "
"in a serialized machine-readable format."
msgstr ""
"web服务允许您的网站将其内容和数据提供给其它网站和应用程序。通常，数据通过HTTP协议传输，采用串行化的机读格式。"
msgid "What is serialization?"
msgstr "什么是序列化?"
msgid ""
"Serialization is the process of converting complex data structures "
"into text strings, so that they can be exchanged and stored. The "
"reverse process is called deserialization. JSON and XML are "
"the two most-commonly-used data serialization formats for web "
"services."
msgstr "序列化是将复杂的数据结构转换为文本字符串的过程，以便进行交换和存储。反向过程称为反序列化。JSON和XML是web服务中最常用的两种数据序列化格式。"
msgid "What is HTTP Basic authentication?"
msgstr "什么是HTTP基本身份验证?"
msgid ""
"HTTP "
"Basic authentication is a method for authenticating requests by "
"sending a user name and password along with the request."
msgstr ""
"HTTP基本身份验证，是一种通过在请求中发送用户名和密码来验证请求的方法。"
msgid "What modules provide web services?"
msgstr "哪些模块提供web服务？"
msgid "JSON:API module"
msgstr "JSON:API模块"
msgid "RESTful Web Services module"
msgstr "RESTful Web服务模块"
msgid "Serialization module"
msgstr "序列化模块"
msgid ""
"Provides a framework for adding specific serialization formats for "
"other modules to use."
msgstr "提供一个框架，用于添加特定的序列化格式，以供其它模块使用。"
msgid "HTTP Basic Authentication module"
msgstr "HTTP基本身份验证模块"
msgid "There are also contributed modules that provide web services."
msgstr "还有一些第三方模块提供了web服务。"
msgid "Online documentation for the RESTful Web Services module"
msgstr "RESTful Web 服务模块的在线文档"
msgid "Online documentation for the JSON:API module"
msgstr "JSON:API 模块的在线文档"
msgid "Comparison of the RESTFul Web Services and JSON:API modules"
msgstr "比较RESTFul Web 服务和 JSON:API 模块"
msgid "Connecting text editors to text formats"
msgstr "连接文本编辑器和文本格式"
msgid "What is a text editor?"
msgstr "什么是文本编辑器？"
msgid "Managing text filters and text formats"
msgstr "管理文本过滤器和文本格式"
msgid "Configure text formats on the site."
msgstr "在站点上配置文本格式。"
msgid "What are text filters and text formats?"
msgstr "什么是文本过滤器和文本格式？"
msgid ""
"A text filter is a processing step that can be applied to text, either "
"to transform it in some way (such as converting URLs in the text into "
"HTML links), or to defend against potentially-dangerous input from "
"site users. A text format is an ordered sequence of text filters. Text "
"filters are provided by modules; text formats are managed by the core "
"Filter module."
msgstr "文本过滤器是一个可以应用于文本的处理步骤，有两种用途，一是以某种方式对文本进行转换（例如将文本中的URL转换为HTML链接），二是防御来自网站用户的潜在危险输入。文本格式是一个有序的文本过滤器序列。文本过滤器由模块提供；文本格式由核心的过滤器模块管理。"
msgid ""
"Text fields that have \"formatted\" in the field type name, such as "
"Text (formatted), use text formats. Users choose the text "
"format when editing the field text; when the field text is shown on "
"the site, it is processed by the chosen text format. Administrators "
"can configure text formats and assign permissions for who can use each "
"format. If the core Text Editor module is enabled, administrators can "
"also associate visual editors with text formats."
msgstr "字段类型名称中包含“格式化的”文本字段，如文本（格式化的），使用文本格式。用户在编辑字段文本时选择文本格式；当字段文本显示在网站上时，它将按照所选的文本格式进行处理。管理员可以配置文本格式，并为用户分配使用每种格式的权限。如果启用了核心文本编辑器模块，管理员还可以将可视化编辑器与文本格式相关联。"
msgid "What text filters are available?"
msgstr "有哪些文本过滤器可用？"
msgid "Some of the more commonly used text filters are:"
msgstr "一些更常用的文本过滤器包括："
msgid ""
"Limits which HTML tags can be used; useful both for site security and "
"enforcing site design."
msgstr "限制可以使用的HTML标签；对站点安全和加强站点设计都很有用。"
msgid ""
"Line breaks in HTML source are displayed as horizontal spaces. This "
"filter converts line breaks into HTML paragraph and line break tags."
msgstr "HTML源代码中的换行符显示为水平空格。此过滤器将换行符转换为HTML段落和换行标签。"
msgid "Takes plain URLs in text and turns them into HTML links."
msgstr "找到纯文本URL并将其转换为HTML链接。"
msgid ""
"For text formats that allow HTML image tags, restricts images to URLs "
"within this site."
msgstr "对于允许HTML图片标签的文本格式，将图片限制为此网站内的URL。"
msgid ""
"Click Configure to configure an existing text format, or "
"+ Add text format to create a new text format."
msgstr "单击配置以配置现有的文本格式，或单击+添加文本格式以创建一个新的文本格式。"
msgid "Enter the desired Name for the text format."
msgstr "输入文本格式的名称。"
msgid ""
"Check the Roles that can use this text format. Some HTML tags "
"allow users to embed malicious links or scripts in text. To ensure "
"security, anonymous and untrusted users should only have access to "
"text formats that restrict them to either plain text or a safe set of "
"HTML tags. Improper text format configuration is a security "
"risk."
msgstr "检查可以使用此文本格式的角色。某些HTML标签允许用户在文本中嵌入恶意链接或脚本。为了确保安全，匿名和不受信任的用户使用的文本格式应受到限制，应该将其限制为纯文本或安全的HTML标签集。不正确的文本格式配置存在安全风险。"
msgid ""
"If the core Text Editor module is installed, see the related topic to "
"connect a text editor to this text format."
msgstr "如果安装了核心的文本编辑器模块，请参阅相关主题，将文本编辑器连接到此文本格式。"
msgid ""
"Under Enabled filters, check the text filters that you want "
"to use."
msgstr "在启用的过滤器下面，检查要使用的文本过滤器。"
msgid ""
"Under Filter processing order, drag the filters to the "
"correct order. Choose the order carefully; for example, if you have a "
"filter that results in a particular HTML tag being added to the text, "
"that should run after a filter that restricts HTML tags, to avoid "
"deleting the new tags the first filter added."
msgstr "在过滤器处理顺序下，将过滤器拖动到正确的顺序。顺序选择要仔细；例如，如果您有一个过滤器，导致一个特定的HTML标记被添加到文本中，该过滤器应该在限制HTML标签的过滤器之后运行，以避免删除第一个过滤器添加的新标签。"
msgid ""
"Under Filter settings, verify and adjust the settings for "
"each active filter that has configuration options."
msgstr "在过滤器设置下，验证并调整每个活动过滤器的设置，如果具有配置选项的话。"
msgid ""
"Click Save configuration, which will return you to the "
"Text formats and editors page."
msgstr "单击保存配置，将返回文本格式和编辑器页面。"
msgid "Repeat these steps if you have additional text formats to configure."
msgstr "如果要配置其它文本格式，请重复这些步骤。"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > Block layout."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > "
"区块布局."
msgid ""
"For accessibility and search engine optimization, all images that "
"convey meaning on websites should have alternate text. Drupal also "
"allows entry of title text for images, but it can lead to confusion "
"for screen reader users and its use is not recommended. Image fields "
"can be configured so that alternate and title text fields are enabled "
"or disabled; if enabled, the fields can be set to be required. The "
"recommended setting is to enable and require alternate text and "
"disable title text."
msgstr "为了可访问性和搜索引擎优化，所有在网站上传达含义的图片都应该有替代文本(alt)。Drupal还允许输入图片的标题文本(title)，但这可能会导致屏幕阅读器用户感到困惑，不建议使用它。可以配置图片字段，以便启用或禁用替代和标题文本字段；如果启用，则可以将字段设置为必填字段。建议的设置是启用和要求替代文本，并禁用标题文本。"
msgid "Content blocks"
msgstr "内容区块"
msgid "For security reasons, your upload has been rejected."
msgstr "出于安全原因，您的上传已被拒绝。"
msgid "Exporting your complete site configuration"
msgstr "导出完整的站点配置"
msgid "Click Export and save the archive file."
msgstr "单击导出 并保存存档文件。"
msgid ""
"Select the Configuration type that you want to export, and "
"then select the specific Configuration name to export."
msgstr "选择您要导出的配置类型，然后选择要导出的特定的配置名字。"
msgid ""
"Use your browser to copy the text in the box marked Here is your "
"configuration to the clipboard."
msgstr "找到标记为这是您的配置的框，使用浏览器将其中的文本复制到剪贴板。"
msgid ""
"Paste the copied text into a plain-text editor on your computer or "
"other device, and save it using the suggested file name below the text "
"box."
msgstr "将复制的文本粘贴到计算机或其它设备上的纯文本编辑器中，在文本框下方有建议的文件名，使用这个名字保存成文件。"
msgid "Importing your complete site configuration"
msgstr "导入完整的站点配置"
msgid ""
"Browse to find the Configuration archive that you want to "
"import."
msgstr "浏览以找到要导入的配置存档。"
msgid ""
"Click Upload. Your configuration archive will be unpacked and "
"placed in the configuration synchronization directory, and you will be "
"redirected to the Synchronize page."
msgstr "点击上传。你的配置归档文件将被解压缩并放置在配置同步目录中，您将被重定向到同步页面。"
msgid ""
"Review the differences between your uploaded configuration and the "
"active configuration, if any, and click Import all to import "
"the changes."
msgstr ""
"Review the differences between your uploaded configuration and the "
"active configuration, if any, and click Import all to import "
"the changes.\r\n"
"查看上传的配置与活动配置之间的差异（如果有），然后点击导入所有以导入变更。"
msgid "Select the Configuration type that you want to import."
msgstr "选择要导入的配置类型。"
msgid ""
"On your computer or other device, copy the YAML-format configuration "
"that you want to import to the clipboard."
msgstr "在您的计算机或其它设备上，将要导入的YAML格式的配置复制到剪贴板。"
msgid ""
"Paste the clipboard text into the box labeled Paste your "
"configuration here."
msgstr ""
"将剪贴板文本粘贴到标记为在此处粘贴您的配置 "
"区域。"
msgid "Click Import."
msgstr "点击导入。"
msgid "Managing and deploying configuration"
msgstr "管理和部署配置"
msgid "What is the configuration system?"
msgstr "什么是配置系统？"
msgid ""
"The configuration system provides the ability for administrators to "
"customize the site, and to move and synchronize configuration changes "
"between development sites and the live site. It does this in 2 ways:"
msgstr "配置系统为管理员提供了自定义站点的能力，以及在开发站点和活动站点之间移动和同步配置变更的能力。它有两种方式："
msgid "Providing storage for configuration"
msgstr "为配置提供存储"
msgid ""
"Providing a process in which configuration changes can be imported and "
"exported between instances of the same site; for example, from \"dev\" "
"to \"staging\" to \"live\""
msgstr "提供一个流程，在该流程中，可以在同一站点的实例之间导入和导出配置变更；例如，从“开发”到“备用”再到“生产”"
msgid "What is configuration data?"
msgstr "什么是配置数据？"
msgid ""
"Configuration data describes settings that define how your site "
"behaves or is displayed. For example, when a site administrator "
"updates settings using an administrative form, these settings are "
"stored as configuration data. Configuration data describes settings as "
"simple as a site name and as complex as a view or image style."
msgstr "配置数据描述了定义网站行为或显示方式的设置。例如，当站点管理员使用管理表单更新设置时，这些设置将作为配置数据存储。配置数据描述的设置，简单的有网站名称，复杂的有视图或图像样式。"
msgid "What kinds of configuration are there?"
msgstr "有哪些配置？"
msgid "Active configuration"
msgstr "活动的配置"
msgid ""
"Active configuration is the current working configuration of a site. "
"Storage of active configuration is defined by the site, and resides in "
"the database by default."
msgstr "活动配置是站点的当前工作配置。活动配置的存储由站点定义，默认情况下位于数据库中。"
msgid ""
"A simple configuration item is a group of settings, such as the "
"settings for a module or theme. Each simple configuration item has its "
"own unique structure."
msgstr "简单配置项是一组设置，例如模块或主题的设置。每个简单的配置项都有自己独特的结构。"
msgid ""
"Configuration entities are user-defined configuration items grouped by "
"type, such as views, image styles, and content types. Each "
"configuration entity within a type has a similar structure."
msgstr "配置实体是按类型（如视图、图像样式和内容类型）分组的用户定义的配置条目。一个类型中的每个配置实体都具有类似的结构。"
msgid ""
"Default configuration can be defined by a module, theme, or "
"installation profile in its config/install or "
"config/optional directories. Configuration is provided in "
"YAML files (file extension .yml); YAML is a human-readable data "
"serialization standard that is used by the core software for several "
"purposes. Once the default configuration has been imported into the "
"site's active configuration (through installing the extension), that "
"configuration is owned by the site, not the extension. This means that "
"future updates of the extension will not override the site's active "
"configuration for that extension."
msgstr "默认配置可以由模块、主题或安装轮廓(profile)在其config/install或config/optional目录中定义。配置在YAML文件中提供（文件扩展名为.yml）；YAML是一种人类可读的数据序列化标准，核心软件将其用于多种目的。将默认配置导入到站点的活动配置（通过安装扩展）后，该配置将归站点所有，而不是扩展所有。这意味着扩展未来更新时，不会覆写该扩展的站点活动配置。"
msgid "What is configuration synchronization?"
msgstr "什么是配置同步？"
msgid ""
"Configuration synchronization is the process of exporting and "
"importing configuration to keep configuration synchronized between "
"different versions of a site; for example, between a development site "
"and the live site."
msgstr "配置同步是导出和导入配置的过程，以保持站点不同版本之间的配置同步；例如，在开发站点和生产站点之间。"
msgid ""
"Each site has unique identifier, also called a UUID, which "
"identifies the site to the system in any instance of the site, as long "
"as the site instances have been reproduced as clones (cloning is when "
"the codebase and database are copied to create a new site instance). "
"When site instances are cloned, a \"dev\" instance of the site has the "
"same UUID as the \"live\" instance. When site instances share the same "
"UUID, configuration can be exported from one instance to another."
msgstr "每个站点都有唯一的标识符，也称为UUID，它在站点的任何实例中用于向系统标识站点，只要站点实例是以克隆的方式复制的（克隆是指复制代码库和数据库以创建新的站点实例）。克隆站点实例时，站点的“开发”实例与“生产”实例具有相同的UUID。当站点实例共享相同的UUID时，可以将配置从一个实例导出到另一个实例。"
msgid ""
"The following list contains terms and concepts related to "
"configuration synchronization:"
msgstr "以下列表包含与配置同步相关的术语和概念："
msgid "Exported configuration"
msgstr "导出配置"
msgid ""
"When configuration is exported, the active configuration is exported "
"as a set of files in YAML format. When using the Configuration "
"synchronization administrative UI, configuration can be exported "
"as a full-export or single-item archive. This archive can then be "
"imported into the destination site instance."
msgstr "导出配置时，活动配置将导出为YAML格式的文件集合。使用配置同步管理界面时，配置导出分为两种形式，一种为完整导出，另一种单条目导出。这里导出的文件，后续可以导入到目标站点实例中。"
msgid "Imported configuration"
msgstr "导入配置"
msgid ""
"Imported configuration is configuration that has been exported from "
"another instance of the site (the \"source\") and is now being "
"imported into another site instance (the \"destination\"), thereby "
"updating its active configuration to match the imported configuration "
"data set."
msgstr "导入的配置是从站点的另一个实例（“源”）导出的配置，现在正导入到另一个站点实例（“目标”）中，从而更新其活动配置以匹配导入的配置数据集。"
msgid ""
"The configuration sync directory location is set in the site's "
"settings.php file. When configuration is exported, the active "
"configuration is exported and described in YAML files which are stored "
"in the configuration sync directory. After the first export, the "
"system compares the site's active configuration with the configuration "
"data in the sync directory and will only export active configuration "
"items that are different than their counterparts in the sync "
"directory."
msgstr "配置同步目录位置可在站点的settings.php文件中设置。导出配置时，导出的是当前使用的配置，采用YAML文件格式，存储在配置同步目录中。第一次导出后，系统会将站点的活动配置与同步目录中的配置数据进行比较，并且只导出与同步目录下的对应项不同的活动配置项。"
msgid "Managing configuration overview"
msgstr "管理配置总览"
msgid ""
"Configuration management tasks, such as exporting or importing "
"configuration and synchronizing configuration, can be done either "
"through the administrative UI provided by the core Configuration "
"Manager module or a command-line interface (CLI) tool. Defining a "
"configuration sync directory path other than the default value "
"requires read/write access to the site's settings.php file."
msgstr "配置管理任务，如导出或导入配置和同步配置，可以通过核心的配置管理器模块提供的管理界面完成，或者通过命令行界面（CLI）工具来完成。如果定义的配置同步目录路径与默认值不同，那么需要具有对站点的settings.php文件进行读/写的访问权限。"
msgid ""
"Most modules and themes also provide settings forms for updating the "
"configuration they provide. See the related topics listed below for "
"specific tasks."
msgstr "大多数模块和主题还提供设置表单，用于更新它们提供的配置。有关具体任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题。"
msgid "Managing media"
msgstr "管理媒体"
msgid "What are media items?"
msgstr "什么是媒体项目？"
msgid "What is the media library?"
msgstr "什么是媒体库？"
msgid ""
"The media library is a visual user interface for managing and reusing "
"media items. Add media items to content using Media reference fields "
"and the Media library field widget."
msgstr "多媒体库，是用于管理和重用多媒体条目的可视化用户界面。使用“多媒体引用”字段和“多媒体库”字段小部件，将多媒体条目添加到内容中。"
msgid "What is an image style?"
msgstr "什么是图片样式?"
msgid ""
"An image style is a set of processing steps, known as "
"effects, that can be applied to images. Examples of effects "
"include scaling and cropping images to different sizes. Responsive "
"image styles can associate image styles with your theme's size "
"breakpoints. This allows serving images sized for the browser width."
msgstr "一个图片样式，是一组处理步骤(又称为效果的)集合，它可应用于图片。效果的示例，包括将图片缩放和裁剪为不同的大小。响应式图片样式可以将图片样式与主题的尺寸断点相关联。这允许提供大小与浏览器宽度相适应的图片。"
msgid "Overview of managing media"
msgstr "管理媒体总览"
msgid "The following modules provide media-related functionality:"
msgstr "以下模块提供与多媒体相关的功能："
msgid "Media items and media types are managed by the core Media module."
msgstr "多媒体条目和多媒体类型的管理，由核心的多媒体模块负责。"
msgid ""
"The core Media module provides a Media reference field to add media to "
"content entities. The core File and Image modules also provide "
"reference fields. It is recommended to use the Media reference field "
"because it is more versatile."
msgstr "核心的多媒体模块提供了一个多媒体引用字段，用于将多媒体添加到内容实体。核心的文件和图片模块页提供了引用字段。建议使用多媒体引用字段，因为它更通用。"
msgid ""
"The core Media Library module provides the media library and the Media "
"library field widget. With this module installed, the Media library "
"field widget becomes the default widget for editing Media reference "
"fields."
msgstr "核心的多媒体库模块提供多媒体库和多媒体库字段小部件。安装此模块后，多媒体库字段小部件将成为编辑多媒体引用字段的默认小部件。"
msgid ""
"The core Image module provides a user interface for defining image "
"styles. The core Responsive Image module provides responsive image "
"styles. Using the core Breakpoint module, and a breakpoint-enabled "
"theme, these responsive styles can serve images sized for the browser."
msgstr "核心的图片模块，提供了用于定义图片样式的用户界面。核心的响应式图片模块提供响应式图片样式。使用核心的断点模块和一个支持断点的主题，这些响应式样式就可以提供适合浏览器大小的图片。"
msgid ""
"Media "
"module"
msgstr ""
"多媒体模块"
msgid "Adding an image style"
msgstr "添加图像样式"
msgid "Click Add image style."
msgstr "单击添加图像样式。"
msgid ""
"Enter a descriptive Image style name, and click Create "
"new style."
msgstr "输入一个描述性的图像样式名字，然后点击创建新样式。"
msgid ""
"Under Effect, choose an effect to apply and click "
"Add."
msgstr "在效果下面，选择要应用的效果，然后点击添加。"
msgid ""
"Configure the effect on the next page. Most effects require some "
"additional configuration after they are added. For example, for the "
"Crop effect, enter the Width and Height to "
"crop the image to, and choose the Anchor point. Click Add "
"effect."
msgstr "在下一页上配置效果。大多数效果在添加后，都需要一些额外的配置。例如，对于裁剪效果，输入要将图片裁剪到的宽度和高度，然后选择锚点位置。点击添加效果。"
msgid ""
"Repeat the previous two steps until all of the effects have been "
"added."
msgstr "重复前两个步骤，直到添加完所有效果为止。"
msgid ""
"Drag to change the order of the effects. Then click Save to "
"save the new order."
msgstr "通过拖动可以修改效果的顺序。然后单击保存保存新顺序。"
msgid ""
"The image style can now be used to format a field containing an image "
"in your layouts or traditional field displays. It can also be used as "
"part of a responsive image style. See related topics below for more "
"information."
msgstr "现在，在你的布局或传统字段显示中，图片样式可用于格式化包含图片的字段。它也可以用作响应式图片样式的一部分。有关更多信息，请参看下面的相关主题。"
msgid "Human name of the parent node type."
msgstr "父节点类型名称。"
msgid "Machine name of the parent node type."
msgstr "父节点类型机器名。"
msgid "Moving content between workflow states"
msgstr "在工作流状态之间移动内容"
msgid "Who can change workflow states?"
msgstr "谁可以更改工作流状态？"
msgid "Click Edit to edit the entity."
msgstr "单击编辑 以编辑实体。"
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the page, select the new workflow state under "
"Change to: and click Save."
msgstr "在页面底部，在修改为:下面，选择的新工作流状态，然后点击保存。"
msgid "Who can configure a workflow?"
msgstr "谁可以配置工作流?"
msgid "Make a plan for the new workflow:"
msgstr "为新的工作流制定一个计划:"
msgid ""
"Decide which workflow states you need; for example, Concept, "
"Review, and Final."
msgstr "决定你需要哪些工作流状态；例如，概念、评审和最终。"
msgid "Decide on the settings for each state:"
msgstr "确定每个状态的设置："
msgid "Label: the state name"
msgstr "标签：状态名"
msgid ""
"Published: if checked, when content reaches this state it "
"will be made visible on the site (to users with permission)."
msgstr "已发布：如果选中，当内容达到此状态时，它将在网站上可见（对有权限的用户）。"
msgid ""
"Default revision: if checked, when content reaches this state "
"it will become the default revision of the content; published content "
"is automatically the default revision."
msgstr "默认修订本：如果选中，当内容达到此状态时，它将成为内容的默认修订本；已发布的内容自动成为默认修订。"
msgid "Decide which state content should be created in."
msgstr "决定创建内容时选用哪个状态。"
msgid ""
"Decide on the list of allowed transitions between states. For example, "
"you might want a transition between Concept and "
"Review. Each transition has a label; for example, the Concept "
"to Review transition might be labeled \"Review concept\"."
msgstr "决定在状态之间允许的转换列表。例如，您可能希望在概念和评审之间有一个转换。每个转换都有一个标签；例如，从概念到评审的转换可能被标记为“评审概念”。"
msgid "Click Add workflow."
msgstr "点击添加工作流。"
msgid ""
"Enter a name in the Label field, select Content "
"moderation from the Workflow type field, and click "
"Save."
msgstr "在标签字段中输入一个名字，从工作流类型字段中选择内容审核，然后点击保存。"
msgid ""
"Verify that the States list matches your planned states. You "
"can add missing states by clicking Add a new state. You can "
"edit or delete states by clicking Edit or Delete "
"under Operations (if the Delete option is not "
"available, you will first need to delete any Transitions to "
"or from this state)."
msgstr "验证状态列表是否与你计划的状态相匹配。你可以通过点击添加新状态，来添加缺失的状态。您可以通过点击操作下面的编辑或删除，来编辑或删除状态（如果delete选项不可用，你将首先需要删除任何与此状态关联的（从/到）转换）。"
msgid ""
"Verify that the Transitions list matches your plan. You can "
"add missing transitions by clicking Add a new transition. You "
"can edit or delete transitions by clicking Edit or "
"Delete under Operations."
msgstr "验证转换列表是否与你计划的相匹配。你可以通过点击添加新转换，来添加缺失的转换。你可以通过点击操作下面的编辑或删除，来编辑或删除转换。"
msgid ""
"Check the entity subtypes that you want to apply the workflow to. For "
"example, you might choose to apply your workflow to the Page "
"content type, but not to Article."
msgstr "选中要将工作流应用到的实体子类型。例如，您可以选择将工作流应用于页面内容类型，但不应用于文章。"
msgid ""
"Under Workflow settings, select the Default moderation "
"state for new content."
msgstr "在工作流设置下面，为新内容选择默认审核状态。"
msgid "Click Save to save your workflow."
msgstr "点击保存以保存工作流。"
msgid ""
"Optionally (recommended), create a view for your custom workflow, to "
"provide a page for content editors to see what content needs to be "
"moderated. You can do this if the Views UI module is installed, by "
"following the steps in the related Creating a new view topic "
"listed below under Related topics. When creating the view, "
"under View settings > Show, select the revision "
"data type you configured the workflow for, and be sure to display the "
"Workflow State field in your view."
msgstr ""
"可选的（推荐），为你自定义的工作流创建一个视图，用来提供一个页面给内容编辑，方便他们查看需要审核的内容。如果安装了视图UI模块，则可以实现这个功能；在相关主题下面，找到创建新视图主题，按照里面的步骤操作即可。创建视图时，在视图设置/em> "
"> "
"显示下面，选择为其配置工作流的修订本数据类型，并确保在视图中显示工作流状态字段。"
msgid ""
"@language translation was not added. To add a translation, you must "
"modify the configuration."
msgstr "没有添加@language翻译。若要添加翻译，你必须要修改配置。"
msgid "There are no @entity_type_plural matching \"%value\"."
msgstr "无 @entity_type_plural 匹配 \"%value\"."
msgid ""
"Many @entity_type_plural are called %value. Specify the one you want "
"by appending the id in parentheses, like \"@value (@id)\"."
msgstr ""
"多个@entity_type_plural "
"都叫%value。通过将id附加在括号中来指定所需的那个，如\"@value "
"(@id)\"。"
msgid ""
"Multiple @entity_type_plural match this reference; \"%multiple\". "
"Specify the one you want by appending the id in parentheses, like "
"\"@value (@id)\"."
msgstr ""
"多个@entity_type_plural与这个引用匹配；\"%multiple\"。通过将id附加在括号中来指定所需的那个，如\"@value "
"(@id)\"。"
msgid ""
"The module '@module_name' is providing the database driver "
"'@driver_name'."
msgstr "'@module_name' 模块提供数据库驱动 '@driver_name'."
msgid ""
"Failed to connect to the server. The server reports the following "
"message: @message
For more help adding or "
"updating code on your server, see the handbook."
msgstr ""
"无法连接服务器。 服务器报告了下列消息： @message
"
"有关在服务器上添加或更新代码的更多帮助, 请参阅 "
"手册。"
msgid ""
"HTML tables can be created with table headers and caption/summary "
"elements."
msgstr "可以创建HTML表格，里面带有表头和\"说明文字/摘要\"元素。"
msgid ""
"Alt text is required by default on images added through CKEditor (note "
"that this can be overridden)."
msgstr "默认情况下，通过CKEditor添加的图片，它的Alt文本是必填的（请注意，这可以被覆写）。"
msgid ""
"Semantic HTML5 figure/figcaption are available to add captions to "
"images."
msgstr ""
"语义化的HTML5 "
"figure/figcaption（图/图字幕）可用于为图片添加字幕。"
msgid "This log is not persistent"
msgstr "此日志不是永久性的"
msgid ""
"The Database Logging module logs may be cleared by administrators and "
"automated cron tasks, so they should not be used for forensic logging. For forensic "
"purposes, use the Syslog module."
msgstr ""
"数据库日志模块记录的日志，可能会由管理员和自动化定时任务清除，因此不应用于 "
"审计日志。如果要用于审计，请使用Syslog模块。"
msgid "Your upload has been renamed to %filename."
msgstr "您的上传已经被重命名为 %filename."
msgid ""
"Separate extensions with a comma or space. Each extension can contain "
"alphanumeric characters, '.', and '_', and should start and end with "
"an alphanumeric character."
msgstr "用逗号或空格分隔扩展名。每个扩展都可以包含字母数字字符，“.”，和“_”，并且应该以字母数字字符开头和结尾。"
msgid ""
"The list of allowed extensions is not valid. Allowed characters are "
"a-z, 0-9, '.', and '_'. The first and last characters cannot be '.' or "
"'_', and these two characters cannot appear next to each other. "
"Separate extensions with a comma or space."
msgstr "允许的扩展名列表无效。允许的字符为a-z、0-9、'.'、，和“_”。第一个和最后一个字符不能是“.”或“_”，并且这两个字符不能并排出现。用逗号或空格分隔扩展名。"
msgid ""
"Add %txt_extension to the list of allowed extensions to securely "
"upload files with a %extension extension. The %txt_extension extension "
"will then be added automatically."
msgstr ""
"将%txt_extension "
"添加到允许的扩展名列表中，以安全的上传具有%extension扩展名的文件。然后将自动添加%txt_extension扩展名。"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @layout_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理（Manage） 菜单中，导航到结构 "
">页面 @layout_link。"
msgid ""
"Configure the block and click Save block; see "
"@configure_topic for configuration details."
msgstr "配置区块并单击保存区块；有关配置详细信息，请参阅@configure_topic。"
msgid "Translating configuration"
msgstr "翻译配置"
msgid ""
"For configuration entities, find the specific entity that you want to "
"translate on the next page, and click Translate under "
"Operations."
msgstr "对于配置实体，请在下一页上找到要翻译的特定实体，然后单击操作下面的翻译。"
msgid ""
"Enter translations for the translatable text fields for the "
"configuration item, and save."
msgstr "对于配置条目的可翻译文本字段，为其输入翻译，然后保存。"
msgid "Configuring content language settings and translation"
msgstr "配置内容语言设置和翻译"
msgid ""
"Under Custom language settings, find the content entity types "
"that should have customized language settings on your site. Check the "
"box next to each one. A section will appear below the list with "
"settings for that entity type."
msgstr "在自定义语言设置下，找到你站点上应该具有“自定义语言设置“的内容实体类型。选中它们旁边的复选框。列表下方将显示一个区段，其中包含该实体类型的设置。"
msgid ""
"For each entity type you checked, in the settings section below check "
"the boxes for each entity sub-type that should be "
"Translatable on your site. If the entity type does not have "
"sub-types, there is just one check box for the entity type as a whole."
msgstr "对于你选中的每个实体类型，在下面的设置部分中，对于那些在你站点上应该是可翻译的实体子类型，选中它们对应的复选框。如果实体类型没有子类型，则整个实体类型只有一个复选框。"
msgid ""
"For each entity type or subtype, select the Default language. "
"Also, if you want to have languages other than the default available "
"when you create content, check Show language selector on create "
"and edit pages."
msgstr "对于每个实体类型或子类型，选择默认语言。此外，如果你希望在创建内容时使用其它语言，请选中在创建和编辑页面上显示语言选择器。"
msgid ""
"For each Translatable type or sub-type, look through the list "
"of fields for the type or sub-type, and verify that only the fields "
"that should be translatable are checked. For example, you would "
"probably want to translate a Title field, but you might not "
"want to translate a Start date field."
msgstr "对于每个可翻译类型或子类型，查看该类型或子类型的字段列表，检查是否只选中了应该翻译的字段。例如，您可能希望翻译标题字段，但可能不希望翻译开始日期字段。"
msgid ""
"Click Save configuration when all of your changes are "
"complete."
msgstr "完成所有修改后，点击保存配置。"
msgid "Working with languages and translations"
msgstr "使用语言和翻译"
msgid "What text can be translated in your site?"
msgstr "网站中的哪些文本可以翻译？"
msgid "There are three types of text that can be translated:"
msgstr "有三种类型文本可被翻译："
msgid ""
"User interface text that is provided by the core software, your "
"install profile, themes, and modules is provided in English, but can "
"be translated into other languages. You can also download translations "
"that community-members have provided."
msgstr "核心软件、安装轮廓(profile)、主题和模块提供的用户界面文本是英文的，但也可以翻译成其它语言。你还可以下载社区成员提供的翻译。"
msgid "Working with languages overview"
msgstr "使用语言概述"
msgid ""
"Help search is not fully indexed. Some results may be missing or "
"incorrect."
msgstr "帮助搜索未完全索引。某些结果可能缺失或不正确。"
msgid "Missing help topic %topic"
msgstr "缺少帮助主题 %topic"
msgid "Move content from %from state to %to state."
msgid_plural "Move content from %from states to %to state."
msgstr[0] "将内容从 %from 状态移动到 %to 状态。"
msgstr[1] "将内容从 %from 状态移动到 %to 状态。"
msgid "Configuring comments"
msgstr "配置评论"
msgid ""
"Configure a content entity type/subtype to allow commenting, using a "
"comment type that you have configured. See @content_structure_topic "
"for more about content entities and fields, and @comment_type_topic to "
"configure a comment type."
msgstr "为了配置一个内容实体类型/子类型可被评论，你需要使用你配置好的评论类型。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic；有关配置评论类型的，参看@comment_type_topic。"
msgid "Who can configure comments?"
msgstr "谁可以配置评论？"
msgid ""
"In order to follow these steps, the Field UI module must be installed. "
"You'll need the Comment module's @comment_permissions_link "
"permission, in order to change comment settings for a comment field. "
"You'll also need to have the appropriate permission for adding fields "
"to the entity type or subtype that the comments are attached to. For "
"example, to add a comment field to content items provided by the Node "
"module, you would need the Node module's Administer content "
"types permission."
msgstr ""
"为了沿着这些步骤操作，必须要安装Field "
"UI模块。你需要评论模块的@comment_permissions_link权限，才能修改评论字段的评论设置。你还需要具有适当权限，可将字段添加到评论所在的实体类型或子类型上。例如，要将评论字段添加到节点模块提供的内容条目上，您需要节点模块的管理内容类型权限。"
msgid ""
"Follow the steps in the related Adding a field to an entity "
"sub-type topic to add a field of type Comments to the "
"desired entity type or sub-type."
msgstr "按照相关的将字段添加到实体子类型主题中的步骤，将评论类型的字段添加到所需的实体类型或子类型上。"
msgid ""
"On the first field settings page, choose the Comment type to "
"use for this entity type or sub-type. You'll also notice that the "
"Allowed number of values field cannot be changed for comment "
"fields."
msgstr "在第一个字段设置页面上，选择评论类型，用于这个实体类型或子类型。你还将注意到，评论字段的允许的值数字段不能更改。"
msgid ""
"On the next field settings page, enter the desired settings for the "
"comment field:"
msgstr "在接下来的字段设置页面上，为评论字段输入所需的设置："
msgid ""
"Threading: whether or not the comments are collected by "
"threads, with people able to reply to particular comments instead of "
"to the content entity itself."
msgstr "串列式：评论是否按主题串列在一起，这样用户可以回复特定的评论，而不是回复内容实体本身。"
msgid ""
"Comments per page: the maximum number of comments displayed "
"on one page (a pager will be added if you exceed this limit)."
msgstr "每页评论数：一页上显示的最大评论数（如果超过此限制，将添加分页）。"
msgid ""
"Anonymous commenting: whether or not anonymous commenters are "
"allowed or required to leave contact information with their comments "
"(only applies if anonymous users have permission to post comments)."
msgstr "匿名评论：是否允许或要求匿名评论者在评论中留下联系信息（仅适用于匿名用户有权发布评论的情况）。"
msgid ""
"Show reply form on the same page as comments: whether the "
"comment reply form is displayed on the same page as the comments. If "
"this is not selected, clicking Reply will open a new page "
"with the reply form."
msgstr "在评论的同一页上显示回复表单：评论回复表单是否与评论显示在同一页。如果未选中此项，点击回复将打开一个包含回复表单的新页面。"
msgid ""
"Preview comments: whether previewing comments before "
"submission is Required, Optional, or "
"Disabled."
msgstr "预览评论：提交前是否预览评论，必需的、可选的，还是禁用的。"
msgid ""
"Default value: each individual entity has its own comment "
"settings, but here you can set defaults for the comment settings for "
"this entity type or subtype. The comment settings values are:"
msgstr "默认值：每个实体都有自己的评论设置，但你可以在此设置这个实体类型或子类型的评论设置的默认值。评论设置的值为："
msgid "Open: comments are allowed."
msgstr "开放：允许评论。"
msgid ""
"Closed: past comments remain visible, but no new comments are "
"allowed."
msgstr ""
"关闭:已有评论保持可见, "
"但是不再允许新增评论."
msgid ""
"Hidden: past comments are hidden, and no new comments are "
"allowed."
msgstr "隐藏：隐藏已有评论，不允许新评论。"
msgid "Online documentation for content comment settings"
msgstr "内容评论设置的在线文档"
msgid "Creating a comment type"
msgstr "创建评论类型"
msgid ""
"Create a new comment type. See @comment_overview_topic for information "
"about comments and comment types."
msgstr "创建一个新的评论类型。有关评论和评论类型的信息，请参阅@comment_overview_topic。"
msgid "Who can create a comment type?"
msgstr "谁可以创建评论类型？"
msgid ""
"Users with the @comment_permissions_link permission "
"(typically administrators) can create comment types."
msgstr ""
"具有@comment_permissions_link "
"权限的用户(通常是管理员) 可以创建评论类型."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @comment_types_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > "
"@comment_types_link."
msgid "Click Add comment type."
msgstr "点击添加评论类型。"
msgid ""
"In the Label field, enter a name for the comment type, which "
"is how it will be listed in the administrative interface."
msgstr "在＜em＞标签＜/em＞字段中，输入评论类型的名称，这就是它在管理界面中的显示方式。"
msgid ""
"In the Target entity type field, select the entity type to be "
"commented on. See @content_structure_topic for more about content "
"entities and fields."
msgstr ""
"在目标实体类型字段中，选择要评论的实体类型。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic "
"。"
msgid "Click Save. The comment type will be created."
msgstr "点击保存。评论类型将被创建。"
msgid ""
"Optionally, if you have the core Field UI module installed you can "
"follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new "
"comment type, set up the editing form, and configure the display."
msgstr "可选的，如果安装了核心的字段UI模块，则可以按照相关主题中的步骤将字段添加到新的评论类型，设置编辑表单，并配置显示。"
msgid "Disabling comments"
msgstr "禁用评论"
msgid ""
"Turn off commenting for a particular entity (see "
"@content_structure_topic for more about content entities and fields). "
"Note that if you want to turn off commenting for all entities of an "
"entity type or subtype, you will need to edit the field settings for "
"the comment field; see @comment_config_topic for more about "
"configuring the comment field."
msgstr "关闭特定实体的评论功能（有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic）。注意，如果要关闭实体类型或子类型的所有实体的评论功能，则需要编辑评论字段的字段设置；有关配置评论字段的更多信息，请参看@comment_config_topic。"
msgid "Who can disable comments?"
msgstr "谁可以禁用评论？"
msgid ""
"You will need the @comment_permissions_link permission in "
"order to disable commenting. You will also need permission to edit the "
"entity that the comments are on."
msgstr "您需要@comment_permissions_link权限才能禁用禁用。您还需要具有“编辑评论所在实体”的权限。"
msgid ""
"Find the entity you want to disable comments for, and edit it. For "
"example, to turn off comments on a content item, you could find it by "
"navigating in the Manage administrative menu to "
"Content, filtering to find the content item, and clicking "
"Edit."
msgstr "找到要禁用评论的实体，然后对它进行编辑。例如，要关闭内容条目上的评论，可以通过在管理菜单的管理下面，导航到内容，通过筛选以查找到内容条目，然后点击编辑。"
msgid "Under Comment settings, select the desired comment setting:"
msgstr "在评论设置下，选择所需的评论设置："
msgid "Save the entity."
msgstr "保存实体"
msgid "Moderating comments"
msgstr "审核评论"
msgid "Decide which comments are shown on the website."
msgstr "决定哪些评论在网站上显示。"
msgid "Who can moderate comments?"
msgstr "谁可以审核评论？"
msgid ""
"Users with the @comment_permissions_link permission "
"(typically administrators) can moderate comments. You will also need "
"the Access the Content Overview page permission from the Node "
"module (if it is installed) to navigate to the comment management "
"page."
msgstr ""
"具有@comment_permissions_link权限的用户(通常为管理员) "
"，可以审核评论。你还需要访问内容概览页面权限，这由节点模块提供 "
"(如果已安装)，来导航到评论管理页面。"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Content > @comment_published_link. A list of all "
"comments is shown."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到内容 > "
"@comment_published_link. 这里显示所有评论列表."
msgid ""
"To unpublish comments, select one or more comments by checking the "
"boxes on the left side (right side in right-to-left languages). Then "
"select Unpublish comment from the Action select list "
"and click Apply to selected items. If you select the "
"Delete comment action, you can instead delete the unwanted "
"comments."
msgstr "若要取消发布评论，通过请选中左侧（对于从右到左语言则为右侧）的框，来选择一个或多个评论。然后从动作选择列表中选择取消发布评论，然后点击应用于所选条目。如果选择了删除评论动作，则可以删除不需要的评论。"
msgid ""
"To change the content of a comment click Edit from the "
"dropdown button for a particular comment."
msgstr "要修改评论的内容，请在它的下拉按钮中，点击编辑。"
msgid ""
"To publish comments that are not yet visible on the website, navigate "
"to the @comment_unpublished_link tab. Select one or more "
"comments by checking the boxes on the left side (right side in "
"right-to-left languages). Then select Publish comment from "
"the Action select list and click Apply to selected "
"items."
msgstr "若要发布在网站上尚不可见的评论，请导航到@comment_unpublished_link选项卡。通过选中左侧（从右到左语言则为右侧）的框，选择一个或多个评论。然后从动作选择列表中选择发布评论，然后点击应用于所选条目。"
msgid "Online documentation for moderating comments"
msgstr "关于审核评论的在线文档"
msgid "Managing comments"
msgstr "管理评论"
msgid "What is a comment?"
msgstr "什么是评论？"
msgid "What is a comment type?"
msgstr "什么是评论类型？"
msgid ""
"Comments are divided into comment types, which are the entity "
"sub-types for the comment entity type. Each comment type has its own "
"fields and its own form and display settings; each type can be used to "
"comment on a single entity type. You can set up different comment "
"types for different commenting purposes on your web site; for example, "
"you might set up a comment type for recipes that has fields \"How did "
"it taste?\" and \"Did the instructions work?\", and another comment "
"type for blog entries that has only a generic comment body field."
msgstr "评论划分为评论类型，它们是评论实体类型的实体子类型。每种评论类型都有自己的字段以及自己的表单和显示设置；每个类型都可以用于对单个实体类型进行评论。你可以在你的网站上，根据不同的评论目设置不同的评论类型；例如，您可以为食谱设置一个具有字段“味道如何？”和“说明有效吗？”的评论类型；为博客设置另一个评论类型，它只有通用评论正文字段。"
msgid "What is moderation?"
msgstr "什么是审核？"
msgid ""
"Moderation is a workflow where comments posted by some users "
"on your site are verified before being published, to prevent spam and "
"other bad behavior. The core software provides basic moderation "
"functionality: you can configure permissions so that new comments "
"posted by some user roles start as unpublished until a user with a "
"different role reviews and publishes them. Contributed modules provide "
"additional moderation and spam-reduction functionality, such as "
"requiring untrusted users pass a CAPTCHA test before submitting "
"comments and letting community members flag comments as possible spam. "
"See @users_overview_topic for more about users, permissions, and "
"roles."
msgstr "审核是一个工作流，在该工作流中，某些用户在您的网站上提交了评论，在评论正式发布前会经过验证，以防止垃圾信息和其它不良行为。核心软件提供了基本的审核功能：您可以配置权限，以便某些用户角色可以提交新评论，开始状态为未发布，直到具有不同角色的用户审核并发布它们。第三方模块提供了额外的审核和反垃圾功能，例如要求不受信任的用户在提交评论之前先通过验证码测试，并允许社区成员将评论标记为疑似垃圾信息。有关用户、权限和角色的更多信息，请参看@users_overview_topic。"
msgid "Overview of managing comments"
msgstr "评论管理总览"
msgid "The core Comment module provides the following functionality:"
msgstr "内核评论模块提供以下功能："
msgid "Posting comments"
msgstr "发表评论"
msgid ""
"Creating comment types; the core Field UI module allows you to attach "
"fields to comment types and attach comment reference fields to other "
"entities so that people can comment on them."
msgstr "创建评论类型；核心的字段UI模块允许您将字段附加到评论类型，并将评论引用字段附加到其它实体，以便人们可以对它们进行评论。"
msgid "Configuring commenting"
msgstr "配置评论"
msgid "Moderating comments as discussed above"
msgstr "审核评论，如上文所述"
msgid "What is quick editing?"
msgstr "什么是快速编辑？"
msgid ""
"Click the contextual links Edit button on the toolbar (in "
"most themes, it looks like a pencil). Contextual Edit links "
"with the same icon will appear all over your page."
msgstr "点击工具栏上的上下文链接编辑按钮（在大多数主题中，它看起来像一个铅笔）。带有相同图标的上下文编辑链接将显示在你的整个页面上。"
msgid ""
"Find the contextual link for the part of the page you want to edit. "
"For example, if you want to edit the settings for a block, the link "
"should be in the top-right corner of the block, or top-left for "
"right-to-left languages."
msgstr "查找要编辑的页面部分的上下文链接。例如，如果要编辑区块的设置，则该链接应位于区块的右上角，对于从右到左的语言，链接应位于左上角。"
msgid "Make your edits and submit the form."
msgstr "进行编辑并提交表单。"
msgid ""
"The core administrative interface has built-in compliance with many "
"accessibility standards so that most pages are accessible to most "
"users in their default state. However, certain pages become more "
"accessible to some users through the use of a non-default or improved "
"interface. These interfaces include:"
msgstr "核心管理界面内置遵从许多可访问性标准，因此大多数用户都可以在默认状态下访问大多数页面。然而，通过使用非默认或改进的界面，某些页面对某些用户来说变得更容易访问。这些界面包括："
msgid "Enabling inline form errors"
msgstr "启用内联表单错误"
msgid ""
"Errors that occur when you submit a form, such as not filling in a "
"required field, are sometimes difficult for users to understand and "
"locate. In order to make these errors easier to find, the best "
"practice is to put a summary of the errors at the top of the form "
"page. To make them easier to understand, the best practice is to "
"display error messages with the form fields they are related to. Both "
"of these practices are implemented by the core Inline Form Errors "
"module."
msgstr "提交表单时会出现的错误，例如未填写必填字段，有时用户很难理解和定位它。为了更容易查找这些错误，最佳做法是将错误摘要放在表单页面的顶部。为了使它们更容易理解，最佳做法是将错误消息显示在关联的表单字段旁边。核心的内联表单错误模块，为你实现了这两种最佳实践。"
msgid "What administrative interface components are available?"
msgstr "有哪些管理界面组件可用？"
msgid ""
"Accessibility features, to enable all users to perform administrative "
"tasks. See @accessibility_topic for more information."
msgstr "可访问性，使所有用户都能执行管理任务。有关更多信息，请参看@accessibility_topic。"
msgid "What are the sections of the administrative menu?"
msgstr "管理菜单的哪些部分？"
msgid ""
"The administrative menu, which you can navigate by visiting "
"@admin_link on your site or by using an administrative "
"toolbar, has the following sections (some may not be available, "
"depending on which modules are currently installed on your site, and "
"your permissions):"
msgstr "管理菜单，您可以通过访问站点上的@admin_link来导航，或通过使用管理工具栏，它包含以下部分（有些部分可能不可用，具体取决于站点上当前安装的模块以及您的权限）："
msgid ""
"Content: Find, manage, and create new pages; manage "
"comments and files."
msgstr "内容：查找、管理和创建新页面；管理评论和文件。"
msgid ""
"Structure: Place and edit blocks, set up content "
"types and fields, configure menus, administer taxonomy, and configure "
"some contributed modules."
msgstr "结构：放置和编辑区块、设置内容类型和字段、配置菜单、管理分类以及配置一些第三方模块。"
msgid ""
"Appearance: Switch between themes, install themes, "
"and update existing themes."
msgstr "外观：在主题之间切换、安装主题和更新现有主题。"
msgid "Extend: Update, install, and uninstall modules."
msgstr "扩展：更新、安装和卸载模块。"
msgid ""
"Configuration: Configure the settings for various "
"site functionality, including some contributed modules."
msgstr "配置：配置各种站点功能的设置，包括一些第三方模块。"
msgid "People: Manage user accounts and permissions."
msgstr "人员：管理用户帐户和权限。"
msgid ""
"Reports: Display information about site security, "
"necessary updates, and site activity."
msgstr "报告：显示有关网站安全、必要更新和网站活动的信息。"
msgid "Help: Get help on using the administrative interface."
msgstr "帮助：获取有关使用管理界面的帮助。"
msgid ""
"Install the core modules mentioned above to use the corresponding "
"aspect of the administrative interface. See the related topics listed "
"below for more details on some aspects of the administrative "
"interface."
msgstr "安装上面提到的核心模块，以使用管理界面的相应方面。有关管理界面某些方面的更多详细信息，请参看所列的相关主题。"
msgid ""
"Create and download an archive containing all your site's "
"configuration, exported as YAML files. See @config_overview_topic for "
"more information about configuration."
msgstr "创建并下载一个包含所有站点配置的归档文件，导出为了YAML文件。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。"
msgid ""
"Export a single configuration item to a file. See "
"@config_overview_topic for more information about configuration."
msgstr "将单个配置项导出到文件中。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。"
msgid ""
"Import the complete configuration of your site from an archive file, "
"such as one that was previously exported (see @export_full_topic). See "
"@config_overview_topic for more information about configuration."
msgstr "从归档文件中导入站点的完整配置，例如以前导出的文件（请参见@export_full_topic）。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。"
msgid ""
"Import a single configuration item in YAML format, such as one that "
"was previously exported (see @export_single_topic). See "
"@config_overview_topic for more information about configuration."
msgstr "以YAML格式导入单个配置项，例如之前导出的配置项（请参见@export_single_topic）。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。"
msgid ""
"Translate your site configuration to another language. See "
"@language_add_topic if you need to add a new language."
msgstr "将您的网站配置翻译成其它语言。如果需要添加新语言，请参看@language_add_topic。"
msgid ""
"Find either the configuration entity type or the simple configuration "
"item that you want to translate in the Label column of the "
"list. Click List under Operations for a "
"configuration entity, or Translate for simple configuration. "
"(See @config_overview_topic to learn more about types of configuration "
"and configuration entities.)"
msgstr "在列表的标签列中，查找要翻译的配置实体类型或简单配置项。对于配置实体，点击操作下面列表；对于简单配置，点击翻译。（请参看@config_overview_topic，了解有关配置和配置实体类型的更多信息。）"
msgid ""
"The contact form will always have Subject and "
"Message fields. If you want to add more fields, follow the "
"steps in @adding_fields_topic."
msgstr "联系表单将始终具有主题和消息字段。如果您想添加更多字段，请按照@adding_fields_topic中的步骤进行操作。"
msgid ""
"Change the workflow state of a particular entity. See "
"@workflows_overview_topic for an overview of workflows, and "
"@content_structure_topic for an overview of content entities."
msgstr "修改特定实体的工作流状态。有关工作流的概述，请参看@workflows_overview_topic；有关内容实体的概述，则请参看@content_structure_topic。"
msgid ""
"Create or edit a workflow with various workflow states (for example "
"Concept, Archived, etc.) for moderating content. See "
"@workflows_overview_topic for more information on workflows."
msgstr "创建或编辑具有各种状态的工作流（例如概念、存档等），用以审核内容。有关工作流的更多信息，请参看@workflows_overview_topic。"
msgid ""
"Decide which roles should have permissions to make each transition; "
"see @user_overview_topic for an overview of roles and permissions."
msgstr "决定哪些角色具有执行转换的权限；有关角色和权限的概述，请参看@user_overview_topic。"
msgid ""
"Decide which entity types and subtypes the workflow should "
"apply to. Only entity types that support revisions are possible to "
"define workflows for. See @content_structure_topic for more "
"information on content entities and fields."
msgstr "决定对哪些实体类型和子类型应用工作流。只有支持修订本的实体类型才能定义工作流。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。"
msgid ""
"Configure language and translation settings for one or more content "
"entity types (see @content_structure_topic for an overview of content "
"entities). To do this, you must have at least two languages "
"configured. Afterwards, you will have a Translate operation "
"available for your content entities, either as a tab or link when you "
"are viewing or editing content, or on content administration pages."
msgstr "为一个或多个内容实体类型配置语言和翻译设置（有关内容实体的概述，请参看@content_structure_topic）。要执行此操作，必须至少配置两种语言。之后，对于您的内容实体，就可以看到一个翻译操作可用，在查看或编辑内容时，还是在内容管理页面上，都可以看到翻译操作对应的选项卡或链接。"
msgid ""
"A layout is a template that defines where blocks and other "
"pieces of content should be displayed. The core Layout Discovery "
"module allows modules and themes to register layouts, and the core "
"Layout Builder module provides a visual interface for placing fields "
"and blocks in layouts for entity sub-types and individual entity items "
"(see @content_structure_topic for more on entities and fields)."
msgstr "布局是一个模板，用于定义区块和其它内容的如何显示。核心的布局发现模块允许模块和主题注册布局，核心的布局构建器模块提供了一个可视化界面，用于在实体子类型和单个实体条目的布局中放置字段和区块（有关实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic）。"
msgid ""
"Core media items include audio, images, documents, and videos. You can "
"add other media types, such as social media posts, through the use of "
"contributed modules. Media items may be files located in your site's "
"file system, or remote items referenced by a URL. Media items are "
"content entities, and they are divided into media types (which are "
"entity sub-types); media types can have fields. See "
"@content_structure_topic for more information on content entities and "
"fields."
msgstr "核心多媒体条目包括音频、图片、文档和视频。您可以通过使用第三方模块添加其它多媒体类型，如社交多媒体帖子。多媒体条目可以是位于网站文件系统中的文件，也可以是URL引用的远程条目。多媒体条目是内容实体，它们被分为多媒体类型（即实体子类型）；多媒体类型可以有字段。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。"
msgid ""
"Content (blocks, content items, etc.) can be written in English or "
"another language, and can be translated into additional languages. See "
"@content_structure_topic to learn more about content."
msgstr "内容（区块、内容条目等）可以用英语或其它语言编写，也可以翻译成其它语言。请参看@content_structure_topic了解有关内容的更多信息。"
msgid ""
"Many configuration items also include text that can be translated. "
"Default configuration provided by your site's software is provided in "
"English; you can also download community-provided translations. See "
"@config_overview_topic to learn more about configuration."
msgstr "许多配置项还包括可以翻译的文本。您的网站软件提供的默认配置是英文的；你也可以下载社区提供的翻译。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。"
msgid ""
"Exposes entities to other applications using a fully "
"compliant implementation of the JSON:API Specification. See "
"@content_structure_topic for more information on content entities and "
"fields."
msgstr ""
"使用完全兼容JSON:API规范的实现，将 "
"实体暴露给其它应用 "
"。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看 "
"@content_structure_topic。"
msgid ""
"Configure a text format so that when a user is editing text and "
"selects this text format, a text editor installed on your site is "
"shown. Configure the text editor, such as choosing which buttons and "
"functions are available. See @filter_overview_topic for more about "
"text formats."
msgstr "配置文本格式，以便当用户编辑文本并选择此文本格式时，显示安装在您的网站上的文本编辑器。配置文本编辑器，例如选择可用的按钮和功能。有关文本格式的更多信息，请参看@filter_overview_topic。"
msgid ""
"Follow the steps on @filter_overview_topic to add a new text format or "
"configure an existing text format; when you reach the step about text "
"editors, return to this topic."
msgstr "按照@filter_overview_topic上的步骤添加新的文本格式或配置现有的文本格式；当您到达关于文本编辑器的步骤时，请返回到本主题。"
msgid ""
"Return to @filter_overview_topic to complete the text format "
"configuration, and be sure to save the text format."
msgstr "返回到@filter_overview_topic，以完成文本格式配置，并确保保存文本格式。"
msgid ""
"Add a field to an entity sub-type; see @content_structure_topic for an "
"overview of entity types and sub-types, as well as an overview of "
"field types."
msgstr ""
"向实体子类型添加字段；有关实体类型和子类型的概述以及字段类型的概述，请参看@content_structure_topic "
"。"
msgid ""
"In Add a new field, select the type of field you want to add; "
"see @content_structure_topic for an overview of field types."
msgstr "在添加新字段中，选择要添加的字段类型；有关字段类型的概述，请参看@content_structure_topic。"
msgid ""
"Configure the formatters used to display the fields of an "
"entity sub-type, their order in the display, and the formatter "
"settings. See @content_structure_topic for background information."
msgstr "配置格式化器，用于显示实体子类型的字段，它们在显示中的顺序，以及格式化器的设置。更多背景信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。"
msgid ""
"Configure the widgets used to edit the fields of an entity "
"sub-type, their order on the form, and the widget settings. See "
"@content_structure_topic for background information."
msgstr "配置用于实体子类型字段编辑的小部件，配置它们在表单上的顺序，以及小部件设置。更多背景信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。"
msgid ""
"Add an entity reference field to an entity sub-type; see "
"@content_structure_topic for more information on entities and "
"reference fields."
msgstr "向实体子类型添加实体引用字段；有关实体和引用字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。"
msgid ""
"Check the indexing status of the Help search page. If it is not fully "
"indexed, see @cron_topic about how to run Cron until indexing is "
"complete."
msgstr "检查帮助搜索页的索引状态。如果它没有完全索引，请参看@cron_topic，了解如何运行定时任务直到索引完成。"
msgid ""
"In the future, you can click Rebuild search index on this "
"page, or @cache_topic, in order to force help topic text to be "
"reindexed for searching. This should be done whenever a module, theme, "
"language, or string translation is updated."
msgstr "将来，您可以点击此页面上的重建搜索索引，或@cache_topic，以强制重新索引帮助主题文本以便搜索。每次更新模块、主题、语言或字符串翻译时，都应该执行此操作。"
msgid ""
"Add a new image style, which can be used to process and display "
"images. See @media_topic for an overview of image styles."
msgstr "添加新的图片样式，该样式可用于处理和显示图片。有关图片样式的概述，请参看@media_topic。"
msgid "Block type settings"
msgstr "区块类型设置"
msgid "@bundle_type is not @bundles or @last"
msgstr "@bundle_type 不是 @bundles 或 @last"
msgid "@bundle_type is not @bundle"
msgstr "@bundle_type 不是 @bundle"
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to remove the @entity-type %label from the "
"%region region?"
msgstr "你确定想要从%region区域中删除 @entity-type %label ?"
msgid ""
"This will remove the block placement. You will need to place it again in order to undo this action."
msgstr ""
"这将删除区块放置。您需要 再次放置才能撤消此动作。"
msgid "The @entity-type %label has been removed from the %region region."
msgstr "@entity-type %label 已从 %region 区域移除。"
msgid "Destination file \"%file\" exists"
msgstr "目标文件 \"%file\" 已经存在"
msgid ""
"The file could not be uploaded because the destination "
"\"%destination\" is invalid."
msgstr "目标目录 \"%destination\" 无效，文件无法被上传。"
msgid ""
"For more information see the HTML "
"Living Standard or use your favorite search engine to find other "
"sites that explain HTML."
msgstr ""
"有关更多信息，请参看 HTML最新标准 "
"或使用您喜爱的搜索引擎查找其它解释html的网站。"
msgid "Code Block"
msgstr "代码区块"
msgid ""
"The CKEditor 5 module provides a highly-accessible, highly-usable "
"visual text editor and adds a toolbar to text fields. Users can use "
"buttons to format content and to create semantically correct and valid "
"HTML. The CKEditor module uses the framework provided by the Text Editor module. It requires JavaScript "
"to be enabled in the browser. For more information, see the online documentation for the CKEditor 5 module "
"and the CKEditor 5 website."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor5模块提供了一个高度可访问、高度可用的可视化文本编辑器，并为文本字段添加了一个工具栏。用户可以使用按钮格式化内容，并创建语义正确有效的HTML。CKEditor模块使用文本编辑器模块提供的框架。它要求在浏览器中启用JavaScript。有关更多信息，请参看CKEditor 5模块的在线文档和CKEditor 5网站。"
msgid "Enabling CKEditor 5 for individual text formats"
msgstr "为单个文本格式启用 CKEditor 5"
msgid ""
"When CKEditor 5 is chosen from the Text editor drop-down "
"menu, its toolbar configuration is displayed. You can add and remove "
"buttons from the Active toolbar by dragging and dropping "
"them. Separators and rows can be added to organize the buttons."
msgstr ""
"当从文本编辑器下拉菜单中选择CKEditor "
"5时，它的工具栏配置就会显示出来。通过拖放的方式，你可以从活动工具栏中添加和删除按钮。可以添加分隔符和行来组织按钮。"
msgid "Filtering HTML content"
msgstr "过滤 HTML 内容"
msgid ""
"Unlike other text editors, plugin configuration determines the tags "
"and attributes allowed in text formats using CKEditor 5. If using the "
"Limit allowed HTML tags and correct faulty HTML filter, this "
"filter's values will be automatically set based on enabled plugins and "
"toolbar items."
msgstr "与其它文本编辑器不同，在使用CKEditor5时，插件配置确定文本格式中允许的标签和属性。如果使用限制允许的HTML标签并更正错误的HTML过滤器，则此过滤器的值将根据启用的插件和工具栏项自动设置。"
msgid "Developing CKEditor 5 plugins in Drupal"
msgstr "在 Drupal 中开发 CKEditor 5 插件"
msgid ""
"See the online documentation for "
"detailed information on developing CKEditor 5 plugins for use in "
"Drupal."
msgstr ""
"更多关于在Drupal中开发CKEditor 5插件的信息，请参看在线文档。"
msgid ""
"The built in WYSIWYG editor (CKEditor 5) comes with a number of "
"accessibility features. CKEditor 5 comes with built in keyboard shortcuts, which can be beneficial "
"for both power users and keyboard only users."
msgstr ""
"内置的所见即所得编辑器（CKEditor5）具有许多辅助功能。CKEditor "
"5内置支持键盘快捷键，这对超级用户和纯键盘用户都有好处。"
msgid ""
"To support multilingual page content, CKEditor 5 can be configured to "
"include a language button in the toolbar."
msgstr ""
"为了支持多语言页面内容，可以配置CKEditor "
"5，在其工具栏中包含一个语言按钮。"
msgid ""
"With CKEditor 5 this is a\n"
" read-only field. The allowed HTML tags and attributes are "
"determined\n"
" by the CKEditor 5 configuration. Manually removing tags "
"would break\n"
" enabled functionality, and any manually added tags would be "
"removed by\n"
" CKEditor 5 on render."
msgstr ""
"对于CKEditor "
"5，这是一个只读字段。允许的HTML标记和属性由CKEditor "
"5配置决定。手动删除标签会破坏启用了功能，并且任何手动添加的标签都将在渲染时由CKEditor "
"5删除。"
msgid "CKEditor 5"
msgstr "CKEditor 5"
msgid "Text Format plus Text Editor pair using CKEditor 5"
msgstr "文本格式 + 使用了CKEditor 5的文本编辑器"
msgid "CKEditor 5 settings"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 设置"
msgid "Enabled Headings"
msgstr "启用标题格式"
msgid "Source Editing"
msgstr "编辑源代码"
msgid "Allowed Tag"
msgstr "允许的标签"
msgid "Button @name has been copied to the active toolbar."
msgstr "按钮 @name 已复制到工具栏。"
msgid "Button @name has been removed from the active toolbar."
msgstr "按钮 @name 已从工具栏移除。"
msgid ""
"The Source Editing plugin was enabled to support tags and/or "
"attributes that are not explicitly supported by any available CKEditor "
"5 plugins."
msgstr ""
"源码编辑插件已启用，以支持任何可用的CKEditor "
"5插件都不明确支持的标签和/或属性。"
msgid ""
"These are the headings that will appear in the headings dropdown. If a "
"heading is not chosen here, it does not necessarily mean the "
"corresponding tag is disallowed in the text format."
msgstr "这些是将出现在标题下拉列表中的标题。如果此处未选择标题，并不一定意味着文本格式中不允许使用相应的标签。"
msgid "Manually editable HTML tags"
msgstr "人工编辑 HTML 标签"
msgid ""
"A list of HTML tags that can be used while editing source. It is only "
"necessary to add tags that are not already supported by other enabled "
"plugins. For example, if \"Bold\" is enabled, it is not necessary to "
"add the <strong> tag, but it may be necessary to "
"add <dl><dt><dd> in a format that does "
"not have a definition list plugin, but requires definition list "
"markup."
msgstr ""
"编辑源码时可以使用的HTML标签列表。只需要添加其它已启用插件尚未支持的标签。例如，如果启用了“粗体”，则无需添加<strong>标签；如果一个格式没有定义列表插件，但又需要定义列表标记，此时就可以添加 "
"<dl><dt><dd>。"
msgid "CKEditor 5 toolbar configuration"
msgstr "CKEditor 5工具栏配置"
msgid "Press the down arrow key to add to the toolbar."
msgstr "按向下键添加到工具栏"
msgid ""
"Move this button in the toolbar by pressing the left or right arrow "
"keys. Press the up arrow key to remove from the toolbar."
msgstr "按向左或向右箭头键可在工具栏中移动此按钮。按向上箭头键从工具栏中删除。"
msgid "Invalid toolbar value."
msgstr "无效的工具栏值。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 element"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 元素"
msgid "The following tag is not valid HTML: %provided_element."
msgstr "以下标记不是有效的 HTML 元素： %provided_element."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 enabled configurable plugins"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 启用的可配置插件"
msgid ""
"Configuration for the enabled plugin \"%plugin_label\" (%plugin_id) is "
"missing."
msgstr "已启用的插件 \"%plugin_label\" (%plugin_id)的配置缺失."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 fundamental text format compatibility"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 基本文本格式兼容性"
msgid ""
"CKEditor 5 only works with HTML-based text formats. The "
"\"%filter_label\" (%filter_plugin_id) filter implies this text format "
"is not HTML anymore."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor 5 适用于基于HTML的文本格式. \"%filter_label\" "
"(%filter_plugin_id) 过滤器使得此文本格式不再是HTML."
msgid ""
"CKEditor 5 needs at least the <p> and <br> tags to be "
"allowed to be able to function. They are not allowed by the "
"\"%filter_label\" (%filter_plugin_id) filter."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor 5至少需要 <p> 和<br> 签才能发挥作用. "
"\"%filter_label\" (%filter_plugin_id) 过滤器不允许使用它们."
msgid ""
"The current CKEditor 5 build requires the following elements and "
"attributes:
@list
The following elements are not "
"supported:
@diff"
msgstr ""
"当前的CKEditor "
"5版本需要以下元素和属性：br>@list
不支持以下元素：
@diff"
msgid ""
"The current CKEditor 5 build requires the following elements and "
"attributes:
@list
The following elements are "
"missing:
@diff"
msgstr ""
"当前的CKEditor 5版本需要以下元素和属性：: "
"
@list
以下元素缺失:
@diff"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 toolbar item conditions must be met"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 工具栏项的条件必须满足"
msgid "The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires image uploads to be enabled."
msgstr "%toolbar_item 工具栏项需要启用图片上传."
msgid ""
"The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires the %filter filter to be "
"enabled."
msgstr "%toolbar_item 工具栏项需要启用 %filter过滤器."
msgid ""
"The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires the %plugin plugin to be "
"enabled."
msgstr "%toolbar_item 工具栏条目需要启用 %plugin插件."
msgid ""
"The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires the %plugins plugins to be "
"enabled."
msgstr "%toolbar_item 工具栏条目需要启用 %plugins插件."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 toolbar item"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 工具栏项"
msgid "The provided toolbar item %toolbar_item is not valid."
msgstr "无效的工具栏项 %toolbar_item。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 toolbar item dependency"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 工具栏条目依赖"
msgid "Depends on %toolbar_item, which is not enabled."
msgstr "被依赖的 %toolbar_item 尚未启用。"
msgid ""
"Move a button into the Active toolbar to enable it, or into "
"the list of Available buttons to disable it. Buttons may be "
"moved with the mouse or keyboard arrow keys."
msgstr ""
"将按钮移到有效工具栏 则会启用它, "
"移到可用按钮列表则会禁用它. "
"可以使用鼠标或键盘箭头键移动按钮."
msgid "Preview failed"
msgstr "预览失败"
msgid "Drupal Media toolbar"
msgstr "Drupal Media 工具栏"
msgid "Link media"
msgstr "链接多媒体"
msgid "Add %label effect to style %style"
msgstr "向样式 %style添加%label 效果"
msgid "Edit %label effect on style %style"
msgstr "在样式%style上编辑%label效果"
msgid "Database connection supports the JSON type."
msgstr "数据库连接支持 JSON 类型"
msgid ""
"Database "
"connection does not support JSON."
msgstr ""
"数据库连接不支持 "
"JSON 类型。"
msgid "Media widget"
msgstr "媒体部件"
msgid ""
"Not all functionality may be available because some information could "
"not be retrieved."
msgstr "由于无法检索某些信息，因此可能无法使用所有功能。"
msgid "Allow the user to resize images"
msgstr "允许用户调整图像大小"
msgid "Alternative text override"
msgstr "替代文本覆写"
msgid "Override media image alternative text"
msgstr "覆写多媒体图片的替代文本"
msgid "Enter media caption"
msgstr "键入媒体标题"
msgid "Caption media"
msgstr "媒体标题"
msgid "Toggle caption off"
msgstr "关闭标题"
msgid "Toggle caption on"
msgstr "启用标题"
msgid "Post updating @extension"
msgstr "后序更新 @extension"
msgid "Press the down arrow key to activate"
msgstr "按向下箭头键以激活"
msgid "Decorative image"
msgstr "装饰性图片"
msgid "Add missing alternative text"
msgstr "添加缺少的替代文本"
msgid "Change image alternative text"
msgstr "改变图片替代文本"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid ""
"Source editing should only use otherwise unavailable tags and "
"attributes"
msgstr "源码编辑只有在其它插件都不支持的标签和属性上使用"
msgid ""
"The following @element_type(s) are already supported by enabled "
"plugins and should not be added to the Source Editing \"Manually "
"editable HTML tags\" field: %overlapping_tags."
msgstr "以下@element_type已被启用的插件支持，不应添加到源码编辑“手动可编辑的HTML标签”字段中：%overlapping_tags。"
msgid ""
"The following @element_type(s) are already supported by available "
"plugins and should not be added to the Source Editing \"Manually "
"editable HTML tags\" field. Instead, enable the following plugins to "
"support these @element_types: %overlapping_tags."
msgstr ""
"以下@element_type已被启用的插件支持，不应添加到源码编辑“手动可编辑的HTML标签”字段中。替代方案，启用以下插件来支持这些 "
"@element_types: %overlapping_tags 。"
msgid "There is no staged configuration."
msgstr "没有暂存配置."
msgid "The staged configuration is identical to the active configuration."
msgstr "暂存配置与活动配置相同。"
msgid ""
"The main way to change the overall appearance of your site is to "
"switch the default theme. The core Layout Builder and Layout Discovery "
"modules allow you to define layouts for your site's content, and the "
"core Breakpoint module helps themes change appearance for "
"different-sized devices. See the related topics listed below for "
"specific tasks."
msgstr "更改网站整体外观的主要方法是切换默认主题。核心布局构建器和布局发现模块允许您为网站内容定义布局，核心的断点模块帮助主题更改不同大小设备的外观。有关的具体任务，请参阅下面列出的相关主题。"
msgid "Using in-line (quick) settings editing"
msgstr "使用行内（快速）设置编辑"
msgid "Edit settings in place."
msgstr "原地编辑设置."
msgid ""
"The core Settings Tray module provides the ability to quickly edit "
"settings inline. It requires the core Contextual Links module in order "
"to expose the links that let you edit in place."
msgstr ""
"核心的设置托盘（ Settings "
"Tray）模块提供了在线快速编辑设置的功能。它依赖于核心的上下文链接模块，用以暴露允许您原地编辑的链接。"
msgid "Who can edit settings in place?"
msgstr "谁可以原地编辑设置?"
msgid ""
"In order to follow these steps to edit settings in place, the core "
"Settings Tray module must be installed. Also, either the core Toolbar "
"module or a contributed replacement must be installed. You will need "
"to have Use contextual links permission, as well as "
"permission to edit the particular content or settings."
msgstr "为了按照这些步骤就地编辑设置，必须安装核心的设置托盘模块。此外，必须安装核心的工具栏模块或相应的替代品。您需要拥有使用上下文链接的权限，以及编辑特定内容或设置的权限。"
msgid ""
"Find and visit a page on your site that has the settings that you "
"would like to edit."
msgstr "在如果你有要编辑的设置，可以在您的网站上查找并访问对应的页面."
msgid ""
"Click the link to open the contextual links menu, and click Quick "
"edit. An editing form for the settings should appear on the page."
msgstr "单击链接以打开上下文链接菜单，然后点击快速编辑。一个用于设置的编辑表单将会显示在页面上。"
msgid ""
"In-place or quick editing. In-place editing of configuration "
"is provided by the core Settings Tray module. See @settings_tray_topic "
"for more information."
msgstr ""
"原地或 快速 编辑. "
"原地编辑的配置由核心的配置托盘模块提供. "
"更多信息，参看 @settings_tray_topic."
msgid ""
"Exposes entities and other resources to other applications using a REST "
"implementation. Data is exchanged using a serialization format such as "
"JSON, and transferred using an authentication method such as HTTP "
"Basic Authentication."
msgstr ""
"使用REST实现，将实体和其它资源暴露给其它应用。使用JSON等序列化格式交换数据，并使用HTTP基本身份验证等身份验证方法传输数据。"
msgid "Image loading settings"
msgstr "图片加载设置"
msgid "Loading attribute"
msgstr "加载属性"
msgid "Allow reverse list"
msgstr "允许反向列表"
msgid "Allow start index"
msgstr "允许开始索引"
msgid "Allow the user to reverse an ordered list"
msgstr "允许用户反转有序列表"
msgid "Allow the user to specify the start index of an ordered list"
msgstr "允许用户指定有序列表起始序号"
msgid ""
"Check this handbook page for details about "
"compatibility issues of contrib modules."
msgstr ""
"查看这个手册页面，获取有关第三方模块兼容性问题详细信息."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Source Editing should never allow self-XSS."
msgstr "源码编辑不应允许 self-XSS."
msgid ""
"The following tag in the Source Editing \"Manually editable HTML "
"tags\" field is a security risk: %dangerous_tag."
msgstr ""
"源码编辑“手动可编辑的HTML标签”字段中的以下标签存在安全风险: "
"%dangerous_tag."
msgid "Enabled Alignments"
msgstr "启用对齐"
msgid "Alignment type"
msgstr "对齐方式"
msgid "Allow view mode override"
msgstr "允许覆盖查看模式"
msgid ""
"These are the alignment types that will appear in the alignment "
"dropdown."
msgstr "这些是将显示在对齐下拉列表中的对齐类型."
msgid "Allow the user to override the default view mode"
msgstr "允许用户覆盖默认查看模式"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 Media plugin in sync with filter settings"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 媒体插件与过滤器设置同步"
msgid ""
"The CKEditor 5 \"%cke5_media_plugin_label\" plugin's "
"\"%cke5_allow_view_mode_override_label\" setting should be in sync "
"with the \"%filter_media_plugin_label\" filter's "
"\"%filter_media_allowed_view_modes_label\" setting: when checked, two "
"or more view modes must be allowed by the filter."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor 5 \"%cke5_media_plugin_label\" "
"插件的\"%cke5_allow_view_mode_override_label\" 设置， "
"应该与\"%filter_media_plugin_label\" 过滤器的 "
"\"%filter_media_allowed_view_modes_label\" 设置保持一致: "
"选中时，过滤器必须允许两个或多个视图模式。"
msgid ""
"The %plugin plugin needs another plugin to create "
"@non_creatable_tag, for it to be able to create the "
"following attributes: @attributes_on_tag. Enable a plugin "
"that supports creating this tag. If none exists, you can configure the "
"Source Editing plugin to support it."
msgstr "%plugin插件依赖于另一个插件来创建@non_creatable_tag，以便能够创建以下属性：@attributes_on_tag。启用一个支持创建此标签的插件。如果不存在，您可以配置源码编辑插件来支持它。"
msgid "Unable to uninstall the %module module because: @reason."
msgstr "无法卸载 %module 模块，因为：@reason。"
msgid ""
"Unable to install the %theme theme since it requires the "
"%required_module module."
msgstr "无法安装 %theme 主题，因为需要 %required_module 模块。"
msgid ""
"If the Source button is available in the toolbar, users can "
"click this button to disable the visual editor and edit the HTML "
"source directly. After toggling back, the visual editor uses the HTML "
"tags allowed via plugin configuration (and not explicity disallowed by "
"filters) to format the text. Tags not enabled via plugin configuration "
"will be stripped out of the HTML source when the user toggles back to "
"the text editor."
msgstr "如果工具栏中的源码按钮可用，用户可以点击此按钮，以禁用可视化编辑器并直接编辑HTML源码。切换回来后，可视化编辑器使用插件配置允许的HTML标签（而不是过滤器明确不允许的标签）来格式化文本。当用户切换回文本编辑器时，未通过插件配置启用的标签将从HTML源码中剥离。"
msgid ""
"Resolve all issues below to continue the installation. For help "
"configuring your database server, see the installation "
"handbook, or contact your hosting provider."
msgstr ""
"解决以下所有问题以继续安装。有关配置数据库服务器的帮助信息，请参看 "
"安装手册，或联系您的主机提供商。"
msgid "Migrating an Existing Text Format to CKEditor 5"
msgstr "将一个已有文本格式迁移到 CKEditor 5"
msgid ""
"When switching an existing text format to use CKEditor 5, an automatic "
"process is initiated that helps text formats switching to CKEditor 5 "
"from CKEditor 4 (or no text editor) to do so with minimal effort and "
"zero data loss."
msgstr ""
"当将现有的文本格式切换为使用CKEditor "
"5时，会启动一个自动过程，帮助文本格式从CKEditor "
"4（或无文本编辑器）切换到CKEditor "
"5，从而实现切换工作量的最少化和零数据丢失。"
msgid ""
"This process is designed for there to be no data loss risk in "
"switching to CKEditor 5. However some of your editor's functionality "
"may not be 100% equivalent to what was available previously. In most "
"cases, these changes are minimal. After the process completes, status "
"and/or warning messages will summarize any changes that occurred, and "
"more detailed information will be available in the site's logs."
msgstr ""
"这个过程的设计目标是，为了在切换到CKEditor "
"5时没有数据丢失的风险。但是，编辑器的某些功能可能与以前的功能不完全相同。在大多数情况下，这些变化是最小的。流程完成后，状态和/或警告消息将列出发生的任何更改，站点日志中将提供更详细的信息。"
msgid ""
"CKEditor 5 will attempt to enable plugins that provide equivalent "
"toolbar items to those used prior to switching to CKEditor 5. All core "
"CKEditor 4 plugins and many popular contrib plugins already have "
"CKEditor 5 equivalents. In some cases, functionality that required "
"contrib modules is now built into CKEditor 5. In instances where a "
"plugin does not have an equivalent, no data loss will occur but "
"elements previously provided via the plugin may need to be added "
"manually as HTML via source editing."
msgstr "对于CKeditor5之前使用的插件，如果存在等价插件的话，在切换到CKEditor5时将尝试启用这些插件。所有核心的CKEditor4插件和许多流行的第三方插件都已经有了CKEditor5的等价插件。在某些情况下，一些需要第三方模块提供的功能，现在已内置到CKEditor5中。在没有等价插件的情况下，也不会发生数据丢失，但之前通过插件提供的元素可能需要通过源码编辑的方式手动添加为HTML。"
msgid ""
"Additional migration considerations for text formats with restricted "
"HTML"
msgstr "具有受限HTML的文本格式的其它迁移注意事项"
msgid ""
"The “Allowed HTML tags\" field in the “Limit allowed HTML tags and "
"correct Faulty HTML\" filter is now read-only"
msgstr "“限制允许的HTML标签和更正错误HTML”过滤器中的“允许的HTML标签”字段现在是只读的"
msgid ""
"This field accurately represents the tags/attributes allowed by a text "
"format, but the allowed tags are based on which plugins are enabled "
"and how they are configured. For example, enabling the Underline "
"plugin adds the <u> tag to “Allowed HTML tags\"."
msgstr "该字段准确地表示文本格式允许的标签/属性，但允许的标签是基于启用了哪些插件以及如何配置插件。例如，启用下划线插件，就在“允许的HTML标签”中添加<u>标签。"
msgid ""
"The <p> and <br > tags will be automatically added to your "
"text format."
msgstr ""
"<p> 和<br > "
"标签将被自动添加到你的文本格式."
msgid ""
"CKEditor 5 requires the <p> and <br > tags to achieve "
"basic functionality. They will be automatically added to “Allowed "
"HTML tags\" on formats that previously did not allow them."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor 5 需要 <p> 和 <br > "
"标签，来实现基本功能 . "
"对于以前不允许的格式，它们将自动添加到它们的“允许的HTML标签”中."
msgid ""
"Tags/attributes that are not explicitly supported by any plugin are "
"supported by Source Editing"
msgstr "对于那些没有插件明确支持的标签/属性,由源码编辑提供支持."
msgid ""
"When a necessary tag/attribute is not directly supported by an "
"available plugin, the \"Source Editing\" plugin is enabled. This "
"plugin is typically used for by passing the CKEditor 5 UI and editing "
"contents as HTML source. In the settings for Source Editing, "
"tags/attributes that aren't available via other plugins are added to "
"Source Editing's \"Manually editable HTML tags\" setting so they are "
"supported by the text format."
msgstr ""
"当一个必要的标签/属性，没有被一个可用插件直接支持时，将启用“源码编辑”插件。该插件通常用于绕过CKEditor "
"5 "
"UI，将内容做为HTML源码进行编辑。在源码编辑的设置中，无法通过其它插件支持的标签/属性，将添加到源码编辑“可手动编辑的HTML标签”设置中，以便文本格式支持这些标签/属性。"
msgid ""
"To maintain the capabilities of this text format, the CKEditor 5 migration did the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"为了保持此文本格式的功能, CKEditor 5迁移 执行了以下操作:"
msgid ""
"To maintain the capabilities of this text format, the CKEditor 5 "
"migration did the following:"
msgstr ""
"为了保持这种文本格式的功能，CKEditor "
"5迁移做了以下操作:"
msgid "Enabled these plugins: (%plugins)."
msgstr "已启用这些插件： (%plugins)."
msgid ""
"Added these tags/attributes to the Source Editing Plugin's Manually editable HTML "
"tags setting: @tag_list"
msgstr ""
"向源码编辑插件的可手动编辑的HTML标签 "
"设置中，添加了这些标签/属性: @tag_list"
msgid ""
"Added these tags/attributes to the Source Editing Plugin's Manually "
"editable HTML tags setting: @tag_list"
msgstr ""
"向源码编辑插件的可手动编辑的HTML标签设置中，添加了这些标签/属性: "
"@tag_list"
msgid ""
"Additional details are available in your logs."
msgstr ""
"更多详情可在 你的日志中查看."
msgid "Additional details are available in your logs."
msgstr "更多详情可在你的日志中查看."
msgid ""
"Updating to CKEditor 5 added support for some previously unsupported "
"tags/attributes."
msgstr ""
"更新到CKEditor "
"5，添加了一些以前版本不支持的标签/属性."
msgid "A plugin introduced support for the following:"
msgstr "一个插件引入了对以下内容的支持:"
msgctxt "Ckeditor 5 tag list"
msgid "for"
msgstr "为"
msgid ""
"The @tag tag was added because it is required by CKEditor 5."
msgid_plural ""
"The @tag tags were added because they are required by CKEditor 5."
msgstr[0] ""
"添加了@tag标签，这是因为它是CKEditor 5必须的."
msgstr[1] ""
"添加了@tag标签，这是因为它们是CKEditor 5必须的."
msgid "The @tag tag was added because it is required by CKEditor 5."
msgid_plural "The @tag tags were added because they are required by CKEditor 5."
msgstr[0] "添加了@tag标签，这是因为它是CKEditor 5必须的."
msgstr[1] "添加了@tag标签，这是因为它们是CKEditor 5必须的."
msgid "The tag %tags;"
msgid_plural "The tags %tags;"
msgstr[0] "标签 %tags；"
msgstr[1] "标签 %tags；"
msgid "This attribute: %attributes;"
msgid_plural "These attributes: %attributes;"
msgstr[0] "属性：%attributes；"
msgstr[1] "属性：%attributes；"
msgid "The migration of %text_format to CKEditor 5 has been saved."
msgstr "%text_format到CKEditor 5的迁移已保存."
msgid "An error occurred during the execution of the Ajax response: !error"
msgstr "在执行Ajax响应期间发生错误: !error"
msgid ""
"Date range (Datetime range module): Stores time/date periods with a "
"start and an end"
msgstr ""
"日期范围（Datetime range "
"模块）：存储有开始和结束的时间/日期周期"
msgid ""
"Updates failed for the entity type %entity_type, for %entity_ids. "
"Check the logs."
msgstr ""
"更新失败，实体类型%entity_type, %entity_ids. "
"请检查日志."
msgid ""
"Unable to update %entity_type %view due to error @message %function "
"(line %line of %file). @backtrace_string
"
msgstr ""
"无法更新 %entity_type %view ，由于存在错误 @message "
"%function (行%line 在%file中). @backtrace_string
"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Block content entity changed"
msgstr "区块内容实体已更新"
msgid "Style label"
msgstr "样式标签"
msgid "Style tag + classes"
msgstr "样式标签 + 类"
msgid ""
"A list of classes that will be provided in the \"Style\" dropdown. "
"Enter one or more classes on each line in the format: "
"element.classA.classB|Label. Example: h1.title|Title. Advanced "
"example: h1.fancy.title|Fancy title.
These styles should be "
"available in your theme's CSS file."
msgstr ""
"将在“样式”下拉列表中提供的类列表。在每行上按以下格式输入一个或多个类：element.classA.classB|标签。示例：h1.title|标题。高级示例：h1.fancy.title|吸睛标题
这些样式应该在主题的CSS文件中可用。"
msgid ""
"Line @line-number does not contain a valid value. Enter a valid CSS "
"selector containing one or more classes, followed by a pipe symbol and "
"a label."
msgid_plural ""
"Lines @line-numbers do not contain a valid value. Enter a valid CSS "
"selector containing one or more classes, followed by a pipe symbol and "
"a label."
msgstr[0] "@line-number行中没有包含一个有效值。输入一个有效的CSS选择器，该选择器包含一个或多个类，后跟管道符号和标签。"
msgstr[1] "@line-numbers行中没有包含一个有效值。输入一个有效的CSS选择器，该选择器包含一个或多个类，后跟管道符号和标签。"
msgid ""
"The following tag is missing the required attribute "
"@required_attribute_name: @provided_element."
msgstr "以下标签缺少必要属性@required_attribute_name：@provided_element。"
msgid ""
"The following tag does not have the minimum of "
"@min_attribute_value_count allowed values for the required attribute "
"@required_attribute_name: @provided_element."
msgstr ""
"下列标签对于必填属性没有提供最小的@min_attribute_value_count "
"允许值\r\n"
" @required_attribute_name: "
"@provided_element."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Styles can only be specified for already supported tags."
msgstr "只能为已支持的标签指定样式."
msgid ""
"A style can only be specified for an HTML 5 tag. @tag is "
"not an HTML5 tag."
msgstr ""
"样式只能指定到 HTML 5 标签上. "
"@tag不是一个HTML5 标签."
msgid ""
"A style must only specify classes not supported by other plugins. The "
"@classes classes on @tag are already "
"supported by the enabled %plugin plugin."
msgstr ""
"样式只能指定其它插件不支持的类. "
"@tag上的@classes 类 "
"已经由%plugin插件提供了支持."
msgid ""
"A style must only specify classes not supported by other plugins. The "
"@classes classes on @tag are supported by "
"the %plugin plugin. Remove this style and enable that plugin instead."
msgstr "样式只能指定其它插件不支持的类。%plugin插件支持@tag上的@classes类。删除此样式并启用该插件。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Unique label in list"
msgstr "列表中的唯一标签"
msgid "The label %label is not unique."
msgstr "标签 %label 不唯一。"
msgid ""
"The Text Editor module provides a framework that other modules (such "
"as CKEditor5 module) can use to provide "
"toolbars and other functionality that allow users to format text more "
"easily than typing HTML tags directly. For more information, see the "
"online documentation for the Text Editor "
"module."
msgstr ""
"文本编辑器模块提供了一个框架，其它模块（比如 ckeditor5模块）可以使用该框架来提供工具栏和其他功能，这些功能允许用户比直接键入HTML标签更容易地格式化文本。有关详细信息，请参看文本编辑器模块的在线文档。"
msgid ""
"To search help, you will need to install the core Search module, "
"configure a search page, and add a search block to the Help page or "
"another administrative page. (A search page is provided automatically, "
"and if you use the core Claro administrative theme, a help search "
"block is shown on the main Help page.) Then users with search "
"permissions, and permission to view help, will be able to search help. "
"See the Search module help page for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"若要搜索帮助，您需要安装核心搜索模块，配置搜索页面，并将搜索区块添加到帮助页面或其它管理页面。（搜索页面会自动提供，如果您使用核心的Claro管理主题，帮助搜索区块会显示在主帮助页面上。）然后，具有搜索权限和查看帮助权限的用户将能够搜索帮助。有关详细信息，请参看搜索模块帮助页面。"
msgid ""
"A base theme is a theme that is not meant to be used directly on a "
"site, but instead acts as a scaffolding for building other themes. The "
"core Stable 9 theme is one example; other base themes can be "
"downloaded from the Download & "
"Extend page on drupal.org."
msgstr ""
"基主题通常是指不在网站上直接使用的主题，而是充当构建其它主题的脚手架。核心的Stable "
"9 主题就是一个示例; 对于其它基主题，可在 drupal.org的下载& "
"扩展页面下载。"
msgid ""
"The core Filter, Responsive Image, and Path modules provide settings "
"and display options for entities and fields."
msgstr "核心的过滤器、响应式图片和路径模块为实体和字段提供了设置和显示选项。"
msgid ""
"A text editor is software (typically, a JavaScript library) that "
"provides buttons and other command mechanisms to make editing HTML "
"text easier. Some editors are called visual or WYSIWYG "
"(What You See Is What You Get) editors; these editors hide the "
"details of HTML from the user, and instead show formatted output on "
"the screen. The core Text Editor module provides a framework for "
"deploying text editors on your site. The core CKEditor 5 module "
"provides CKEditor 5, which is a widely-used JavaScript text editor "
"that creates clean and valid HTML; the module also enforces the HTML "
"tag restrictions in the associated text format. Various contributed "
"modules provide other editors; to install a new editor, besides "
"installing the module, you may need to download the editor library "
"from a third-party site."
msgstr ""
"文本编辑器是一种软件（通常是JavaScript库），它提供按钮和其他命令机制，使编辑HTML文本变得更容易。一些编辑器被称为可视化或WYSIWYG "
"(所见即所得）编辑器；这些编辑器向用户隐藏HTML的详细信息，而是在屏幕上显示格式化的输出。核心文本编辑器模块为在您的网站上部署文本编辑器提供了一个框架。核心的CKEditor5模块提供了CKeditor5集成，这是一个广泛使用的JavaScript文本编辑器，可以创建干净有效的HTML；该模块还在与其关联的文本格式中，添加了HTML标签限制。各种第三方模块提供了其它编辑器；要安装新的编辑器，除了安装模块外，您可能还需要从第三方网站下载编辑器库。"
msgid ""
"Select CKEditor 5 as the Text editor, or another "
"text editor that you have installed. The rest of these steps assume "
"you selected CKEditor 5."
msgstr ""
"选择CKEditor 5 作为文本编辑器, "
"或者选择其它你安装的文本编辑器. "
"后续步骤，假定你选择了 CKEditor 5."
msgid ""
"Under Toolbar configuration, drag buttons between "
"Available buttons and Active toolbar; only buttons "
"in Active toolbar will be shown to the user. Focusing or "
"hovering over a button will display a tooltip explaining what the "
"button does."
msgstr ""
"在工具栏配置下面, 可在 可用按钮 "
"和活动工具栏之间拖动按钮; "
"只有活动工具栏中的按钮才会显示给用户. "
"聚焦或悬停在按钮上会显示一个工具提示，用以解释按钮的作用."
msgid ""
"Drag buttons within Active toolbar to the desired order, and "
"group buttons by dragging them between group identifiers; drag a "
"new group identifier to the toolbar to add additional groups."
msgstr ""
"在活动工具栏中，可以拖动按钮，按照设计的顺序排列 "
", "
"以及通过在组标识符之间拖动来对按钮进行分组；将一个新的组标识符拖动到工具栏以添加新组。."
msgid ""
"If you add buttons that require configuration, the CKEditor 5 "
"plugin settings section will be visible, and provide their "
"respective configuration forms."
msgstr ""
"如果你添加的按钮需要配置, CKEditor 5 插件设置 "
"部分将会可见, 并提供按钮相关的配置表单."
msgid ""
"Click the link for your administrative theme (such as the core Claro "
"theme), near the top of the page, and verify that there is already a "
"search block for help located in the Help region. If not, follow the "
"steps in the related topic to place the Search form block in "
"the Help region. When configuring the block, choose Help as "
"the search page, and in the Pages tab under "
"Visibility, enter /admin/help to make the search "
"form only visible on the main Help page."
msgstr "在你的管理主题（如核心Claro主题）中，单击页面顶部附近的链接，并验证“帮助”区域中是否已存在帮助搜索区块。如果没有，请按照相关主题中的步骤将搜索表单区块放置在“帮助”区域中。配置区块时，选择帮助作为搜索页面，并在可见性设置下的页面选项卡中，输入/admin/Help，这样可使搜索表单仅在主帮助页面上可见。"
msgid "CKEditor 5 plugin settings"
msgstr "CKEditor 5插件设置"
msgid ""
"Enter a value like \"512\" (bytes), \"80 KB\" (kilobytes) or \"50 MB\" "
"(megabytes) in order to restrict the allowed file size. If left empty "
"the file sizes could be limited only by PHP's maximum post and file "
"upload sizes (current limit %limit)."
msgstr ""
"输入一个值，比如 \"512\" (比特), \"80 KB\" (千字节) or "
"\"50 MB\" (兆字节)，用以显示允许的文件大小 . "
"如果留为空，则会使用 "
"PHP的最大post和文件上传大小(当前限制为%limit)."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > People > @ban_link"
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"用户 > @ban_link"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @layout_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 结构 "
"> @layout_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"Configuration synchronization > @export_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > 配置同步 > @export_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"Configuration synchronization > Export > "
"@single_export_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > 配置同步 > 导出 > "
"@single_export_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"Configuration synchronization > @import_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > 配置同步 > @import_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"Configuration synchronization > Import > "
"@single_import_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > 配置同步 > 导入 > "
"@single_import_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @contact_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > "
"@contact_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > People > "
"@config_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 配置 "
"> 用户 > @config_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"People > @permission_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到用户 > "
"@permission_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administration menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > System > @cron_link. "
"Note the Last run time on the page."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的 管理 下面, 导航到配置 "
"> 系统 > @cron_link. 注意该页面上的 "
"最后一次运行 时间."
msgid "What are security advisories?"
msgstr "什么是安全建议？"
msgid ""
"A security advisory is a public announcement about a reported security "
"problem in the core software. Contributed projects with a shield icon "
"and \"Stable releases for this project are covered by the security "
"advisory policy\" on their project page are also covered by Drupal's "
"security advisory policy. Security advisories are managed by the Drupal Security "
"Team."
msgstr ""
"安全警报是关于核心软件中报告的安全问题的公开公告. "
"对于第三方模块或主题，如果在项目页面，带了一个盾牌图标，\"此项目的稳定版本包含在安全警报政策中\". "
"安全警报的管理由 Drupal "
"安全小组负责."
msgid ""
"Security "
"advisory process and permissions policy"
msgstr ""
"安全警报流程和权限策略"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Content Authoring > "
"@overview_link. The Text editor column in the table "
"shows the text editor that is currently connected to each text format, "
"if any."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的 管理 下面, 导航到 配置 "
"> 内容写作 > @overview_link. 表格中的 "
"文本编辑器 "
"一栏，显示了当前与每种文本格式关联的文本编辑器 "
", 如果有的话."
msgid ""
"Navigate to the page for managing the entity sub-type you want to add "
"the field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the "
"Manage administrative menu, navigate to Structure "
"> @content_types_link."
msgstr ""
"导航到你想要添加字段的实体子类型的管理界面. "
"例如, 要向一个内容类型添加字段, 在管理菜单的 "
"管理 下面, 导航到结构 > "
"@content_types_link."
msgid ""
"Navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the "
"field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the "
"Manage administrative menu, navigate to Structure "
"> @content_types_link."
msgstr ""
"导航到实体类型的管理页面，你可以向它添加字段. "
"例如，如果想要给内容类型添加字段的话, "
"在管理菜单的 管理下面, 导航到 结构 "
"> @content_types_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Content Authoring > "
"@overview_link. If you do not have the core Text Editor "
"module installed, the menu link and page title will instead be "
"Text formats."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"内容写作 > @overview_link. "
"如果你没有安装核心的文本编辑器模块, "
"菜单链接和页面标题将会替换为 文本格式."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"@help_link. Verify that the search block is visible, and try "
"a search."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到@help_link. "
"验证搜索区块可见，并尝试一下搜索."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Media > @styles_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 配置 "
"> 多媒体 > @styles_link."
msgid "No blocks settings to update."
msgstr "没有要更新的区块设置."
msgid ""
"These settings apply to the %field field everywhere it is used. Some "
"also impact the way that data is stored and cannot be changed once "
"data has been created."
msgstr ""
"这些设置将会应用到 %field 字段，无论在哪里使用它. "
"有些设置还会影响到数据的存储方式，所以数据一旦创建，这些设置就不能再被修改."
msgid ""
"There is @count entity with @delta or more values in this field, so "
"the allowed number of values cannot be set to @allowed."
msgid_plural ""
"There are @count entities with @delta or more values in this field, so "
"the allowed number of values cannot be set to @allowed."
msgstr[0] "在这个字段中，存在具有@delta的@count个实体，或更多值，因此不能将允许的值数设置为@allowed。"
msgstr[1] "在这个字段中，存在具有@delta的@count个实体，或更多值，因此不能将允许的值数设置为@allowed。"
msgid ""
"The CKEditor 5 migration enabled the following plugins to support tags "
"that are allowed by the %text_format text format: "
"%enabling_message_content. The text format must be saved to make these "
"changes active."
msgstr ""
"The CKEditor 5 迁移启用了以下插件，用来支持 "
"%text_format文本格式所允许的标签: %enabling_message_content. "
"必须保存文本格式才能激活这些更改."
msgid ""
"The following tags were permitted by the %text_format text format's "
"filter configuration, but no plugin was available that supports them. "
"To ensure the tags remain supported by this text format, the following "
"were added to the Source Editing plugin's Manually editable HTML "
"tags: @unsupported_string. The text format must be saved to make "
"these changes active."
msgstr ""
"%text_format "
"文本格式的过滤器配置,允许使用下列标签， "
"但是没有可用的插件支持它们. "
"为了确保该文本格式仍然支持这些标签, "
"向源码编辑插件的手动编辑HTML标签中添加了它们: "
"@unsupported_string. 必须保存文本格式才能激活这些更改."
msgid ""
"The CKEditor 5 migration process enabled the following plugins to "
"support specific attributes that are allowed by the %text_format text "
"format: %enabled_for_attributes_message_content."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor 5迁移启用了下列插件，用来支持 %text_format "
"文本格式允许的特定属性: "
"%enabled_for_attributes_message_content."
msgid ""
"As part of migrating to CKEditor 5, it was found that the %text_format "
"text format's HTML filters includes plugins that support the following "
"tags, but not some of their attributes. To ensure these attributes "
"remain supported, the following were added to the Source Editing "
"plugin's Manually editable HTML tags: @missing_attributes. "
"The text format must be saved to make these changes active."
msgstr ""
"作为向CKEditor 5迁移的一部分, 我们发现 "
"%text_format文本格式的HTML过滤器(包括插件)支持以下标签，但不支持它们的某些属性. "
" 为了确保这些属性仍被支持, "
"向源码编辑插件的手动编辑HTML标签中添加了它们: "
"@missing_attributes. "
"必须保存文本格式才能激活这些更改."
msgid ""
"As part of migrating the %text_format text format to CKEditor 5, the "
"following tag(s) were added to Limit allowed HTML tags and correct "
"faulty HTML, because they are needed to provide fundamental "
"CKEditor 5 functionality : @missing_tags. The text format must be "
"saved to make these changes active."
msgstr ""
"作为将%text_format 文本格式迁移到 CKEditor 5的一部分, "
"下列标签被添加到了限制允许的HTML标记并更正错误的HTML, "
"这是因为需要它们来提供基本的CKEditor5功能 : "
"@missing_tags. 必须保存文本格式才能激活这些更改."
msgid "- Description not available -"
msgstr "- 描述不可用 -"
msgid "Tooltip date format"
msgstr "工具提示日期格式"
msgid "Tooltip custom date format"
msgstr "工具提示自定义日期格式"
msgid "Time difference"
msgstr "时间差"
msgid "Show as time difference"
msgstr "显示为时间差"
msgid "Time units"
msgstr "时间单位"
msgid "A worker for @queue queue suspended further processing of the queue."
msgstr "@queue队列的一个工作进程已暂停对该队列的进一步处理."
msgid ""
"Updates failed for the entity type %entity_type, for %entity_ids. Check the logs."
msgstr ""
"更新失败，实体类型 %entity_type, %entity_ids. 检查日志."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Config exists"
msgstr "配置存在"
msgid "The '@name' config does not exist."
msgstr "'@name'配置不存在."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Required config dependency types"
msgstr "必填的配置依赖类型"
msgid "This @entity_type requires a @dependency_type."
msgstr "这个@entity_type需要一个 @dependency_type."
msgid "Revision of %title"
msgstr "%title的修订本"
msgid "Current revision"
msgstr "当前修订本"
msgid "Revision of @type %title has been deleted."
msgstr "@type %title的修订本已被删除."
msgid "@type %title has been reverted."
msgstr "@type %title 已被重置."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Extension exists"
msgstr "扩展存在"
msgid "Module '@name' is not installed."
msgstr "模块'@name'未安装."
msgid "Theme '@name' is not installed."
msgstr "主题'@name'未安装."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Valid extension name"
msgstr "有效的扩展名"
msgid "Render the referenced entity."
msgstr "呈现被引用实体."
msgid "Display as a time difference (e.g. '6 months ago')"
msgstr "显示为时差(例如 '6 月前')"
msgid ""
"Use the @interval placeholder to represent the formatted "
"time difference interval. E.g. @interval hence will be "
"displayed as 2 hours 5 minutes hence."
msgstr ""
"使用 @interval "
"占位符来表示格式化的时间差.例如. @interval "
"后 将会显示为 2 小时5 分钟后."
msgid ""
"Use the @interval placeholder to represent the formatted "
"time difference interval. E.g. @interval ago will be "
"displayed as 2 hours 5 minutes ago."
msgstr ""
"使用 @interval 占位符来表示格式化的时间差. "
"例如. @interval 前 将显示为 2 小时5 "
"分钟前."
msgid ""
"How many time units will be used in formatting the time difference. "
"For example, if '1' is selected then the displayed time difference "
"will only contain a single time unit such as '2 years' or '5 minutes' "
"never '2 years 3 months' or '5 minutes 8 seconds'."
msgstr ""
"在格式化时间差时，将会用到的时间单位数. 例如, "
"如果选择了 '1' , "
"那么显示的时间差将会只包含一个时间单位, 比如 '2 "
"年' 或者'5 分钟'，而不会是 '2 年3 个月' 或'5 分钟8 "
"秒'."
msgid ""
"How often to refresh the displayed time difference. The time "
"difference is refreshed on client-side, by JavaScript, without "
"reloading the page."
msgstr ""
"刷新显示的时间差的频率. "
"时间差的刷新在客户端进行, 由 JavaScript负责, "
"无需加载整个页面."
msgid "Fallback configuration"
msgstr "兜底配置"
msgid ""
"The configuration below is used as a fallback when JavaScript is not "
"available on the page."
msgstr "下面的配置用作兜底，当JavaScript在页面上不可用时."
msgid ""
"Select the date format to be used for the title and displayed on mouse "
"hover."
msgstr "选择要用于标题并在鼠标悬停时显示的日期格式."
msgid "- No tooltip -"
msgstr "- 没有工具提示 -"
msgid "Displayed as a time difference"
msgstr "显示为时间差"
msgid "Refresh every @interval"
msgstr "刷新每 @interval"
msgid "Disabled JavaScript format: @date_format"
msgstr "禁用的JavaScript 格式: @date_format"
msgid "Tooltip date format: @date_format"
msgstr "工具提示日期格式: @date_format"
msgid "Reference type: @entity_type"
msgstr "引用类型: @entity_type"
msgid "The submitted value %choice in the %name element is not allowed."
msgstr "在%name元素中提交的值 %choice非法."
msgid ""
"The image toolkit '@toolkit' failed processing '@operation' for image "
"'@image'. Reported error: @class - @message"
msgstr ""
"图片工具集 '@toolkit'对图片'@image'的处理操作 "
"'@operation'失败. 错误报告: @class - @message"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Plugin exists"
msgstr "插件存在"
msgid "The '@plugin_id' plugin does not exist."
msgstr "'@plugin_id'插件不存在."
msgid "The '@plugin_id' plugin must implement or extend @interface."
msgstr "'@plugin_id'插件必须实现或者扩展接口 @interface."
msgid "Optimized assets files"
msgstr "优化的资产文件"
msgid "Public local optimized assets files served by the webserver."
msgstr "Web服务器提供的公开的本地优化资产文件."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Valid mapping keys"
msgstr "有效的映射键"
msgid "'@key' is not a supported key."
msgstr "'@key' 是不受支持的键."
msgid "Numerically indexed arrays are not allowed."
msgstr "不允许使用数字索引数组."
msgid "Edit machine name"
msgstr "编辑机读名字"
msgid ""
"The Announcements module displays announcements from the Drupal "
"community. For more information, see the online documentation for the Announcements "
"module."
msgstr ""
"公告模块显示来自Drupal社区的公告.更多信息, 参看 公告模块的在线文档."
msgid "Accessing announcements"
msgstr "访问公告"
msgid "Displays announcements from the Drupal community."
msgstr "显示来自Drupal社区的公告."
msgid "View official announcements related to Drupal"
msgstr "查看有关Drupal的官方公告"
msgid "Community announcements"
msgstr "社区公告"
msgid "Announcements Settings"
msgstr "公告设置"
msgid "Cache announcements for max-age seconds."
msgstr "缓存公告的最长时间（秒）."
msgid "Cron interval for fetching announcements in seconds."
msgstr "抓取公告的定时间隔，单位秒."
msgid "Number of announcements that will be displayed."
msgstr "要显示的公告数."
msgid "The feed format is not valid."
msgstr "种子格式无效."
msgid ""
"An error occurred while parsing the announcements feed, check the logs "
"for more information."
msgstr "解析公告种子时发生错误, 更多信息请检查日志."
msgid "No announcements available"
msgstr "没有公告可用"
msgid "Allows banning visits from specific IP addresses."
msgstr "允许封禁来自特定IP地址的访问."
msgid "Provides an HTTP Basic authentication provider."
msgstr "提供一个 HTTP基本验证提供者."
msgid "Adding content blocks"
msgstr "添加内容区块"
msgid ""
"You can add content blocks, if the Block Content module is "
"installed. For more information, see the Block Content help page."
msgstr ""
"如果启用了 区块内容 "
"模块，那么你可以添加内容区块. 更多信息, 参看区块内容帮助文档."
msgid ""
"Allows users to configure blocks (containing content, forms, etc.) and "
"to place them in the regions of a theme."
msgstr ""
"允许用户配置区块 (比如，包含的内容、格式.) "
"，并将它们放置到主题的区域中."
msgid "Creating and managing block types"
msgstr "创建和管理区块类型"
msgid "Creating content blocks"
msgstr "创建内容区块"
msgid "Allows the creation of content blocks and block types."
msgstr "允许创建内容区块和区块类型."
msgid "Add content block"
msgstr "添加内容区块"
msgid ""
"Create and manage fields, forms, and display settings for your content "
"blocks."
msgstr "为你的内容区块创建和管理字段、表单、和显示设置."
msgid "Access the Content blocks overview page"
msgstr "访问内容区块概览页"
msgid "Get an overview of all content blocks."
msgstr "获取所有内容区块的概览."
msgid ""
"Maintain the block types of block content available and the fields "
"that are associated with those types."
msgstr "维护内容区块可用的区块类型和与这些类型关联的字段。"
msgid ""
"View, edit and delete all block content regardless of permission "
"restrictions."
msgstr "查看、编辑、删除所有区块内容，绕过所有权限限制."
msgid "Edit content block %label"
msgstr "编辑内容区块%label"
msgid "%type_name: Create new content block"
msgstr "%type_name: 创建新的内容区块"
msgid "%type_name: Edit content block"
msgstr "%type_name: 编辑内容区块"
msgid "%type_name: Delete content block"
msgstr "%type_name: 删除内容区块"
msgid "%type_name: View content block history pages"
msgstr "%type_name: 查看内容区块历史页面"
msgid "%type_name: Revert content block revisions"
msgstr "%type_name: 重置内容区块修订本"
msgid "%type_name: Delete content block revisions"
msgstr "%type_name: 删除内容区块修订本"
msgid "Edit %label block type"
msgstr "编辑%label区块类型"
msgid "Block type %label has been updated."
msgstr "区块类型%label 已被更新."
msgid "Block type %label has been added."
msgstr "区块类型%label已被添加."
msgid "Add %type content block"
msgstr "添加%type内容区块"
msgid "Content block ID"
msgstr "内容区块ID"
msgid "The content block ID."
msgstr "内容区块 ID."
msgid "The content block UUID."
msgstr "内容区块UUID."
msgid "The content block language code."
msgstr "内容区块语言代码."
msgid "The time that the content block was last edited."
msgstr "内容区块最近编辑时间."
msgid "content block"
msgstr "内容区块"
msgid "content blocks"
msgstr "内容区块"
msgid "block type"
msgstr "区块类型"
msgid "block types"
msgstr "区块类型"
msgid ""
"%label is used by 1 content block on your site. You can not remove "
"this block type until you have removed all of the %label blocks."
msgid_plural ""
"%label is used by @count content blocks on your site. You may not "
"remove %label until you have removed all of the %label content blocks."
msgstr[0] ""
"在你的站点上，%label被用于1个内容区块. 只有删除 "
"所有%label 区块后，你才能删除这个区块类型."
msgstr[1] ""
"在你的站点上，%label被用于@count个内容区块. "
"只有删除 所有%label "
"区块后，你才能删除这个区块类型."
msgid ""
"Block with uuid %uuid does not exist. Add content "
"block."
msgstr ""
"带有uuid %uuid 的区块不存在. 添加内容区块."
msgid "Input format of the content block/box content."
msgstr "内容区块的内容输入格式."
msgid "Add a content block."
msgstr "添加内容区块."
msgid "Provides the CKEditor 5 rich text editor."
msgstr "提供 CKEditor 5 富文本编辑器."
msgid "Language label"
msgstr "语言标签"
msgid "Images can only be uploaded."
msgstr "只可被上传的图片."
msgid "Images can only be added by URL."
msgstr "只可被通过URL添加的图片."
msgid ""
"A list of programming languages that will be provided in the \"Code "
"Block\" dropdown. Enter one value per line, in the format key|label. "
"Example: php|PHP."
msgstr ""
"可在\"代码区块\"下拉中使用的编程语言列表. "
"一行输入一个值，格式 key|label. 例如: php|PHP."
msgid ""
"Line @line-number does not contain a valid value. Enter a valid "
"language key followed by a pipe symbol and a label."
msgid_plural ""
"Lines @line-numbers do not contain a valid value. Enter a valid "
"language key followed by a pipe symbol and a label."
msgstr[0] ""
"行 @line-number没有包含有一个效值. "
"输入一个有效的语言键，后跟管道符号和标签."
msgstr[1] ""
"行 @line-numbers没有包含有一个效值. "
"输入一个有效的语言键，后跟管道符号和标签."
msgid "Allows importing and exporting configuration changes."
msgstr "允许导入和导出配置变更."
msgid ""
"Content Moderation allows you to apply Workflows to content, content blocks, and "
"other content entities, to provide more "
"fine-grained publishing options. For example, a Basic page might have "
"states such as Draft and Published, with allowed transitions such as "
"Draft to Published (making the current revision \"live\"), and "
"Published to Draft (making a new draft revision of published content)."
msgstr ""
"内容审核允许你将 工作流 "
"应用到内容、内容区块、和其它 内容实体, "
"以提供更细粒度的发布选项. 例如, "
"一个基本页面可能包含草稿和已发布两个状态 , "
"带有两种允许的转换 "
"，比如从草稿到已发布(使当前修订本“生效”), "
"和从已发布到草稿 "
"(对已发布的内容进行新的草稿修订)."
msgid ""
"Provides additional publication states that can be used by other "
"modules to moderate content."
msgstr ""
"提供了附加的发布状态, "
"可被其它模块使用，用来审核内容."
msgid ""
"The Content Translation module allows you to translate content, "
"comments, content blocks, taxonomy terms, users and other content entities. Together with the modules Language, Configuration Translation, and Interface Translation, it allows you to build "
"multilingual websites. For more information, see the online documentation for the Content "
"Translation module."
msgstr ""
"内容翻译模块，允许你对内容进行翻译， 包括内容, "
"评论, 内容区块, 分类术语, 用户和其它 内容实体. "
"联合相关模块 语言, 配置翻译, and 界面翻译, "
"组合起来就可以构建一个多语言网站. 更多信息, 参看 "
"内容翻译模块的在线文档."
msgid "Defines field types for storing dates and times."
msgstr "定义用来存储日期和时间的字段类型."
msgid ""
"When enabled, images can only be uploaded. When disabled, images can "
"only be added by URL."
msgstr ""
"当启用时，图片只能通过上传的方式创建. "
"当禁用时，图片只能通过URL创建."
msgid ""
"The Text Editor module provides a framework for managing editors. To "
"use it, you also need to install a text editor. This can either be the "
"core CKEditor5 module, which can be "
"installed on the Extend page, or a contributed "
"module for any other text editor. When installing a contributed text "
"editor module, be sure to check the installation instructions, because "
"you will most likely need to download an external library as well as "
"the Drupal module."
msgstr ""
"文本编辑器模块提供了一个管理编辑器的框架. "
"要使用它，您还需要安装一个文本编辑器. "
"这可以是核心的 CKEditor5 模块, "
"可在扩展页面安装它, "
"也可以是第三方模块提供的其它文本编辑器. "
"在安装第三方的文本编辑器模块时，请务必查看安装说明，因为您很可能在下载Drupal模块的同时，还需要下载外部依赖库."
msgid ""
"Provides a framework to associate text editors (like WYSIWYGs) and "
"toolbars with text formats."
msgstr "提供一个框架，用于将文本编辑器（如所见即所得）和工具栏与文本格式相关联。"
msgid "Text editors"
msgstr "文本编辑器"
msgid ""
"Ensures that the latest versions of images uploaded via a Text Editor "
"are displayed, along with their dimensions."
msgstr "通过文本编辑器上传的图片，确保显示最新版本及其相应尺寸."
msgid ""
"The website's content and configuration is managed using "
"entities, which are grouped into entity types. "
"Content entity types are the entity types for site content "
"(such as the main site content, comments, content blocks, taxonomy "
"terms, and user accounts). Configuration entity types are "
"used to store configuration information for your site, such as "
"individual views in the Views module, and settings for your main site "
"content types."
msgstr ""
"网站的内容和配置的管理工作，是通过使用 "
"实体来完成的, 这些实体又会按照 "
"实体类型进行分组. "
"内容实体类型是网站内容的实体类型 "
"(比如网站的主内容, 评论, 内容区块, 分类术语, "
"和用户帐号). "
"配置实体类型，用于站点的配置信息存储, "
"比如视图模块里面的单个视图, "
"和站点内容类型的配置."
msgid "Provides the capabilities to add fields to entities."
msgstr "提供了向实体添加字段的能力."
msgid ""
"Once you have created a field, you can use it again in other sub-types "
"of the same entity type. For instance, if you create a field for the "
"article content type, you can also use it for the page content type, "
"but you cannot use it for content blocks or taxonomy terms. If there "
"are fields available for re-use, after clicking Add field "
"from the Manage fields page, you will see a list of available "
"fields for re-use. After selecting a field for re-use, you can "
"configure the sub-type-level settings."
msgstr "创建字段后，可以在同一实体类型的其它子类型中再次使用该字段。例如，如果为文章内容类型创建了一个字段，也可以将其应用于页面内容类型，但不能将其用于内容区块或分类术语。如果有可重用的字段，在管理字段页面中单击添加字段后，您将看到可重用字段的列表。选择要重用的字段后，可以配置子类型级别的设置。"
msgid "Provide a pre-filled value for the editing form."
msgstr "为编辑表单提供一个预填的值."
msgid "You need to select a field type."
msgstr "你需要选择一个字段类型."
msgid ""
"You can re-use a field from other sub-types of the same entity type. "
"Re-using a field creates another usage of the same field storage."
msgstr ""
"可以重用同一实体类型的其它子类型中的字段. "
"重用一个字段，会创建对同一字段存储的另一种使用."
msgid "Filter by field or field type"
msgstr "按字段或者字段类型过滤"
msgid "Used in: @list"
msgstr "用在: @list"
msgid "Re-use"
msgstr "重用"
msgid "Reuse @field_name"
msgstr "重用 @field_name"
msgid "There was a problem reusing field %label: @message"
msgstr "重用字段%label存在一个问题: @message"
msgid "Single value"
msgid_plural "Multiple values: @cardinality"
msgstr[0] "单值"
msgstr[1] "多值: @cardinality"
msgid "Create a new field"
msgstr "创建一个新字段"
msgid ""
"Provides a field type for files and defines a \"managed_file\" Form "
"API element."
msgstr "为文件提供一个字段类型并定义一个\"managed_file\"表单元素."
msgid "Filters text content in preparation for display."
msgstr "在准备显示前过滤文本内容."
msgid "Lazy load images"
msgstr "延迟加载图片"
msgid ""
"Instruct browsers to lazy load images if dimensions are specified. Use "
"in conjunction with and place after the 'Track images uploaded via a "
"Text Editor' filter that adds image dimensions required for lazy "
"loading. Results can be overridden by <img "
"loading="eager">."
msgstr ""
"如果指定了尺寸，指示浏览器延迟加载图像. "
"与“通过文本编辑器跟踪上传的图像”过滤器结合使用并放在其后面，该过滤器添加了延迟加载所需的图像尺寸. "
"结果可被覆写 <img loading="eager">."
msgid "Generates help pages and provides a Help block with page-level help."
msgstr "生成帮助页面，并提供具有页面级别帮助的帮助区块."
msgid "What are content blocks?"
msgstr "什么是内容区块?"
msgid ""
"Content blocks are blocks whose content you can edit. You can define "
"one or more block types, and attach fields to each block "
"type. Content blocks can be placed just like blocks provided by other "
"modules."
msgstr ""
"内容块是可以编辑其内容的区块. "
"你可以定义一个或多个 区块类型, "
"并向区块类型追加字段. "
"内容区块可以像其它模块提供的区块一样放置."
msgid "Overview for managing blocks"
msgstr "管理区块概览"
msgid ""
"The Block module allows you to place blocks in regions of "
"your installed themes, and configure block settings. The Block "
"Content module allows you to manage block types and content "
"blocks. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks."
msgstr ""
"区块 模块，允许你在主题的区域中放置区块. "
"区块内容 "
"模块，允许你管理区块类型和内容区块. "
"对于特定任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题."
msgid "Creating a content block"
msgstr "创建一个内容区块"
msgid "Create a content block, which can later be placed on the site."
msgstr "创建一个内容区块，后面可将其放到站点上."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Content."
msgstr "在管理菜单的 管理下面 , 导航到内容."
msgid "Open the @library_link tab."
msgstr "打开@library_link 标签."
msgid ""
"Click Add content block. If you have more than one block type "
"defined on your site, click the name of the type you want to create."
msgstr ""
"点击 "
"添加内容区块.如果你的站点有多个区块类型, "
"点击你想要创建的类型名字."
msgid "Defining a block type"
msgstr "定义一个区块类型"
msgid "Define a block type and its fields."
msgstr "定义区块类型和它的字段."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @types_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的 管理下面 ,, 导航到 结构 "
"> @types_link."
msgid "Click Add block type."
msgstr "点击添加区块类型."
msgid ""
"A comment is a piece of content, typically posted by a website "
"visitor, which provides discussion or commentary on other content like "
"blog posts and news articles. Comments are a type of content entity, "
"and can have fields that store text, HTML markup, and other data. "
"Comments are attached to other content entities via Comment fields. "
"See @content_structure_topic for more about content entities and "
"fields."
msgstr ""
"评论是一段内容，通常由网站访问者发布，提供对博客文章和新闻文章等其它内容的讨论或评论. "
"评论是一种内容实体, "
"可以包含字段，用以存储文本、HTML 片段, "
"和其它数据. "
"通过评论字段，可将评论附加到其它内容实体上. "
"更多关于内容实体和字段的信息，参看 "
"@content_structure_topic."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"@config_translation_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的 管理下面 ,, 导航到 配置 "
"> 区域和语言 > @config_translation_link."
msgid ""
"Both personal and site-wide contact forms will always have "
"Subject and Message fields. You can add additional "
"fields for users to fill out if desired. Note that if you want to "
"display other content on a form page, such as text or images, you can "
"use a content block."
msgstr "对于个人和站点范围的联系表单，都将包含主题和消息两个字段。如果需要，可以添加其它字段供用户填写。请注意，如果要在表单页上显示其它内容，如文本或图像，可以使用内容区块。"
msgid ""
"Users with content moderation permissions can change workflow "
"states. There are separate permissions for each transition. See "
"Permissions > @content_moderation_permissions_link to "
"configure content moderation permissions."
msgstr ""
"具有内容审核权限的用户可以修改工作流的状态 "
". 每个转换都有一个单独的权限. 参看权限 > "
"@content_moderation_permissions_link，来配置内容审核权限."
msgid ""
"Find the entity that you want to moderate in either the content "
"moderation view page, if you created one, or the appropriate "
"administrative page for managing that type of entity (such as the "
"administration page for content items; see @content_link)."
msgstr ""
"在内容审核视图页面（如果已创建）或用于管理该实体类型的适当管理页面（如内容条目的管理页面；请参见 "
"@content_link）中，查找要审核的实体。"
msgid ""
"Users with workflows permissions (typically administrators) "
"can configure workflows. See Permissions > "
"@workflows_permissions_link to configure workflows "
"permissions."
msgstr ""
"具有 工作流权限的用户 (通常为系统管理员) "
"，可以配置工作流.参看权限 > "
"@workflows_permissions_link页面，用以配置工作流权限."
msgid ""
"To implement your plan, in the Manage administrative menu, "
"navigate to Configuration > Workflow > "
"@workflows_link. A list of workflows is shown, including the "
"default workflow Editorial that you can adapt."
msgstr ""
"为了实现你的计划, 在管理菜单的管理 下面, "
"导航到 配置 > 工作流 > "
"@workflows_link.您将看到一个工作流列表，里面包含默认工作流编辑，你可以对它进行调整."
msgid ""
"Under This workflow applies to:, find the entity type that "
"you want this workflow to apply to, such as Content revisions, Content "
"block revisions, or Taxonomy term revisions. Click Select."
msgstr ""
"在这个工作流应用于:下面, "
"找到你想将这个工作流应用到的实体类型, "
"比如内容修订本, 内容区块修订本,或分类术语修订本. "
"点击选择."
msgid ""
"Follow the steps in @user_permissions_topic to assign permissions for "
"each transition to roles. The permissions are listed under the "
"@content_moderation_permissions_link section; there is one "
"permission for each transition in each workflow."
msgstr ""
"按照@user_permissions_topic所列的步骤，将每个转换的权限分配给角色. "
"权限列在@content_moderation_permissions_link "
"下面部分;每个工作流中的每个转换都有一个权限."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"@translation_settings_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"区域和语言 > @translation_settings_link."
msgid ""
"A content entity (or more commonly, entity) is an "
"item of content data, which can consist of text, HTML markup, images, "
"attached files, and other data. Content entities are grouped into "
"entity types, which have different purposes and are displayed "
"in very different ways on the site. Most entity types are also divided "
"into entity sub-types, which are divisions within an entity "
"type to allow for smaller variations in how the entities are used and "
"displayed. For example, the Content item entity type that "
"stores page-level content is divided into content type "
"sub-types; the Content block entity type has block "
"types; but the User entity type (for user profile "
"information) does not have sub-types."
msgstr "内容实体（或更常见的实体）是一项内容数据，可以由文本、HTML标记、图片、附加文件和其它数据组成。内容实体按实体类型分组，它们有不同的用途，在网站上以非常不同的方式显示。大多数实体类型还细分为实体子类型，这些子类型是实体类型内的划分，以允许在使用和显示实体的方式上有较小的变化。例如，存储页面级内容的内容条目实体类型使用内容类型来划分子类型；内容区块实体类型具有区块类型；但是用户实体类型（用于用户个人资料信息）不具有子类型。"
msgid ""
"Depending on the core and contributed modules that you currently have "
"installed on your site, the related topics below and other topics "
"listed on the main help page (see @help_link) will help you with tasks "
"related to content structure."
msgstr "根据您当前在网站上安装的核心模块和第三方模块，下面的相关主题以及主帮助页上列出的其它主题（请参见@help_link），将帮助您完成与内容结构相关的任务。"
msgid ""
"Records which content users have viewed and marks it as new or "
"updated."
msgstr "记录用户已查看的内容，并将其标记为新内容或已更新。"
msgid "All Components"
msgstr "所有组件"
msgid "Enter 0 to show all comments."
msgstr "输入0来显示所有评论."
msgid "Viewing Drupal announcements"
msgstr "查看Drupal 公告"
msgid "What are Drupal announcements?"
msgstr "什么是Drupal公告?"
msgid ""
"A feed of announcements about the Drupal project and Drupal "
"Association programs."
msgstr "关于Drupal项目和Drupal协会项目的公告种子."
msgid ""
"The purpose of this feed is to provide a channel for outreach directly "
"to Drupal site owners. This content must be highly relevant to site "
"owners interests, serve the strategic goals of the project, and/or "
"promote the sustainability of the project and the Drupal Association."
msgstr "这个种子的目的是提供一个渠道，用来直接联系Drupal网站所有者。这些内容必须与网站所有者的利益高度相关，为项目的战略目标服务，和/或促进项目和Drupal协会的可持续发展。"
msgid ""
"The module sources its content from a JSON feed generated from here. The "
"governance policy for the content is documented here."
msgstr ""
"The module sources its content from a JSON feed generated from here. The "
"governance policy for the content is documented here."
msgid "How can I see the Announcements in my site?"
msgstr "如何在我的网站中查看该公告?"
msgid ""
"If you have the toolbar module enabled, you will see a direct link to "
"them in the toolbar. If the toolbar module is not enabled, the content "
"can always be accessed in the @actions_link page."
msgstr ""
"如果启用了工具栏模块, "
"那么你可以在工具栏里面看到一个直接指向它们的链接. "
"如果没有启用工具栏模块, 那么可在 @actions_link "
"页面访问相关内容."
msgid "Who can see the Announcements?"
msgstr "谁能看到公告?"
msgid ""
"Users with the @permissions_link permission can view Drupal "
"announcements."
msgstr ""
"具有@permissions_link 权限的用户可以查看 Drupal "
"公告."
msgid "Announcement module overview"
msgstr "公告模块概览"
msgid ""
"Users with the \"View drupal.org announcements\" permission may click "
"on the \"Announcements\" item in the administration toolbar, or access "
"@link, to see all announcements relevant to the Drupal version of your "
"site."
msgstr ""
"具有 \"查看 drupal.org "
"公告\"权限的用户，可以点击管理工具栏的\"公告\"条目,或者访问 "
"@link, 以查看与你站点Drupal版本相关的所有公告."